Chainless Slaves

Chainless Slaves PDF Download

¶ CLASSIFIED

Chainless Slaves

Trauma Programming

U.W. Ozian

2014

¶ Trauma programming manual. This manual is an overview on how to create a dissociated subject.The manual lists tactics to use in trauma based programming.

1 Trauma-based Programming
2 Selection of Subjects
3 Hypnosis for Programming
4 Neuro-linguistic programming (NLP)

¶ 5 Hypnotic Surgery
6 Hypnotic Implants
7 Brain Frequency List
8 Preparing the Mind
9 Behaviour without Awareness
10 Principles of Control
11 Non-Coercive Techniques
12 Coercive Techniques in Programming13 Steps of Obedience 34
14 Levels of Programming
15 Tools and Aids for Programming
16 Deprivation of Sensory Stimuli17 Inside Structuring
18 Universal System Parts
19 Goals of Programming
20 Subliminal Perception
21 Human Experimentation
22 Scripts 61
23 Programming Music
24 Double Bind
25 Pain
26 Malingering
27 Debility
28 The Programming Plan
29 The Opening 71
30 Beginning of Programming31 Infant Programming
32 Raising a Child Subject
33 Detailed Programming
34 Stabilizing the Programming

35 Split Brain Work 80
36 Applications for Drugs used in Programming 81

¶ Section II Applications
37 Brainwave Frequencies
38 Double Meaning Word List
39 Programming Codes
40 Tortures Used in Programming41 Internal Structures and Symbols42 Electric Shock Torture (ECT)43 Internal Base Systems
44 Games 125
45 Trauma Bonding
46 Inside Parts
47 Internal Programs
Glossary 161

1 Trauma-based Programming

Trauma-based Programming can be defined as systematic and calculated torture that blocks thesubject’s capacity for conscious processing. Trauma Programming employs suggestion, hypnosisand/or classical and operant conditioning to implant thoughts, directives, and perceptions in theunconscious mind. The behaviours are implanted in trauma-induced dissociated identities(parts/alters) that force the subject to do, feel, think, or perceive things for the purposes of theprogrammer. The objective is for the subject to follow directives with no conscious awareness,including execution of acts in clear violation of the subject’s moral principles, spiritual convictions,and volition.

The primary factor for the trauma-based programming is the ability to disassociate. Dissociation isused as a defence to protect a subject from overwhelming pain and trauma. It is a natural ability of thebrain. Installation of Trauma programming relies on the subject’s capacity to dissociate, painthreshold, and imagination which permits the creation of new walled-off personalities to hold andhide programming. Genically predisposition dissociative children are prime candidates forprogramming. The subject’s ability to dissociate is a major requirement and it is readily found insubjects that come from families with multiple generations of abuse. Mental dissociation enables thehandlers to create walled-off parts in the subject’s psyche, which can then be programmed andtriggered.

The subject cannot be traumatized indiscriminately or they will be killed. The master programmer hasto know what they are doing. There will be doctors, heart monitoring equipment, and other medicaltools used in programming. Programming foundation is completed in a clinically controlledenvironment to ensure entire control of the subject.

The type of programming which is placed in a subject varies. The subject’s creativity and theirpurpose in life would contribute to the uniqueness of the programming. Each subject visualizesdifferently and the programmer works with the subject’s creativity. Some parts will be formed solelyby the subject in order to cope with life.

Each subject exists in their own circumstances; there are often common features in how they arecontrolled. The common features of control in subjects are: symbols, colours, and scripts.

The foundation of trauma-based programming is fear. A deep spirit of fear cripples a subjectspiritually and emotionally. Guilt and shame are two more foundations for programming. The guiltwill bind the subject to the programmer, handler, and other individuals that have been selected. Thiswill lead to a loyalty that will make the subject less willing to disclose activities, and past trauma.

Programmers cause intense trauma to individuals through the use of electroshock, torture, abuse andmind games in order to force them to dissociate from reality.

¶ Programmed individuals are used for different purposes, the sex industry, military, occult practices,

and cults to name a few. Organizations have programmed subjects that are expendable. These areindividuals are used in smut films, one-time use saboteurs, breeders, soldiers, drug couriers, used inrituals, and for training and traumatizing other subjects.

Subject’s who have been given a designated purpose in life will have their genealogies hidden. Theywill have programmed to have a cover life to insure they will not be detected. Some children live infoster homes, with adopted parents, or with caretakers and guardians. Because these children residewith non-related programmers, these categories of children are commandeered to becomeprogrammed subjects of the intelligence agencies.

Children will not question the synthetic reality they are introduced to. Children are conditioned tobelieve what they see, feel, taste, hear, and touch. Using these five senses the programmers cancontrol the child’s surroundings. The experiences introduced to the subject will lead to an alteredreality that the programmers can build and manipulate to meet their desires.

Traumatizing an individual on a specific day; their birthday, Christmas, Halloween, for example, ismore damaging as the date won’t be forgotten and will occur once a year. Trauma programming onspecific dates allows the programmer to inlay clocks for triggering desired actions. The fathers orstep-fathers are not often the subject’s handler when they are growing up. The abuse by this subjectwill serve as a cover for programming. If the subject’s front alters discover they are D.i.D, they willinitially blame their multiplicity on the first abuser they remember, which will be a family member.

To make sure that the subject’s mind develops properly, the baby will be interacted with so that thoseareas of the brain which are important for development will develop to the maximum. Commoneveryday items that surround the subject will be given unique meanings. The songs the subject hearson the radio will have trigger words. The lyrics will be scripted so programmed meanings can beattached to certain words and lyrics.

Something such as watching T.V., listening to the radio, or a sermon may have trigger phrases andprogramming cues in them.

If possible the programming process begins in the womb. Maternal thoughts, feelings, actions, andfears all reach the subject in the womb and affect them.

The unborn child hears and reacts differently to different music played. Comforting words andcalming music will calm a fetus. According to research, the start of awareness is evidenced betweenthe 28th and 32nd week. At that point, the brain’s neural circuits are just as advanced as newborns.

From the 32nd week on the child shows that they carry out REM sleep. It had been noted from thesixth month of pregnancy onward; some of what the unborn subject learns will be remembered.Programmers will make a point of having the unborn subject hear the voices of individuals who willplay a role in the programming. The subject may already know the hypnotic voice of one of theirprogrammers at birth.

¶ In the eighth week of life, the early fetus traumas programmers carry out is to poke the fetus with a

sharp object to make it dissociative in the womb. By the fourth month, the unborn subject is makingfacial expressions. The subject can be overwhelmed while in the womb with negative sounds, badtastes caused by what the mother eats, and being touched in ways that they dislike.

Programming drugs that cause specific responses in vitro can also be administered. With manyprogramming fetuses, womb splits can begin.

The foundation of fear can begin to be layered in while the subject is still unborn using the methodsmentioned.

A long-term unresolved stress on the mother will also stress the unborn subject. Short term stressesdon’t seem to have the long term side effects that long term stress has. Short term stresses are soonforgotten by the subject.

It has been noted, the love that the mother has for the unborn child is transmitted to the subject, andforms a protective barrier the subject can become resistant to traumas and stresses. When the motheris ambivalent or cool in their emotions, the babies have more physical and emotional problems.

2 Selection of Subjects

Adult subjects are selected who have no close family or friends. Once they have been selected, theyare put under Level One hypnosis. At this time a clear and definitive pattern of their usefulness isdetermined by psychiatrists and programmers. If the subject posses a relatively high IQ, they will befiled in a “call file.” The IQ scale used in assessing subjects is the Stanford Binet.

The higher the IQ of a given subject, the further they can be programmed. If the IQ is high enough theirabilities will be studied and the needs of the organization and determine how the subject can befurther used. Once this determination is made, the subject will be brought to one of numerousfacilities throughout the U.S. or abroad for further and final programming.

Only psychiatrists trained in the method of sub mental behaviour programming, overwrites andoverlays, will be able to find any clues leading to post Level 1 or 2 programming. A typicalpsychologist may discover that the subject has been hypnotized in the past, and may even discover theoriginal personality. But they will not be able to discover the location in the brain or memory, whereLevels 3, 4 and 5 programs are stored. Without an activation code an outside psychologist orpsychiatrist will not uncover the programming unless by accident.

A beginning point to control people is understanding human needs, and understanding the individualto be controlled. A Programmer learns everything they can about the subject they are to control.Programmed subjects who must function as intelligence officers, who recruit, are trained in the art oflistening and conversation.

In some instances of programming after a subject has completed a hostile act the subject is capturedand not killed. Due to the type of programming used the subject will not divulge any information.Even if the subject is tortured, they will not be able to remember the actual killing, terrorist act, or thereason they did it.

Once the subject is programmed, they will be recalled on a yearly basis and given hypnoticreinforcement of the original programming, or new programming will be inserted to modify theoriginal programs. If no new programming is needed, the reinforcement programming can be done ona mass scale.

3 Hypnosis for Programming

The subject’s Posthypnotic Suggestibility Index is determined by a series of simple tests.Hypnoamnesia is applied to the subject. They are given a name of an object or individual the subject’sspeed is timed to determine how quickly they can recover from the posthypnotic suggestion “You willnot be able to remember the name of “____” no matter how hard you try.”

The power of hypnosis is often underrated as the power of the mind is underrated. The mind candecide to be in command of breathing, heartbeat, and blood pressure.

Programmers are highly aware of how the mind functions, and how information and memories can betrapped in the mind. The mind naturally hypnotizes itself under diverse conditions.

Hypnosis is used to steer a subject’s mind in the direction that has been dictated for them. Newpatterns of thought, feelings and behaviour are inserted to build confidence in the goals of theProgrammers’. Hypnosis is used to anchor suggestions about sleep patterns, panic programs, phobias,health/ healing programs, health problems programs, pain control/pain programs, motivationprograms, a suicide program called “hypno-sleep”, an insanity program, and countless other uses.

Programmers do not need to formally induct their subject into hypnosis. A proper fear foundationwill place the subject in a dissociative state that would make hypnosis simple.

The mind links together a series of mental processes. These links are called K-lines. Much of whatthe mind does is activate various K-lines so the mind can focus its conscious thinking. Once a K-lineworks, the mind in order to prevent itself from making uncontrolled changes, gives priority to thoseK-lines.

If the mind did not set up series of K_lines it would continuously have to relearn unimportant tasksthat would make it impossible accomplish things in everyday life. Every skill would have to beconstantly relearned. Emotions and needs trigger the mind to search out K_lines to accomplish a taskquickly.

During programming the untrained K_lines are brought up to the top of the conscious mind. Theprogrammer now has access and control over many or all the cognitive processes, including many thesubjects would not normally activate. Under hypnosis, the mind willingly allows the programmer tochange K-lines without the normal unconscious conventional restraints. Using behaviour modificationtechniques, the programmer activates dormant K-lines ( K-lines that wouldn’t normally develop) andbuild them in the mind.

During hypnosis, the mind has made the decision to accept control statements from the programmer.The mind has abdicated its position as the one in control of what is vital.

¶ There are several ways to modify a subject’s state of consciousness; the most useful one by

programmers is to use a combination of drugs and hypnosis. Drugs are used to facilitate hypnosis.Modern drugs do almost all the work for the programmer they place the individual in a changed stateand distort many perceptions of the subject. The distortions induced by the drugs are used to theprogrammers benefit.

Hypnosis or hypnotic trance is a form of dissociation. There are a number of types of dissociation:amnesia, subject states, localized paralyses, anaesthesia’s, and hallucinations. Hypnosis canreproduce all of these dissociative states.

During the hypnotic trance, the human mind is at the pinnacle of its ability to quickly learn. What maytake years to learn, will be accepted by the subject’s subconscious in a few sessions.

The brain operates at several different brain-wave patterns. The brainwave patterns here are listedfrom the most active states of our life to the most relaxing; Beta (15-40 cycles per second), Alfa (9-14 cycles per second), Theta (5-8 cycles per second), Delta (2-4 cycles per second).

Hypnosis is a very powerful means to take the mind of the subject into the different levels ofconsciousness and brainwave activity. The voice of the programmer is used in specialized hypnoticdeepening, inductions and confusion techniques is able to artificially induce lowered brain wavefrequency into the Alpha, Theta and Delta states. The programmer will use the art of timing theirwords, repetition, combining several mutually supporting suggestions, and of having total confidencein their words to add strength to their hypnotic commands.

There are three states of consciousness; the conscious mind, subconscious and super conscious. Theselevels of consciousness represent differing degrees of intensity of awareness.

The conscious mind includes such things as the sensations, perceptions, memories, feeling andfantasies inside of our current awareness. The conscious mind is limited by its analytical nature, andtherefore sees all things as separate and distinct.

The things the conscious mind wants to keep hidden from awareness are repressed into theunconscious mind. This is the deeper part of the mind that is responsible for processing thousands ofthings at any one time and for storing everything we have experienced in life in differing degrees ofimportance.

The third level of consciousness Super conscious is where programmers want to work. Intuition andheightened mental clarity flow from super conscious. Programmers also think this area ofconsciousness is where spiritual awareness is.

There are three levels of trance states used in programming: The first level is that of a light trance. Inthis level, the subject does not feel as if in trance state. They are fully aware of the noises in theirenvironment. Although regressions and progressions can be done at this level, the informationobtained is not very clear. Ninety five percent of individuals can achieve a light trance.

¶ The second is a medium trance. In this state the subject is more relaxed. In a medium trance, the

subject may be dimly aware of external noises but does not get distracted by it. About 70 percent ofindividuals can achieve a medium trance.

The third level is called a deep trance or somnambulistic trance. This is a very deep level of tranceand the subject may not remember what was done in the trance state unless specifically triggeredwhile out of the trance. Only about 5 percent of individuals can go into a deep trance.

Hypnosis appears to affect several areas of the brain–the brain stem is modified into the hypnoticstate, and the midbrain centres are inhibited so that other areas–the motor, sensory and memory areascan be manipulated. Hypnosis can be used on numerous parts of the mind; intellectual, social-spiritual, and the primitive.

The Programmer is attempting to produce suggestions that the unconscious mind will accept. If thesubconscious mind accepts the programmer’s suggestions then the suggestion becomes reality to thesubject, just as if the individual had experienced it as reality over a period of time.

The programmer must engage the subject’s imagination. They should also build rapport with thesubject. The good handler/programmer is not only using fear but the other emotions the subject’s wantwith human bonding. These emotions encompass trust, feelings of acceptance, and approval. This isimportant as the subject must be willing to actively participate in the programming.

Muscular rigidity and deep breathing are one way to increase suggestibility within the subject. Theprogrammer will also use other hypnotic methods, such as using their own body language to suggest athought or feeling, and the voice roll. With this method words are delivered at the rate of 45 to 60beats a minute.

To empower the suggestions, the programmer uses the subject’s five senses. The subject visualizes animage using their five senses. The programmer will walk them through the image, allowing the subjectto fill in the spaces with their own imagination.

The programmer will decide which area he wants to work with within the system. If the programmeris working with emotions he will focus solely on that theme during the session.

A hypnotic suggestion given to normal subjects lasts about a week, so reinforcement is necessary. Theprogramming suggestions are layered in using, torture, and psychotropic medication. The suggestionsare protected dissociated parts. These scripts which are layered in are almost impossible for thesubject to be aware of to challenge them.

If a memory is laid in at a particular trance level, the subject may be able to avoid an abreaction lateron by going above or below the memory’s trance level. A deep level where the subject can’t move abody part due to hypnotic suggestion is called the cataleptic state.

The mind has the ability to create amnesia barriers. Hypnosis is an important mechanism to move themind to different neuropsychological states and to get the mind to different levels of the subconsciousmind. Hypnosis can also play a role in working around amnesia, since both are types of dissociation.

Hyperventilation assists a subject into a hypnotic trance. Torture, depersonalization, fear and acuteanxiety stimulate the body to hyperventilate.

Hypnotic cues are given to cause the body to go into various dissociative states. For example a post-hypnotic suggestion that causes hyperventilation and the accompanying trance state. This will allowthe subject to recall the programming they received in this state.

Hypnotic cues that are tied to everyday objects enhance the programming. These triggers willconsistently up hold programming throughout the subject’s day to day tasks. The daily triggers willalso prevent break downs in programming.

Some common objects in a subject’s life that can be hypnotically given a programming trigger are:music, tones, colours, the sight of a book or Bible, pyramid on the back of a dollar bill, pictures ofGod, silk scarf’s, jewellery, lights, sounds, TV programs, and countless other things.

The programmer may advise the subject they smoke and inform them every time they inhale smokethey will endure fire torture if they break their silence programming. When the subject exhales thesmoke they are programmed to forget any doubts they have experienced concerning challenges to theirprogramming. The programmed alters smoke because they are addicted, and re-enforce theprogramming of silence. The smoking in turn reinforces the power of the programmer/handler.

The brain produces a substance called enkephalin which acts just like morphine and reduces pain.The brain can be hypnotically trained to release enkephalin so that the brain doesn’t perceive pain.This is important for self harm programming, suicide programming, Beta programming, and Deltaprogramming.

Programmers also use hypnotism with electric shock. Regular electrical stimulation in many parts ofthe brain including the lower part of the reticular formation can change the state of consciousnessfrom alert to sleepy.

There are certain safeguards in the use hypnotism. First, there is no danger of the subject being able toidentify what has occurred. More important would be the conviction of innocence which the subjectshave. There would not be actions of guilt and if ever accused of wrong doing, held secrets, thesubject would respond honestly. This conviction of innocence on the part the programmed individualis the greatest safeguard under questioning by outside individuals.

4 Neuro-linguistic programming (NLP)

NLP is the building of associations with an anchor. Neuro linguistic programming is the evolution ofhypnotherapy. Classical hypnosis depends on techniques for putting patients into suggestive trances;NLP is a technique of layering subtle meaning into spoken or written language so the programmer canimplant suggestions into a subject’s unconscious mind without them knowing.

The programmer is attentive to the subject they’re working with by studying subtle cues such as eyemovement, skin flush, pupil dilation and nervous tics.

Through these observations a programmer will determine: a) What side of the brain a subject ispredominantly using; b) What sense (sight, smell, etc.) is most predominant in their brain; c) Howtheir brain stores and utilizes information d) When they’re lying or making information up.

The programmer will gradually and subtly mimic the subject. The programmer will take on thesubject’s body language, their speech mannerisms, and will begin speaking with language patternsdesigned to target the client’s primary sense.

For example, a subject predominantly focused on sight will be spoken to in language using visualmetaphors—”Do you see what I’m saying?” “Look at it this way”—while a subject for which hearingis the dominant sense will be spoken to in auditory language—”Hear me out,” “I’m listening to youclosely.”

By mirroring body language and linguistic patterns, the programmer is will achieve one very specificresponse: rapport. A programmer essentially fakes the social cues that cause a subject to drop theirguard and enter a state of openness and suggestibility.

Once rapport is achieved, the programmer will begin to delicately lead the interaction. Havingmirrored the subject, they can now make subtle changes to actually influence the subject’s behaviourcombined with subtle language patterns, leading questions other techniques. A programmer at thispoint can guide a subject wherever they like, as long as the subject isn’t aware of what’s happeningand thinks everything is arising organically, or has given consent. This means it can be fairly difficultto use NLP to get subjects to act out-of-character, but it can be used for engineering responses withina subject’s system’s range of behaviour.

From this point the programmer will do two things; elicit and anchor. Eliciting happens when aProgrammer uses leading and language to engineer an emotional state. Once a state has been elicited,the Programmer can then anchor it with a physical cue—for instance, touching the shoulder.

Anchors

A stimulus is linked and triggers a physiological or emotional state in the subject. The skilledprogrammer will anchor an emotion with several sensory cues– auditory, visual, and touch. Thesubject visualizes an emotional state from the past, or is placed in an emotional state by theprogrammer. When the state is reaching its peak, the anchor is placed in. The anchor needs to beunique, distinctive, and easy to repeat in the exact form that it was done. The law of strength appliesto the strength of the trauma and the strength of the anchor. A stronger smell may be easier to associatewith a strong trauma, which makes the anchoring stronger.

Much of trauma-based programming is setting anchors into parts. When the anchors are triggered, andthe part is pulled up, then the anchors have worked. Two separate states can be fired at once.

These types of post hypnotic commands are the ones commonly used by hypno-programmers tochange behaviour (behavioural modification).

Triggering Techniques: Real-Time Subconscious Implant Delivery: the Programmers aretransmitting the posthypnotic command script to the subject and observing the subject’s response. Thistechnique is required for subliminal programming. All programming standard posthypnotic commandscripts can be delivered in real-time. This form of delivery can cause the perception of a voice heardin the mind of a subject to give them information or orders depending on the purpose of thehandler/programmer.

Prescheduled Subconscious Implant Delivery: The internal central switching computer can transmita script to a specified part/alter at a pre-specified time. The transmitted script’s transmission rangecan be limited to a single building, a city, or a large geographical area. By having prescheduledscripts, the subject has seemingly randomly occurring thoughts and feelings that can’t be associatedwith a commonly recurring situation like event-triggered scripts precipitate.

Event-Triggered Implant Delivery: Posthypnotic subconscious implants that are triggered with anevent, thought, or code word. These are strongly experienced by the subject and are powerful toolsfor reinforcing a predetermined desired behaviour and inflicting delusions.

The Handler can reinforce a predetermined desired behaviour by associating a subconscious implant(negative or positive reinforcement) with an event. An example is when the programmer desires toisolate the subject from a specific individual, place or thing; the subject will be implanted with afeeling of increased anxiety, hostility, tension, and discomfort. When the subject leaves theindividual, place, or thing, another posthypnotic implant is triggered rewarding the subject’sbehaviour with a feeling of relief from the anxiety, hostility, tension, discomfort, and calm is restoredin the subject’s mind.

The handler/programmer precisely tailors the type of negative and/or positive reinforcement, thedegree of the reinforcement, the duration of the reinforcing effect and the conditions of the trigger.This posthypnotic event-triggered reinforcement can be decreased gradually and can remain so subtlethat the subject believes the discomfort is naturally occurring. The subject will believe it is theredecision uninfluenced by anyone else that the subject should avoid the individual, place or thing.

Subconscious implants can be combined with other implants like posthypnotic-triggered thoughts toenhance the subject’s decision concerning a specific situation. For example the subject can beimplanted with a command to be sensitive to the changes in their emotions when around a therapist.The situation will elicit a strong negative emotion. This can be reinforced with another posthypnoticsuggestion to avoid every situation that cause the subject discomfort and each time the subjectcommits themselves to removing themselves from a situation of this kind, they will feel increasingcontrol over their lives

Steps to Anchoring

The anchor (or anchors) should be fired in exactly the same way every time to link them to theresource experience.

The programmer chooses an anchor (or anchors) that will trigger the resourceful state.

The programmers create a situation the subject will have an emotional response to (hate, fear, love,disgust, embarrassment, etc.). They will find an anchor that is unique to the experience. Individualshave the ability to use any three of the types of anchors independently or all together. It is important toensure the anchors are used together and at the same time. The programmers ensure it is somethingthat happens associated with that experience and is not common to other experiences.

A memory is induced, imagined or situation where the subject can experience the state.The programmer then attaches a trigger.

The programmer will activate the anchor or anchors when the experience is vivid and the subject is inthe desired state. The most effective time for the association of the anchor is at the peak of theexperience. As the intensity of the experience lessens, so does the association. If the state ismaintained at the intensity for a longer period of time it is more likely the anchor will be established.

Depending on the intensity of the experience can control how fast the subject makes the associations.If the experience is extremely intense the association may be strong after only one occurrence.

The programmer will break the state by having the subject participate in another activity briefly. Theanchor will be tested by repeating the action that placed the anchor. It should be noted if the originalresponse returns.

The steps should be repeated several times, each time making the memory more vivid. Replicating theexperience will achieve the anchor permanently. This is not required when the anchor is establishedat the high point of the experience. It is recommended the anchor be strengthened by establishing it atthe high point of several experiences.

Future pace the situation where the desired state is to experienced. Trigger the anchor to check that itcreates a sufficiently resourced state.

The programmer will use the trigger to elicit the emotional response.

¶ After twenty-four hours the programmer will check the anchor to ensure permanent.

Tips

If the subject does not experience the state when future pacing and experiences another state stopapplying the anchor. The subject will experience the wrong state.

There is a knowingness which makes anchoring work that is established by the unconscious mind.

If the subject is in a situation where they experience the desired state in reality by another trigger, theprogrammer must re-establish the anchor to that situation.

Programmers can stack anchors together.

Collapsing anchors

When states oppose one another and cause too much difficulty in a subject the anchors can becollapsed.

The programmer must identify the preferred response and the state they wish to change.

It is essential, first, to identify the response preferred to replace the unwanted response. Theprogrammer must create an occasion where the subject experienced strongly the preferred state.

The subject is moved into the memory and it is intensified before anchoring it. The programmer thentriggers the anchor to make sure that the state is powerful and the anchor is properly set.

Once the programmer is satisfied that anchor is firmly in place, the subject is taken to the state that isto be changed. As the subject re-experiences the response, it is anchored to a blank part. Theprogrammer then triggers the anchor and breaks the state.

The subject is tested to ensure each anchor is properly set, and then triggers both anchorssimultaneously. The effect is usually one of mild confusion. At this stage, the programmer holds theanchors until the confusion dissipates.

The programmer gradually lifts the anchor of the unwanted state, and a few seconds later lift theanchor for the resource state.

The programmer will test by trying to trigger the unwanted response. The subject’s dominate responseshould be more neutral or the resource state should dominate. This is repeated as necessary until theresource state dominates.

Visual Anchors

Visual anchors are among the most common. There are positive and negative visual anchors.

Auditory Anchors

An auditory anchor is a stimulus that is a sound or sounds neurologically linked to a state of mind.

Kinaesthetic Anchors

A kinaesthetic anchor is one that is a movement, touch or physical action that is associated with aparticular state.

5 Hypnotic Surgery

Hypnotic Surgery is used with child parts in the subject. The programmer will implant in the partreplacement organs such as their heart, and stomach. The programmer will replace these parts withstones, bombs, and other devices to prevent the system from being breached by unauthorizedindividuals.

The heart will be replaced by black stones. The programmer will advise the part their heart is notgood enough. The programmer will advise the subject they have a ‘heart of stone(s)’ and cannot feelemotions.

The stomach will be replaced with a bomb. The programmer will explain to the part the purpose ofthe bomb. The bomb may be placed in one part as ‘don’t talk’ programming. If the part were to talkthey believe it would trigger the bomb and they would blow up. Another use for the bomb is forstarvation programming. If the part eats, or eats above the allotted amount it will trigger the bomb.

Hypnotic surgery will also be used to remove body parts such as limbs, eyes, and ears. Theprogrammer will advise the subject they can’t see specific things, hear precise words, or pick updesignated items due to not having hands.

Using hypnosis programmers heal the subject’s wounds after they have completed the surgery. Mostprogrammers will cut the subject at the sight of the surgery to insure there is a scar.

For example, alters in a subject’s system may be advised they have no faces and no hearts. They areprogrammed not to see their faces and not to hear any heart beat. If a pulse monitoring device ishooked up to the alter, the alter will go into a trance.

The programmers can put in distortion programming during this time. Visual and audio distortionprograms are used to protect the system from outside intrusion.

6 Hypnotic Implants

Delusions: Delusions are used to discredit the witness and also provide an additional source forfear, intimidation and confusion. Delusions can be but are not limited to the Subject developingconspiracy theories of fellow employees and friends, beliefs that Angels or Demons arecommunicating or visiting them, tingling from microwave guns or implants, beliefs in supernaturalevents, etc.

Audio Hallucinations: Subjects often report hearing walls clicking, footsteps in the house, the soundof someone trying to open the door, drilling at the door, etc. These audio hallucinations are also usedto discredit the witness and also provide an additional source for paranoia, fear, and negativereinforcement.

Voices in the Subject’s Mind: The voices in the subject’s mind are achieved in a variety of waysusing real-time and prescheduled posthypnotic suggestion deliveries, and Noun Substitution implanttechniques.

Visual Hallucinations: Visual hallucinations are usually implanted in the waking moments when asubject is coming out of or is in a somnambulatory state (light sleep) preferably in a darkened room.The hallucinations are fleeting, usually lasting less than one minute and are not durable. Typicalhallucinations reported by subjects are Angels, large spiders, and movement of various shadowyobjects across the ceiling, bright spot of light ahead of the subject, etc

Noun Substitution Posthypnotic Implant: The subject can have a posthypnotic suggestion implantedthat changes the form of pronouns in the subject’s internal thinking. The result is the subject perceivesthat someone is telling him/her to do something with nearly every thought. An example is; the subjectthinks, “I should go to church today”. With the noun substitution posthypnotic suggestion the subjectexperiences the following internal thought, “You should go to church today!”

Notice that by implanting the posthypnotic command into the subject’s subconscious mind to think thepronoun “You” instead of “I” the subject will perceive that they are being directed by a voice eventhough the majority of the internal thought content is their own naturally occurring thought. Thissubconscious implant can be used in combination with other implants to increase the subject’sperception of threat, fear, and therefore paranoia. It can be used with other posthypnotic suggestionimplants that will give the subject the perception of either a “good” or “evil” voice or spirit isdirecting him/her.

This implant is powerful because it gives the subject the perception that the spirit, angel, God or HolySpirit knows and directs the subject’s every thought. It provides a convincing proof that “God knowsevery thought of their children”. Subjects that don’t have a superstitious frame of reference and seekprofessional help are usually misdiagnosed as schizophrenic.

¶ Tinnitus (Ear Ringing): Tinnitus is implanted to distract the subject should an outside individual

attempt to speak with the subject about an ‘off limits’ topic. This is produced by a posthypnoticsuggestion.

Complete Quiet Silence: Used as a positive reinforcement for two reasons; the subject has thetinnitus removed to indicate that the subject has “Peace Restored”, and the subject is listening to andfollowing the correct programming script.

7 Brain Frequency List

¶ Every part of a subject’s body vibrates to its own rhythm. The brain has a unique set of brain waves.There are five distinct brain wave frequencies; Beta, Alpha, Theta, Delta and Gamma.

The brain works off of waves that are less than 16 hz. the human ear can’t hear anything below 30 hz.If one ear hears 100 hz. and the other ear hears 104 hz. the brain will hear a ghost beat of 4 hz. 4 hz isthe theta/delta frequency on the border of sleep and waking that can begin an astral trip. Focus 10 isjust the starting point for astral travel. Focus 12, 15, 21 and beyond are the real trip. When a subjectastral projects it changes the BEG pattern to a pattern called Alphoid. To stimulate a subject to astralproject they are induced into sleep, and as they lose consciousness, the mind is jolted awake withhigh-frequency beta signals. The body remains asleep, and the mind is free from the body to wander.A hemispheric synchronizer can be used is used to get both brain hemispheres working together.

Other Theta Controls ELF (Extremely Low Frequency Waves) can be used to modify subject’sthoughts, implant thoughts, and modify their emotions, such as make a subject angry.

Each frequency, measured in cycles per second (Hz), has its own set of characteristics representing aspecific level of brain activity and hence a unique state of consciousness.

Delta (0.1 – 3 Hz): Extremely deep relaxation/sleep with complete subconscious operation. TheDelta frequency is the slowest state. It is where awareness is completely detached. Delta is the realmof the unconscious mind. It is the gateway to the Universal mind and the collective unconsciouswhereby information received is otherwise unavailable at the conscious level. Delta is associatedwith deep healing and regeneration, the physical body begins to recuperate and recover.

Epsilon (below 0.5 Hz) Delta brain states actually continue deeper into these. These extremely slowEpsilon brainwave patterns might have extremely fast Hyper Gamma/Lambda brainwave patternsmodulating within them. Epsilon is associated with states of suspended animation where no heartbeat, respiration or pulse is noticeable.

Theta (4 – 7 Hz) Theta is the realm of the subconscious mind. Deep relaxation where the consciousmind is, for the most part, ‘switched off’, and the subconscious mind is left to flourish. Theta brainwaves are present during very deep relaxation and light sleep, including the REM (dreaming) state. Itis also known as the twilight state as it is normally only momentarily experienced as you drift off tosleep (from Alpha) and arise from deep sleep (from Delta). Vivid visualizations, great inspiration,profound creativity, exceptional insight as well as the subject’s mind’s most deep-seated programsare.

This is where most hypnotists aim to take their subject down to. Theta is where ideas, visualizationsand suggestion are more likely to enter the subconscious mind and consciously subject’s become lessaware of what is going on around them.

Alpha (8 – 15 Hz) A mild daydream or light relaxation state. This is the most easily reached brainwave state, and also includes both the youngest and most easily accessed alters in the entire system.The relaxed detached awareness achieved during light meditation is characteristic of Alpha and isoptimal for programming the mind for successful actions. Alpha heightens the subject’s imagination,visualization, memory, learning and concentration. It lies at the base of your conscious awareness andis the gateway to your subconscious mind. Alpha is typified by partial conscious awareness andpartial subconscious predominance at the same time. It is useful to absorb information when in Alpha.Alpha promotes more of the left side of the brain to be used for processing.

Beta (16 – 31 Hz) Beta brain waves are associated with normal waking consciousness and aheightened state of alertness, logic and critical reasoning. As a subject participates in daily activitiesthey are at Beta. In such a state we have full conscious awareness and attention of everything aroundus and usually only one side of brain is operating. Although important for effectively functioning ineveryday life, higher Beta levels translate into stress, anxiety and restlessness. Higher cycles of BetaFrequency usually equate to stress, anxiety and ‘over thinking’ as the conscious mind becomesmisguided or reacts negatively to a given situation. High brainwave beta frequency also equates tohypertension, increased heart rate, increased blood flow, cortisone production and glucoseconsumption.

Beta is often associated with aggressive impulses. Beta state will often hold cult protectors, internalwarriors, and military systems. They may be colour coded blue.

Gamma (32 – 100 Hz) Gamma waves are the fastest of the brain wave frequencies and signify thehighest state of focus possible – they’re associated with peak concentration and are considered to bethe brain’s optimal frequency for cognitive functioning. The average individual never reaches thishigh of frequency range. In order to reach Gamma an experienced programmer must access it,

These higher frequency sound waves are associated with bursts of insights,
and information processing Gammabrain wave states assist in the reshaping of brain structures that persist beyond actual periods ofprogramming. Gamma wave activity is thought to be associated with a phenomenon known as“neuroplasticity,” or the ability of the brain to form new connections and build on pre-existentstructures.

A side effect of producing gamma waves in the brain is high gamma activity works as a natural anti-depressant, boosting a subject’s mood, empathy, and compassion.
When compared gamma waves to theta waves and the effects and states linked to both one end of thescale (gamma) generates intense focus and energy, while the other end of the scale (theta) is muchmore passive in nature.

Lambda (200 Hz). Associated with wholeness and integration also associated with mysticalexperiences and out of body experiences. Self awareness, higher levels of insight and information.They are carried on the very slow moving Epsilon waves

¶ higher mental activity,
¶ including perception, problem solving, fear, and consciousness.

The Alpha-Theta border, from 7 to 8Hz, is the optimal range for visualization, mind programming andusing the creative power of your mind. It is the mental state at which you consciously create yourreality. At this frequency of mind control you are conscious of your surroundings but your body is indeep relaxation. To learn how to access this level of mind at will you must first learn

Sigma (12–14 Hz) in a burst of oscillatory brain activity that occurs during stage 2 sleep. Sigma isalso called sleep spindles. It consists of waves that occur for at least 0.5 seconds. Represent periodswhere the brain is inhibiting processing to keep the sleeper in a tranquil state. Sleep spindle activityhas furthermore been found to be associated with the integration of new information into existingknowledge as well as directed remembering and forgetting

Theta-Delta-(3.5 Hz) Long term memory access.

8 Preparing the Mind

The programmer places the subject in an acute state of anxiety and guilt. The tension reduces thepower of the judgement part of the mind. One of the tortures for subjects is to keep them from going tothe bathroom and relieving themselves. This is part of the hypnotic programming package. The anxietythat this creates increases the power of the programming in the brain, because the anxiety causesslight malfunctions with the brain’s judgment abilities. Mental and physical fatigue is also sought inthe subject. For instance, water deprivation is common. Offensive language also helps drive the mindinto tension and encourages it into an alpha state.

Nine areas are monitored in the subject throughout programming. Once monitored it is determinewhich needs are priority needs for the subject. Programmers will use what they call “the depthapproach” to subconsciously gratify those needs in a way that gains control over the subject.

In programming, these 9 areas are identified as weaknesses, because programmers and handlers willattempt to manipulate these desires for their own gain. They set up short-range and long term goalsand plans on how to control subject.
These nine areas are:

1. Emotional security
2. Recognition of efforts or reassurance of worth3. Creative outlets
4. A sense of personal power
5. A belonging somewhere
6. Immortality
7. Ego-gratification
8. Love in all its forms
9. New experiences

9 Behaviour without Awareness
There are four principal categories of behaviour without awareness. The subject may be unaware of:

Theirbehaviouritself.Theymaybewhisperingwithoutrealizing,ortheymaybemovingintoa trap without knowing that the trap is there. A special case here is abnormal behaviour inwhich the subject fails to realize what they are doing because their normal awareness andself-control have been interrupted by disturbing agents such as fear, anxiety, illness, drugs, orhypnotic suggestion.

Therelationoftheirbehaviourtosomestimulus.Thesubjectmaybeunawareofthefactthatthe Programmer is influencing them by saying “Right” after certain statements and byremaining noncommittal after others. The process called “operant conditioning” falls into thiscategory.

Thestimulusitself,becauseofitsslightimpact.Thesubjectmaybeunawareofaveryfaintsound or a quick flash of light, unaware in the sense that they lack the usual visual sensations.Subliminal perception falls into this category.

Theprecisenatureofthestimulus,aswellasitsrelationtotheirbehaviour,becauseofinattention. The subject may be aware of vague sensations, but they are not aware either of thesource or of the significant content of the stimulation, although their behaviour may change inaccordance with changes in the stimulus. This category includes a great deal of perceptualactivity affecting ordinary social behaviour. A subject is often unaware of the specific cuesand clues to which they are reacting not because the stimulus is insufficient to reach theconsciousness but because the effort to be fully aware of all the cues all the time would createtoo great a cognitive strain. In persuading a subject to do something they normally orrationally would resist doing a Programmer can make use of any one of these categories ofpsychological processes. Usually the purpose is to produce behaviour of which the subject isunaware.

10 Principles of Control

There are progressive steps in exercising control over a subject and changing their behaviour andpersonality. Subject’s being programmed must be unaware they’re being programmed. A subject ishard to manipulate if they know they are being manipulated.

If subject resistance is encountered during screening or during the opening phases of programming,non-coercive methods of sapping opposition and strengthening the tendency to yield and to cooperatemay be applied. Although these methods appear here in an approximate order of increasing pressure,it should not be inferred that each is to be tried until the key fits the lock. On the contrary, a large partof the skill and the success of the experienced programmer lies in their ability to match method tosubject. The use of unsuccessful techniques will of itself increase the subject’s will and ability toresist.

This principle also affects the decision to employ coercive techniques and governs the choice of thesemethods. If in the opinion of the programmer a totally resistant subject has the skill and determinationto withstand any non-coercive method or combination of methods, it is better to avoid themcompletely.

Threats vary on a long sliding scale from minor to extreme. Programmers can threaten to tell otherindividuals or put a gun in a subject’s mouth and threaten to pull the trigger. At the extreme, the goalis to create terror and belief that pain or something highly undesirable is about to happen.

The threat of torture usually weakens or destroys resistance more effectively than torture itself. Thethreat to inflict pain, for example, can trigger fears more damaging than the immediate sensation ofpain. Threats work on fear and anticipated pain, where the thought and expectation of discomfortleads the subject to imagine and virtually feel the pain, physical or emotional, that would beexperienced. Threats may be unspoken, for example where the programmer plays with a weapon orwhere instruments of torture are visible.

Threats delivered coldly are more effective than those shouted in rage. It is especially important thata threat not be uttered in response to the subject’s own expressions of hostility. These, if ignored, caninduce feelings of guilt, whereas retorts in kind relieve the subject’s feelings.

If the subject is immune to threats, then individuals they hold dear may be threatened, such as familyand friends.

The same principle holds for other fears: sustained long enough, a strong fear of anything vague orunknown induces regression, whereas the materialization of the fear, the infliction of some form ofpunishment, is likely to come as a relief.

The threat of death has often been found to be useless. It has the highest position in law as a defencemechanism, but in many programming situations it is a highly ineffective threat. The principal reason

is that the ultimate threat is likely to induce sheer hopelessness if the subject does not believe that it isa trick.

The effectiveness of most of the non-coercive techniques depends upon their unsettling effect. Theprogramming situation is in itself disturbing to most subject’s encountering it for the first time. Theaim is to enhance this effect, to disrupt radically the familiar emotional and psychologicalassociations of the subject. When this aim is achieved, resistance is seriously impaired. There is aninterval — which may be extremely brief — of suspended animation, a kind of psychological shock orparalysis. It is caused by a traumatic or sub-traumatic experience which explodes, as it were, theworld that is familiar to the subject as well as their image of themselves within that world.Experienced programmers recognize this effect when it appears and know that at this moment thesubject is far more open to suggestion, far likelier to comply, than they were just before theyexperienced the shock.

Another effect frequently produced by non-coercive (as well as coercive) methods is the evocationwithin the subject of feelings of guilt. Most subjects have areas of guilt in their emotionaltopographies, and a programmer can often chart these areas just by noting refusals to follow certainlines of questioning. Whether the sense of guilt has real or imaginary causes does not affect the resultof intensification of guilt feelings. Making a subject feel more and more guilty normally increasesboth their anxiety and their urge to cooperate as a means of escape.

The subject’s peers, family, closest friends, and spouse are all involved in the programming. Theseindividuals will reinforce for the subject the programmer/handler/family is good and has the subject’sbest interests at heart, no matter how abusive the behaviour. The individuals who surround the subjectalso reject and accept the subject based on their behaviour. This reinforces to be accepted the subjectmust behave and follow the structure of the programming. Those involved also want to assist thesubject in growing, and understanding the goals set for them.

The subject is surrounded by individuals who all dress alike, act alike, and use the sameterminology. The subject will question themselves instead of the people who surround them becausethe subject is the one who is different. The uniformity and consistency of the individuals thatsurround the subject will help insure compliance. No ideas are allowed for the subject to confronttheir programmer. This is to create behaviour that ensures the group will maintain secrecy and worktogether.
Programmers also use these techniques, including bonding with the subject, convincing the subjectthat they care for them, no one else could possibly understand them (the subject) the way theprogrammer does.

11 Non-Coercive Techniques
The following are typical of behaviour control techniques used in programming.

Absolute Authority: That cannot be challenged.
Breaking sessions: that pressures a subject until they mentally break.Changing values: to change what is right and wrong.
Confession: to leave behind the undesirable past.
Dietary control: that weakens the subject’s thinking.
Entrancement: open the mind and limit rational reflection.Engagement: that draws a subject in.
Exhaustion: so they are less able to resist persuasion.
Guilt: about the past that they can leave behind.
Higher purpose: associate desirability with a higher purpose.Identity destruction: to make space for the new identity.
Illogic: Emotion and fallacy that persuades.
Information control: that blocks out dissuading thoughts.Incremental conversion: shifting the subject one step at a time.Isolation: separating subject from dissuasive messages.
Love Bomb: to hook in the lonely and vulnerable.
Persistence: never giving up, wearing subject down.
Progressive Demands: Add increasingly stronger requests.Radicalization: Creating more extremists.
Special language: that offers the allure of power and new meaning.Thought-stopping: block out distracting or dissuading thoughts.

Conversion as revelation Conversion may take place suddenly as a revelation, for example whena higher purpose is realized and all values that are associated with that are adopted. This is morelikely to happen with subjects who have a strong need for certainty and who therefore tend to adoptextreme views.

The first stage in changing behaviour is making the subject aware of the control. A child subject ismade aware of the physical and psychological control of the programmer/handler and will swiftlyrecognize they are over powered. A proficient subject will recognize the overwhelming power of theindividuals around them and the corresponding responses when the expectations aren’t followed. Thesubject will recognize the definite limits that have been placed upon the ways they can respond.

Realization of their complete dependence upon the controlling system is a major factor in thecontrolling the subject’s behaviour. The subject is required to recognize and accept the fact that food,tobacco, praise, and the only social contact that they receive will come from the programmer whoexercises control over him.

¶ Control over time: The programmer must control the subjects time. A strict schedule must be

complete and followed. The schedule must encompass the entire 24 hours of the day and the subjectmust adhere to the schedule.

Start easy: Agreement over rules typically starts with generalized rules with which it is hard todisagree, for example; “No talking while eating”.

Tighten the rules: These rules will be gradually tightened over time. As the subject grows the basicpremise, additional judgement criteria are added. For example, “No talking while eating’ becomes“Talking while eating means you eat less food’ to “The more you talk the less time you get to eat’ to’you are no longer hungry’.

Align with subject’s values: A conversation that may start with ideas will eventually turn to thoughtsabout what is right and wrong, good and bad, important and less important. In other words, it focuseson values. If you can change these rules in a subject’s head, then the programmer have no need topolice them – the values will do that.

An effective start is to seek out the values of the subject and play to these. If the subject putsthemselves first, then be admiring of them. A further values platform is generic human values, whichare very difficult to deny, Love, peace, helping one another. Values can also be negative. Selfishnessand hedonism can be elevated as worthwhile reasons. Racism and elitism may be accepted as true.

Progressiveconversion: Iftheprogrammingvaluesaredifferentfromthoseofthesubject,thenthetransition process is a progression, rather than a sudden conversion.

Control of values: The programmer must be clear to the subject as the one who sets values. This ismade possible by having one of the basic values of the group be the leader must be obeyed withoutquestion. When the leader is showing wisdom and concern, this may seem logical.

Changing values: When converting a subject, one of the key things a programmer does, no matterwhere the subject started from, is to move into the realm of ideas and values. This includes anythingthat is not tangibly physical, and can include social and political ideas as well as religious and quasi-religious ideas. By doing this the subject is removed from the real world and into the ideologicalworld of the programmer.

Align them with programming values: Show alignment towards the subject, the exchange
principle dictates they should alignment towards the programmer/handler. When the subject is shownappreciation, they will show appreciation in return and will bond with the programmer connectingtheir sense of identity.

Embodiment of values: The programmer is to appear as a decisive embodiment of values. Theprogrammer is elevated to a state of godhood. They may not claim it themselves, but through theirmanipulation of values they effectively reach this very powerful position.

Programmers take charge of values: More control of the subject occurs when the programmer (orhandler) is able to take full control of values. When a programmer can dictate what is right and

wrong, they have the basis for total control.

¶ Black and white thinking is created by the programming. There must be a tightly controlled systemof logic. There must be totalitarian leaders, who inspire confidence and discipline questioningbehaviour. Subjects are trained to believe seeking to leave, or questioning the philosophy, wouldmean isolation, torture, and the possibility of death. A hierarchy of leadership are given the authorityto discipline those who do not comply with the training and teachings. This hierarchy will be plannedinternally into the subject.

Create a sense of powerlessness. This is administered through pain, degradation, tying up subjects,and control over the subject’s time. This is completed from infancy on.

Needs Of Individuals Are Promised To Be Met, But Are Ignored For Group Goals. TheProgrammers/handler will promise to meet individual needs of alters. These things may be food,clothing, and shelter. These needs are ignored for group goals. If there isn’t enough food foreveryone, no one will eat.

Isolation from the World, the only reality is the programmers. The Programmer isolates the subjectso no new ideas are available or allowed except their ideas. Whatever the Papa Bear(handler/programmer) dictates is reality. Each alter will only communicate with a few other alters.What this does is divide subject from their own parts and total awareness. The will and mind isbroken so that there is no organized resistance, or access to other parts that may be aware of internalworkings.

Isolation typically creates anxiety, that anxiety intensifies the desire to be with others who share thesame fear. First-born children are more anxious and less willing or able to withstand pain than later-born children. Other applicable hypotheses are that fear increases the affiliative needs of first-bornand only children much more than those of the later-born. These differences are more pronounced insubjects from small families then in those who grew up in large families. Only children are muchlikelier to hold themselves together and persist in anxiety-producing situations than are the first-born,who more frequently try to retreat

The subject will often be denied friends, and contacts outside the controlled environment. They willbe deprived of all naturally occurring relationships by programming. This is done by switching,flooding, and system protection programming. Isolation is imperative and parts are made to feel likeanimals rather than human to isolate them outside individuals. Subjects will be programmed to hateJesus and the God of the Bible, so they are isolated from spirituality and seeking spiritual assistance.

The subject starts to experience severe insecurity in this stage. The Programmer uses this insecurityagainst the subject in several ways. Because of the impaired reasoning ability and emotionalisolation, the subject is susceptible to the approaches of insincere individuals, which are used by theprogrammer to emotionally hurt the subject more. This allows the programmer to convince the subjectthat individuals can’t be trusted and only the programmer/handler can be trusted. This serves toisolate the subject from supportive peer groups and makes the subject emotionally dependent on thehandler and programmer resulting in the programmer and handler gaining more power in the subject’s

life.

¶ Sensory Bombardment and Fatigue. This includes being bombarded with loud noises or music andflashing or bright lights, prolonged sleep deprivation, environmental control, cages, loud continuesnoises, love bombing of specific parts and a sterile environment. These methods are designed tooverload the senses, interfering with sleep, cognition, and concentration.

Breaking down the self

Assault on identity: The subject is not who they think they are. This is a systematic attack on asubject’s sense of self (their identity or ego) and their core belief system. The programmer denieseverything that makes the subject who they are: “You are not a boy/girl.” “You are not intelligent.””You are not athletic.” The subject is under constant attack for days, weeks or months, to the point thatthey become exhausted, confused and disoriented. In this state, their beliefs seem less solid.

Bombard them with accusations: The subject is isolated and accusing them of various transgressionsbegins. Accusations may start with diminutive things that are easy for them to admit then steadilyescalate with admonishments of breaking important values and even being basically bad andshameful.

This process should be completed by a number of Programmers. The more individuals and the higherin standing they are, the more effective this method becomes. Few subjects can ignore accusationsfrom individuals they live with have authority of them.

The Subject’s Sense Of Identity Is Lost. The subject loses their sense of self and surrenders it to thehandler/programmer. There will be no sense of where they begin and end, and where theHandler/programmer begins and ends. Subjects will demonstrate new behaviour by Conformity:dress, language, behaviour using group language will eventually stop the thinking mind.

The awareness of control and recognition of dependence result in causing internal conflict andbreakdown of previous patterns of behaviour. Although this transition can be relatively mild in thecase of a young subject, it is almost consistently severe for the adult subject undergoing programming.Only an individual who holds their values lightly can change them effortlessly. Since theprogrammers aim to have the individuals undergo profound emotional change, they force theirsubjects to seek out painfully what is desired by the controlling individual. During this period thesubject is likely to have a mental breakdown characterized by delusions and hallucinations

Continue until subject breaks: The point of this session is to push them past a breaking point; similarto when a subject has a nervous breakdown the session may continue well past the point where thesubject is huddled in a fetal position, rocking back and forth and weeping uncontrollably. With thisaction the programmer wears down the subject’s sense of identity, in order to effectively destroy theirpersonality and makes them flee from who they are.

Watch for apathy. After the subject’s self-esteem is broken down and continuing failure and persistentsuffering start to dominate every day, the individual becomes apathetic as a defence mechanism.

Apathy can lead to the subject not responding to and a mental and physical surrender that cannot becorrected.

Critical Thinking And Disagreeing With The Programmer Is Forbidden. The subject must suspendability to think critically or disagree with programmer. The subject must never question theHandler/programmer. They must never get angry at the handler, if they do the subject is advised theywant to be punished. The subject must always comply or be subject to punishment.

The assumptions of guilt and atonement: A basic assumption and rule is the subject in question isalready guilty. Guilt is an effective lever that casts the subject as imperfect and inferior. Theassociated assumption is that guilt may be relieved by atonement of some variety, whereby the subjectmay be forgiven for the bad things they have done. This creates a two-sided force by which hurt andrescue may be applied.

Guilt: The subject is appalling. While the identity crisis is setting in, the programmer issimultaneously creating an overwhelming sense of guilt in the subject. The subject will be repeatedlyand mercilessly attacked for any “sin” the subject has committed, large or small. The programmerwill criticize the subject for everything from the “evilness” of their beliefs to the way he eats tooslowly. The subject begins to feel a general sense of shame, that everything they do is wrong.

Self-betrayal: The subject will agree with the programmer that they are appalling. Once the subject isdisoriented and is over whelmed with guilt, the programmer forces them to denounce any individualin their life who shares the same “erroneous” belief system that they hold. This betrayal of subjectsown beliefs and of people they feel a sense of loyalty to increases the shame and loss of identity thesubject is already experiencing.

Breaking point: With their identity in crisis, experiencing deep shame and having betrayed what thesubject has always believed in, they may undergo a “nervous breakdown.” In psychology, a “nervousbreakdown” is a collection of severe symptoms that can indicate any number of psychologicaldisturbances. The breaking point may involve uncontrollable sobbing, deep depression and generaldisorientation. The subject may have the feelings of being totally lost and alone. When the subjectreaches their breaking point, their sense of self can be remade. The subject has no clear understandingof who they are or what is happening. At this point, the programmer sets up the temptation to convertto another belief system that will save the subject from their desolation.

Discovery that there is an acceptable solution to their predicament is the first stage of reducing theindividual’s conflict. Subjects of programming realising this will lead to feelings of relief of internalconflict. It is at this point they are prepared to make major changes in their value-system. This is anautomatic rather than voluntary choice. They have lost their ability to be critical.

Altered States and Hypnosis Are Used. The handlers/programmers use hypnotic techniques to changethe minds states. Programmers induce dissociation by songs, chanting, guilt inducing sessions, torture,isolation, repeating triggers 3X, starvation, inadequate sleep, and strenuous physical activity. Thiscombination will lead to a reduction of alertness.

The reduction of alertness will create confusion in the mind. Programmers will also cause confusionusing a series of alters. The subject may go into revolving from one alter to another, or may havealters coming and going with conflicting messages so that the subject remains in a programmedconfused state. Programmers will give the mind something simple to focus on so that it goes into a flatstate.

The mind feels good to shift into this simple flat state. The brain quits thinking and shifts to a lowerlevel of conscious so the controllers can advise the subject what to think. Programmers can induce amood or state of mind hypnotically which will make retrieval of something learned dependent upongoing into that particular mood or state.

Out of Body Experiences: (O-B-E’s) are induced by the torture and psychotropics. This training willlead to astral projection.

The Mind’s Natural Alarm Clock: The programmer’s use the mind’s natural ability to wake up atspecific times to inlay clocks for scheduled tasks. Subjects may be given the coded messages that willoccur at specific timed intervals. Sleeping patterns are also related to personality. By programmingdifferent alters to have certain sleep patterns, their personality can be adjusted.

Behaviour modification. A version of behaviour modification is tailored to the subject. It isdetermine what the subject does well, and praise and reinforce that behaviour. The programmer statesthe desired goal. Then continue to reinforce promptly the things the subject is doing well. The goal inmind must be measurable. An example of this might be for a handler to praise a hunting part that isbeing programmed and give the subject a reward after a successful hunt. The reinforcement needs tobe quick, and appropriate.

Manipulate rewards, punishments, experiences to elicit new behaviour. Manipulate rewards,punishments, and experiences. This must be done to suppress previous social behaviour. Reward:Participation, conformity to ideas/behaviour, zeal, personality changes, the appropriate verbalresponse.

Behaviours punished: criticalness, independent thinking, non-conformity to ideas/behaviour, wrongresponse to questions.

Aversive conditioning is another behaviour modification technique. This is the use of somethingunpleasant, or a punishment, to stop an unwanted behaviour. As with all forms of punishment, it maywork but is generally less effective than the use of reinforcement.

Split brain programming The Programmers are also aware that right-handed people use their leftbrain hemisphere for highly conscious processes which require good attention, focus and intentionaldecisions; while their right brain will tend to work on the unconscious and automatic chores. Splitbrain programming takes this contrast into account.

Individual sees locus of control with the Handler/programmer. Programming overrules self. Theinternal and external handler/programmer is in control of the subject’s life view, navigation, and

emotions.

¶ Creativity can be controllable. When a subject creates a new alter/animal/internal structure he isrewarded and praised. The subject learns to create what they believe the Programmers’ desire tocontinue to be rewarded.

Future Pacing Future pacing can be used to help program a subject toward their occupationalobjective which is created for the subject when they are young. Future pacing is a mental rehearsalthat is practiced in the imagination. This is done so the subject can deal with future challenges.Expectations can often become self-fulfilling prophecies. NLP also is used to teach people how tolearn. It teaches people to learn a variety of methods for a single skill.

Power Words, These are words which have specific meaning for the subject. Some power wordsused in programming are; Imagine, you, and because.

The Possibility of Salvation

Leniency: The programmer can help the subject. With the subject in a state of crisis, the programmeroffers some small kindness or reprieve from the abuse. He may offer the subject a drink of water, ortake a moment to ask the subject about relationships they have made. In a state of breakdown resultingfrom an endless psychological attack, the small kindness seems enormous, and the subject mayexperience a sense of relief and gratitude completely out of proportion to the offering, as if theprogrammer has saved their life.

Compulsion to confession: Programmer advised the subject they can help themselves. For the firsttime in the programming process, the subject is faced with the contrast between the guilt and pain ofidentity assault and the sudden relief of leniency. The subject may feel a desire to reciprocate thekindness offered to him, and at this point, the programmer may present the possibility of confession asa means to relieving guilt and pain.

The tension of guilt: This creates a tension between the subject’s actions and their stated belief thatthe action is bad. The consistency principle leads the subject to fully adopt the belief their resistanceis bad and to distance themselves from repeating it. The situation is also encouraged by making non-confession to be an offence itself.

Channelling of guilt: The programmer will advise the subject this is why they are in pain. Afterweeks or months of assault, confusion, breakdown and moments of leniency, the subject’s guilt haslost all meaning. They are not sure what they have done wrong, the subject just knows they are wrong.This creates something of a blank slate that lets the programmer fill in the blanks: He can attach thatguilt, that sense of “wrongness,” to whatever they desire. The programmer attaches the subject’s guiltto the belief system the programmer is trying to replace. The subject comes to believe it is their beliefsystem that is the cause of their shame. The contrast between old and new has been established: Theold belief system is associated with psychological and physical agony; and the new belief system isassociated with the possibility of escaping that agony.

Releasing of guilt: It’s not me (subject); it’s my (subject’s) beliefs. The beleaguered subject isrelieved to learn there is an external cause of their wrongness, that it is not themselves that isinescapably bad. This means they can escape their wrongness by escaping the wrong belief system.All they have to do is denounce the people and institutions associated with that belief system, andthey won’t be in pain anymore. The subject has the power to release themselves from wrongness byconfessing to acts associated with their old belief system. With their full confessions, the subject hascompleted their psychological rejection of their former identity. It is now up to the programmer tooffer the subject a new one.

Public confessions: The effect of confession may be intensified by making the confession public. Itboth increases the hurt and discomfort and also enables a greater rescue effect and relief. The higherlevels of emotion involved have a much greater effect in creating bonds with the listening group.

Confession: Confession is predominantly effective at enabling people to put an undesirable pastbehind them. As well as a conversion technique, it is also useful for retention.

Confessing sins: Once the subject has agreed to the rules/values, subjects are encouraged to confesspast mistakes. This may start easily with trivial errors and then progress to more significant ‘failures’.

Release and atonement: Confessing leads to a relief, especially when the tension has beenexacerbated by declarations of how appalling the errors are and how the subject is understood to bebasically good.

Confession under pressure can appear as a sudden breakdown, when a previous resistance suddenlycollapses. This can lead to a sudden outpouring of information.

Confession provides an initial release, but further atonement may be demanded. This may start withsimple chores or repeating of meaningful scripts, but may also be escalated. Punishments may bemeted out or may even be applied by the subject themselves.

Agreeing the rules: The motive of confession is there are some things which are bad, and whichdisregard defined rules and values. Before actual confession an agreement is reached about what isgood and what is bad.

Subtle force of authority: The subtle implication is to position the subject as inferior and theprogrammer to whom they are confessing as superior. This provides a lever of authority that thesubject cedes to the programmer receiving the confession. This allows the handler to control thesubject further. This control may range from defining new values to giving direct commands outsideof the confessional milieu.

A Sense Of Peace Is Induced. When the subject merges with the handler the programmer will acceptcredit for what the subject has become. A sense of peace is induced leading to the imagery of mergingwith the handler. The time is suggested by the programmer. The subject has the handler placedinternally to assist in maintain the integrity of the system. The subject must reorganize reality throughidentification with the handler. Strong identification is created with the handler through trauma

bonding. The subject will be programmed to protect the handler both internally and externally.

¶ Rebuilding the Self

Remake the subject: When the subject is broken, the programmer/handler is to approach them withkindness. This is to show the subject they are forgiven and accepted again. They may be hugged andpatted. This places the programmer/handler back into a kind and loving frame and offers a lifeline tothe broken subject. The subject will listen and accept what the handler/programmer has to say.

The building of trust: Confessing sins is to expose vulnerability, which requires trust. Confessionacts to increase the bonding of the individual to those hearing the confession, as consistencyprinciple provides the argument that if the subject is confessing, then those listening must betrustworthy. When a subject bonds with an individual, they will be apt to adopt beliefs more easily.

Progress and harmony: If the subject wants, they can choose good. The programmer introduces anew belief system as the path to “good.” At this stage, the programmer stops the abuse, offering thesubject physical comfort and mental calm in conjunction with the new belief system. The subject ismade to feel that it is they who must choose between old and new, giving the subject the sense thattheir fate is in their own hands. The subject has already denounced their old belief system in responseto leniency and torment, and making a conscious choice in favour of the contrasting belief systemhelps to further relieve their guilt. If they truly believe, then they really didn’t betray anyone. The newidentity is safe and desirable because it is nothing like the one that led to their breakdown.

Final confession and rebirth: The subject chooses what is good. Contrasting the agony of the oldwith the peacefulness of the new, the subject chooses the new identity. They reject their old beliefsystem and pledge allegiance to the new one that is going to make their life better. At this stage, thereare often rituals or ceremonies to induct the subject into the community.

Reintegration of values and identification with the controlling system is the final stage in changingthe behaviour of the controlled individual. A subject who has learned a new, socially desirablebehaviour demonstrates its importance by attempting to adapt the new behaviour to a variety of othersituations.

Other Non Coercive Conversion Methods

Coincidence: Coincidence is used to create the perception in the subject that supernatural events arebeginning in the subject’s life. A combination of posthypnotic commands and pre-informationawarded to the subject prior to an upcoming experience that the handler/programmer intelligencesystem has discovered gives the subject a feeling that “God” or some other supernatural being is takeninterest in their life.

Graphology: The validity of graphological techniques for the analysis of the personalities of subjectshas not been established. If the programmer or their handler decides to have the subject’s handwritinganalyzed, the samples should be submitted as soon as possible, because the analysis is more useful inthe preliminary assessment of the subject than in the later programming. Graphology does have the

advantage of being one of the very few techniques not requiring the assistance or even the awarenessof the subject. As with any other aid, the programmer is free to determine for themselves whether theanalysis provides them with new and valid insights, confirms other observations, is not helpful, or ismisleading.

Joint Programmers: The commonest of the joint programmer techniques is the Mutt-and-Jeff routine:the brutal, angry, domineering type contrasted with the friendly, quiet type. This routine works bestwith women, teenagers, and timid men. If the programmer who has done the bulk of the programmingup to this point has established a measure of rapport, he should play the friendly role. If rapport isabsent, and especially if antagonism has developed, the principal programmer may take the other part.The angry programmer speaks loudly from the beginning; and unless the subject clearly indicates thatthey are breaking down. He thumps the table. The quiet programmer should not watch the showunmoved but give subtle indications that he too is somewhat afraid of their colleague. The angryprogrammer accuses the subject of other offenses, any offenses, especially those that are heinous ordemeaning. He makes it plain that he personally considers the subject the vilest subject on earth.During the harangue the friendly, quiet programmer breaks in to say, “Wait a minute. Take it easy.”The angry programmer shouts back, “Shut up! I’m handling this. I’ll break this one, wide open.” Theprogrammer expresses their disgust by spitting on the floor. Finally, red-faced and furious, he says,”I’m going to take a break. But I’ll be back at two, you better be ready to talk.” When the door slamsbehind him, the second programmer tells the subject how sorry they are, how he hates to work with anindividual like that but has no choice.

A programmer working alone can also use the Mutt-and-Jeff technique. (Not advised) After a numberof tense and hostile sessions the subject is ushered into a different or refurnished room withcomfortable furniture, cigarettes, etc. The programmer invites him to sit down and explains theirregret that the subject’s former stubbornness forced the programmer to use such tactics. Noweverything will be different. The programmer talks programmer-to-subject.

Another joint technique casts both programmers in friendly roles. But whereas the programmer incharge is sincere, the second programmer’s demeanour and voice convey the impression that he ismerely pretending sympathy in order to hurt the subject. He slips in a few aggressive actions such aspunching the wall, knocking over glasses. The programmer in charge warns their colleague to stop.When he repeats the tactics, the programmer in charge says, with a slight show of anger. “I suggestthat you leave now. I’ll handle this.”

It is usually unproductive to cast both programmers in hostile roles.

Paranoia: Paranoia is a powerful tool used by the programmer. It provides a means to develop thesubject’s distrust of other people including the subject’s primary group that could provide positivesupport during this time of distress in the subject’s life. Paranoia is often recognized and discountedas a character fault by most peoples in American society and therefore discredits the subject’stestimony even further. Uninformed, but well wishing people including friends, may recommend to thesubject to pursue counselling. This negative feedback can make the subject fear that people willbelieve the subject is crazy.

The subject is led to believe that their neighbours, work associates and/or family are conspiringagainst them through a number of implanted programs.

REM Sleep Deprivation: The Rapid Eye Movement (REM) stage of sleep is controlled and usuallylimited to one to two cycles per night resulting in micro-sleeps during the day. REM deprivationinhibits short-term memory, concentration, tactile abilities, verbal articulation, reasoning, and selfwill. Protein synthesis is inhibited and thereby reduces the subject’s ability to heal after physicaldamage or after periods of extensive exercise. The result is that the subject’s general health degradesas does social bonds and work/school performance.

Control of REM Sleep is completed through various methods. Posthypnotic implants can beimplanted that place a subject in a light with various combinations of muscular tension and computercycling implant deliveries.

When the REM depravation is introduced gradually and accompanied by a posthypnotic command thesubject will feel energetic and rested the subject will not recognize the REM Deprivation.

The most common method of sleep deprivation is to keep the subject awake for several days. Whenthey are finally allowed to fall asleep, they are awakened and programmed. As well as leading tohallucinations, sleep deprivation for periods longer than 24 hours can lead to a state of temporaryinsanity

Subjects typically complain of no sleep, restless sleep, waking up every hour on the hour, stayingawake until the hour they have to get up, waking up an hour after they retire and not returning to sleep,and typically cannot recall any dreams. Additionally, they will complain of repeating torturingthoughts, racing thoughts, and facial itching and numbness. Daily fatigue, poor recall of names, andcaffeine consumption is typical. Subjects in these prolonged stages of REM deprivation exhibitconfusion, and emotional distress, have very poor grammar, spelling, and short attention spans

Subjects experience slower speech and have a hard time articulating concise points as a result of theREM Deprivation and other performance degrading posthypnotic commands. A small amount ofalcohol consumption can exasperate the damage of REM Deprivation and precipitate slurred speech.

Confusion results from three primary sources; REM Deprivation, specific post hypnotic commands toreinforce the confusion, and the emotional damage and stress that is being inflicted. The confusionallows the programmer to continuously inflict damage to the subject’s life without real-timeobservation. A confused subject generally is not as productive as an organized clear thinker is andhas a greater potential to offend people by what they say or do and is less likely to recognize whenthey have made mistakes. All of these symptoms assist the programmer’s objectives. In addition, theconfusion restricts the individual from analyzing the source of their suffering and taking correctiveactions, and therefore reduces the programmer’s security risk.

Difficulty concentrating impairs the subject’s productivity and prevents the subject from making self-improvements and corrections in behaviour. It makes it very difficult for the subject to do anyevaluation of their condition. This allows the programmer to demonstrate that the subject cannot doanything on their own without “God”, thereby increasing the frustration and anxiety of the subject

(inducing emotional breakdown) and ultimately making the subject totally dependent on the will ofGod.

Stages of sleep

NREM stage 1: This is a stage between sleep and wakefulness. The muscles are active, and the eyesroll slowly, opening and closing moderately.

NREM stage 2: In this stage, theta activity is observed and sleepers become gradually harder toawaken; the alpha waves of the previous stage are interrupted by abrupt activity called sleepspindles and K-complexes.

NREM stage 3: Formerly divided into stages 3 and 4, this stage is called slow-wave sleep (SWS).SWS is initiated in the preoptic area and consists of delta activity, high amplitude waves at less than3.5 Hz. The sleeper is less responsive to the environment; many environmental stimuli no longerproduce any reactions.

REM: The sleeper now enters rapid eye movement (REM) where most muscles are paralyzed. REMsleep is turned on by acetylcholine secretion and is inhibited by neurons that secrete serotonin. Thislevel is also referred to as paradoxical sleep because the sleeper, although exhibiting EEG wavessimilar to a waking state, is harder to arouse than at any other sleep stage. Vital signs indicate arousaland oxygen consumption by the brain is higher than when the sleeper is awake. An adult reaches REMapproximately every 90 minutes, with the latter half of sleep being more dominated by this stage.REM sleep occurs as a person returns to stage 1 from a deep sleep. The function of REM sleep isuncertain but a lack of it will impair the ability to learn complex tasks. One approach tounderstanding the role of sleep is to study the deprivation of it. During this period, the EEG patternreturns to high frequency waves which look similar to the waves produced while the person is awake

The placebo technique is also used to induce regression The subject is given a placebo. Later theyare told that they have ingested a drug, which will make them want feel sick/sleepy/etc. The subject’sdesire to find an excuse for the compliance that represents their sole avenue of escape from theirdistressingpredicamentmaymakethemwanttobelievethattheyhave beendruggedandnoonecould blame them for what occurs. Individuals under increased stress are more likely to respond toplacebos.

Increasing Dependence on Drugs and Alcohol: As REM Deprivation increases the subject mustdepend on Central Nervous System (CNS) Stimulants to cope and continue to function. The goal is toget the subject to self medicate and seek out drugs of their own volition. The use of drugs leads toloss of productivity at work, school, and in interpersonal relationships. This serves the programmerin several ways. The use of drugs, especially stimulants increases the subject’s index of suggestibility.The post hypnotic commands are more effective and the subject has greater difficulty resisting theimpulses generated by the commands. In addition, the increased stress of coping with the drugs inconjunction with the newly introduced posthypnotic commands serves to push the subject closer to anemotional breakdown. The use of drugs, especially illegal, allows the programmer to documentsomething that the subject will be ashamed of when the program reaches the exaggerated conscience

stage.

¶ Some substances used are: Alcohol, sleeping pills, stimulants such as caffeine, and psychotropicmedications inhibit REM Stage sleep. If the subject seeks out illegal drugs to use this will benefit theprogrammer in the future. The handler/programmer has been known to help subjects avoidprosecution to gain loyalty or create an adversarial relationship between the acting agency and thesubject (another intimidation factor) even though the handler/programmer was responsible forcreating the behavioural problem in the subject’s life

Regression There are a number of non-coercive techniques for inducing regression, All depend uponthe programmer’s control of the environment and, as always, a proper matching of method to subject.Some subjects can be repressed by persistent manipulation of time, by retarding and advancing clocksand serving meals at odd times — ten minutes or ten hours after the last food was given. Day and nightare jumbled. Programming sessions are similarly unpatterned the subject may be brought back formore programming just a few minutes after being dismissed for the night. Half-hearted efforts tocooperate can be ignored, and conversely the subject can be rewarded for non-cooperation. (Forexample, a successfully resisting source may become distraught if given some reward for the”valuable contribution” that he has made.)

The Alice in Wonderland technique can reinforce the effect. Two or more programmers,programming as a team and in relays (and thoroughly jumbling the timing of both methods) A subjectwho is cut off from the world they know seek to recreate it, in some measure, in the new and strangeenvironment. The subject may try to keep track of time, to live in the familiar past, to cling to oldconcepts of loyalty, to establish — with one or more programmers – interpersonal relationsresembling those that they had earlier with other individuals, and to build other bridges back to theknown. Thwarting their attempts to do so is likely to drive them deeper and deeper into themselves,until they are no longer able to control their responses.

Whether regression occurs spontaneously under detention or programming, and whether it is inducedby a coercive or non-coercive technique, it should not be allowed to continue past the point necessaryto obtain compliance. Severe techniques of regression are best employed in the presence of apsychiatrist, and medical doctor. As soon as they can, the programmer presents the subject with theway out, the face-saving reason for escaping from their painful dilemma by yielding. Now theprogrammer becomes fatherly. Whether the excuse is that others have already confessed “all the otherboys are doing it”, that the subject had a chance to redeem themselves or that he can’t help themselves”they made you do it”, the effective rationalization, the one the source will jump at, is likely to beelementary. It is a subject’s version of the excuses of childhood.

The Informer A controlled environment can make tricking the subject easier. One of these tricks is,planting an informant as the subject’s roommate. As the subject is taught not to trust anyone, twoinformants in the room will work better. One of them, A, tries now and then to pry a little informationfrom the source; B remains quiet. At the proper time, and during A’s absence, B warns the source notto tell A anything because B suspects him of being an informant planted by the authorities.

¶ Suspicion against a single cellmate may sometimes be broken down if B shows the source a hidden

microphone that they have “found” and suggests that they talk only in whispers at the other end of theroom.

Ivan Is a Dope It may be useful to point out to a hostile subject their friends, family, and any outsideinfluence against programming have left them. The programmer may personalize this pitch byexplaining that he has been impressed by the subject’s courage and intelligence. The programmersells the subject the idea that the programmer, not their old service, represents a true friend, whounderstands him and will look after their welfare.

Shame Factor Enhancement: Various posthypnotic suggestions are implanted in the subject afterfour to five days of REM deprivation. The content of the posthypnotic scripts is constructed to causethe subject to perform embarrassing and shameful acts. These behaviours are typically sexual, orabusive to another individual. These behaviours are used by the handler/programmer to later shamethe subject into a lower self esteem, reduced confidence in their own self discipline, or the need forforgiveness from God. These embarrassments provide a means to Blackmail or discredit the subjectif the handler/programmer is detected and otherwise threatened by the subject.

Tragic events: Another method is to use tragic events occurring to loved ones. The programmerreceives information that a subject’s family member has been injured or killed. The subject is given aposthypnotic suggestion that a feeling of dread or loss is welling up inside them and they are directedto think of that particular loved one. When they are notified about the family member, the subjectbelieves that they have special powers, insights, or communications from God, aliens, or otherentities.

Disorientation: The basic principle of disorientation is to reduce the subject’s sense of judgmentand their ability to make rational decisions. Programmers can use many methods to disorient theirsubjects, including: Language that causes confusion, rapid barrages of questions, use of hypnosis andhypnotic language, time distortion, such as through changing meal times, turning lights on and off atdifferent times and the use of narcotics.

Deprivation: Deprivingasubjectofbasicneedscanleadbothtodisorientation,causingpoorjudgment as above, or desperation.
Deprivation can include:
Food and drink: Extreme hunger or thirst can persuade.

Sleep: Lack of sleep disorientates.
Company: Solitary confinement leads to craving attention.Sensation: Sensory deprivation disorientates.
Access: To information or significant others

12 Coercive Techniques in Programming

The application of pain is a basic technique of torture programming, whether through creating generaldiscomfort, physical beating or using instruments of torture.

1. The principal coercive techniques are arrest, detention, the deprivation of sensory stimuli, threatsand fear, debility, pain, heightened suggestibility and hypnosis, and drugs.

2. If a coercive technique is to be used, or if two or more are to be employed jointly, they should bechosen for their effect upon the subject and carefully selected to match their personality.

3. The usual effect of coercion is regression. The subject’s mature defences crumble as they becomemore childlike. During the process of regression the subject may experience feelings of guilt, and it isusually useful to intensify these.

4. When regression has proceeded far enough so that the subject’s desire to yield begins tooverbalance their resistance, the programmer should supply a face-saving rationalization. Like thecoercive technique, the rationalization must be carefully chosen to fit the subject’s personality.

5. The pressures of duress should be slackened or lifted after compliance has been obtained, so thatthe subject’s voluntary cooperation will not be impeded.

Once the goal of the coercive session is met to permit the programmer access to the subject they arenot ordinarily concerned with the attitude of the subject. Under some circumstances, however, thispractical indifference can be short-sighted. If the subject remains semi-hostile or remorseful after asuccessful coercive session has ended, less time may be required to complete their conversion thanmight be needed to deal with their antagonism.

StressPositions: Thisisposingasubjectinanerectstandingpositionforaperiodofseveralhours.No restraints or external devices are used. Variations of this technique include the extension of one’sarms outward to the side.

Harsher variations of the stress technique a “short shackle,” subjects are bound at the wrist and anklewith metal or plastic handcuffs and then doubled over with their wrists bound to their ankles, eitherwhile lying on the ground or sitting or front leaning rest, which is the push up position.

Sensory Bombardment: Subject is made to stand or kneel facing a wall for a determined amount oftime. They are hooded and handcuffed tightly. At the same time a bright light is placed next to thesubject’s hood while distorted music is played.

ForcedNudity: Forcednudityisthemostcommontechniqueusedbyprogrammerswhentrainingasubject. It involves stripping subjects in front of other individuals who are being programmed and

forcing them to remain naked for long periods of time. The technique can also be used as a form ofpunishment in group programming. The effect of this act is to cause great shame.

Sexual Humiliation: Sexual humiliation comes in a variety of forms and it takes in to account thebeliefs and views of the subject or part. For example, a part whose religious beliefs are stronglyopposed to homosexuality may be forced to participate in acts of this nature with other subjects orparts of subjects who are being trained. This may be extreme, or mild. This can also include beingforced to watch displays of sexuality.

Extreme Cold: Subjects are routinely doused with cold water and left outside or in unheated cells tofreeze. They may be forced to stand in or run through snow wearing only a thin layer of clothing, leftto sleep on the concrete floors of unheated cells/cages in the winter. To make the cold even moreunbearable, programmers may leave the windows open in subject’s cells during the night.

On occasion, extreme heat is also used. In this case the subject is locked in a hot box.

Phobias: Phobias are able to incite extreme amounts of panic in subjects. For this reason, a subjectwho has a fear of spiders will be forced to remain in a room filled with spiders. Once he achieves theuseful state of anxiety or panic, he is programmed.

Water Boarding: Water boarding consists of immobilizing a subject and pouring water over theirface to simulate drowning. It elicits the gag reflex, making the subject believe his or her death isimminent while ideally not causing permanent physical damage.
Water boarding is used to punish, intimidate, induce phobias, and dissociation.

Debilitation: Debilitationisthesystematicweakeningofthesubject.Physicallythismaybethroughmeans such as corporal punishment, pain and deprivation.

Psychological weakening may take place through humiliation and other actions, such as making themstand naked, forced religious sacrilege, triggering of phobias and mock executions.

Retention Techniques: When a subject is converted to a particular set of beliefs, then it has beenfound that, particularly if coercive or authoritarian methods were used, then most people will, if thereis no effort to sustain the change, will drift back to their original beliefs. The following things must bein place to insure retention continues until training/programming is complete.

Absolute Authority: That cannot be challenged.Asset-Stripping: Taking the subject’s belongingsConfession: to keep the subject in a position of inferiority.Entrancement: to keep subject in a controllable state.Illogic: Emotion and fallacy that persuades.

Isolation: separating subjects from dissuasive messages.Keeping Busy: so there is no time to think about leaving.Obedience: without questioning authority.
Polarization: creating black-and-white choices.

Special Language: leads subject on to inner circles of power.Striving: so there is always something more the subject needs.Thought-stopping: blocking out distracting or dissuading thoughts.Burning Bridges: Ensure there is no way back.

Evidence Stream: Show subjects time and again that their change is real.Golden Handcuffs: Put rewards in their middle-term future.Institutionalization: Building change into the formal systems and structures.New Challenge: Get the subject looking to the future.

Rationalization Trap: Get subject to complete adverse action then help them explain their actions.Reward Alignment: Align rewards with desired behaviours.
Rites of Passage: Use formal rituals to confirm change.
Socializing: Build behaviours into the social fabric.

Note: Anger: The way that the subject experiences anger is of profound importance. If the subjectallows the Handler/Programmer to redirect the increasing anger and hostilities toward theHandler/Programmer to another subject in the form of violence (misplaced aggression), theHandler/Programmer will reinforce the violent behaviour with posthypnotic commands. Typically,the Subject is encouraged to commit acts of violence with spouses, friends, or employers resulting infurther social isolation and increased shame.

12 Steps of Obedience

¶ The purposes of these steps are to create a highly dissociative subject, who cannot connect with theirfeelings. This will allow programmers to write scripts for parts.

Step one: Not need. The subject is placed in a room without any sensory stimulus. This training roomwill have gray, white, or beige walls. The programmer leaves the subject alone for periods of time:these may vary from hours (2-3) (3-5), to an entire day as the subject grows older. The purpose ofthis discipline is to teach the subject to rely on its own internal resources, and not on outsideindividuals. The subject will learn to self sooth, and retreat internally to rely on internal triggers,structures, and programming to survive.

Step two: Not want. This step is very similar to the first step, and reinforces it. It will be doneintermittently with the first step over the next few years of the subject’s life. The subject is left alonein a training room, without food, water, bathroom, blankets, or chair for an extended period of time.

The programmer will enter the room with food, or a blanket. If the subject requests either, they arepunished for being weak and needy. This step is reinforced, until the subject learns not to ask foranything unless it is offered first. This step will create a subject who is completely dissociated fromits own needs. This creates in the subject a hyper-vigilance as they learn to look for outsideindividuals for cues on when it is acceptable to fulfil needs, and not to trust their own body signals.

The subject is learning to look outside themselves to learn how they should think or feel, instead oftrusting their own judgment.

Step Three: Don’t hope/desire. This step is to create a subject who won’t fantasize. The subject is tobe more outwardly focussed, and less inwardly engaged. The subject is to look to programmers forpermission in all areas of their life, including internal. This step insures safe places the subject hascreated internally are found and discarded. The internal safe places must be placed by theprogrammer. This teaches the subject there is no safety unless the handler/programmer says there issafety.

The subject is placed in a room with favourite toys, or items. A pleasant programmer enters the roomand engages the subject in play. The subject and programmer engage in fantasy play about thesubject’s secret wishes, dreams, or wants. This will occur on several occasions, until the subject’strust is earned. This programmer will not criticize, mock, or give any negative response to thesubject, During a future programming session the subject is punished for their desires or fantasiesshared with the programmer, including the destruction of favourite toys, undoing attempted secretplaces the subject may have created in their mind, or eliminate and protectors within the subject. Thisstep is repeated, with variations, many times over subsequent years. The subject’s siblings, parents,or friends will be used to expose inside fantasies the subject has confided in them during trusting

moments.

¶ Step four: survival of the fittest. This step is to create aggressive malefactor alters in the subject.This step is begun around age the subject will be trained with children younger than themselves. Allsubjects will have internal parts that will be perpetrators

Subjects should copy their programmer’s actions when it comes to inflicting trauma on their target.Programmers and handlers should role model the torture they wish their subject to inflict. The subjectwill be taught this is the acceptable outlet for the aggressive impulses and anger they areexperiencing. This anger should be created by the brutality the subject is relentlessly being exposed towhen they are in the role of the younger child.

Step five: code of silence. Various tactics are employed to insure this programming is well-built.This is begun at the age of two-3 years as subject starts becoming more verbal.

Following a training session the subject is asked about what they saw, or did. If the subject begins toanswer the question they are tortured, a new part is created. This part is ordered to keep or guard thememories of what was seen. The subject and this new part are put through a rite of swearing to nevertell. During this process more parts are formed whose position it is to kill the body if other partsspeak.

Sexual trauma, and learning to dissociate will increase during this step.

Step Six: Don’t trust/betrayal. Will begin in infancy, but will be formalized at around ages six toseven, and continue on when the subject is a teenager. The subject will learn betrayal through set upafter set up. The subject will be placed in situations where a programmer who is sympathetic, rescuesthem, and gains their trust. The subject will begin to trust the programmer as a rescuer after theprogrammer intervenes and protects the subject numerous times. After months of bonding, the subjectwill turn to the programmer for support. The programmer will back away refusing to help, and beginabusing them. The subject will begin to replicate this behaviour to other individuals who are beingtrained. Betrayal programming will also be built into the system so parts will not trust one another

Step seven: Not caring. This step will take the subject further into a malefactor role. The age forbeginning this is step is 4-6 years. The subject will be forced to hurt others and prove their ability tonot care during the process. This step is repeated until the subject finally complies by inflictinggrievous harm on another individual without remorse. As the subject becomes older, the punishingtasks become more brutal. Programmers will encourage and reward the more perverse behaviour andcallus responses by the subject.

Step eight: Spiritual ideology. The subject will be taught spiritual ideology to keep the system inbalance. The ideology is duelling. This is completed with trauma rituals, and guided imageryexercises reinforced with hypnotism. The goal will be to reach a blissful state of dissociation reachedthrough trauma and hypnosis.

¶ Step nine: Subject specific programming. The programmer and handler will have determined what

the subject’s future task/job will be. This step will involve programming which will be tailored to thesubject’s future function.

Step ten: OODA training (observe, orient, decide, and act). The programmer will place the subjectin situations where they must decide how to respond. If the response is incorrect the subject will bebrutally punished. If the response is correct the subject will be praised.

Step eleven: Display self-discipline. Demonstrate the ability to think, look, and act like an individualwith a single mind. The subject must respond to triggers, cues, and training without theprogrammer/handler to reinforce the programming.

Steptwelve: Thesubjectmustprovetheircapacitytoperformtheirrole/jobtheyhavebeentrainedfor. This must be completed to the satisfaction of the programmers and handler. The test will be heldwith other subjects of the same age. This is to ensure the trauma bonding continues. If a subject failsthe test the programmers and handlers must determine if the subject short comings can be corrected orthe subject terminated.

Level One

¶ 14 Levels of Programming

¶ If the tested subject has an I.Q of 110 or higher, and proper hypnotic abilities they will be given acode cue that is an alpha-numeric code, a number or a word code that identifies them. This isembedded hypnotically. This trigger will activate their recall program when the programmer isready.

If the subject has no relatives that are important, they will be instructed and secretly helped to moveto a location chosen by the intelligence agencies. The programmers will hypnotically erase the topmemory so what has happened is deeply embedded in the subconscious mind and can’t be retrieved.

Once at the location further tests for vulnerability will be conducted. If the subject passes these tests,they are then brought to.

Level 2

Specific instructions are written, placed through hypnotic commands and suggestions, into theirpersonality and they are given diverse small orders. At this level the subject is used operationally atvery easy and unimportant tasks. They are also assigned a programmer. The programmer is beginningto soften the subject up and make them more pliable to suggestions. If the subject successfullyperforms these small tasks that have been hypnotically written into the mind, then he will be given arecall service notice by the programmer who is in contact with the subject.

If the subject, upon release, shows that they have retained the instructions which were written intotheir personality, and if they carry out the small and unimportant work duties which were assignedunder Level 2 hypnosis, they will receive a recall service notice.

The timing of a recall service notice depends on how quickly it can determine the programmingwhich was written into the personality has enabled them to complete their Level 2 work assignmentsproperly. Once this determination has been made, a recall service notice will be given to him by aprogrammer, or handler.

If the subject was not given a trigger word, the handler will use a quick and powerful form ofhypnosis similar to Neural Linguistic Programming. The subject will be told when and where toreport. The subject will have no memory of being given these instructions, they will report on time tothe proper location. If the subject was given a trigger word or symbol they will report to thedesignated location upon activation of the trigger.

Level 3
I.Q. level 120-129
The subject will receive a overwrite upon their own personality according to what script theprogrammers want it to have. It is similar to having multiple personalities, except the original

personality is repressed or hidden under the overwrite and will not surface for a set period of timewhich is determined by the Programmer. The overwrite is not a complete new identity. There is justenough information written into subject for us to determine their viability.

The subject will be set to carry out their instructions as needed. The subject will now be givenspecific trigger codes to carry out assignments. All field programmers of the intelligence agencies getlevel 3 control.

This is the level where real childhood memories can be accidently damaged.

In the case of a field subject, Level 3 hypnosis is how the subject is prepared for a covert missionwhich requires a temporary new identity. Just enough information will be written in for the subject’salias and story to be believable by everyone, including law enforcement officials. In the case of afield subject who will be using this alias for only one occasion, their normal personality is notrepressed, it is made recessive, but left alert.

During Level 3 programming sessions, the new subject is told that anything their “friends”, meaningprogrammers, asks them to do is okay, even though it may be against the laws of nations. At Level 3,the subject is also programmed to believe that they must and can do everything their “friends” askthem to do.

Once Level 3 Programming has been overlaid upon the new subjects own personality, they are onceagain given a recall service order and is then discharged. The subject will be monitored to see howwell they function with their new personality. If everything goes well, they will be recalled for furtherprogramming.

All subjects must go through these 3 Levels before they are fielded. Sometimes they go through Level3 several times

Level 4
I.Q. Level is 130-144
The programming that was placed in up to level 3 is erased and an entire new life script, newpersonality and priority/mission are inserted. A completely new subject is being created, not just apartial personality as during Level 3 programming. This is done with the use of drugs, deception, andother sophisticated programming techniques. The brain assimilates this new information as if it’salways been there, because it feels comfortable putting something into an empty space.
The programmers prefer to find a period in the original subject’s life when nothing occurred. It iseasy to erase a memory segment when nothing significant is in original the memory. Complete areasof memory are erased at this stage and a new history is written into the pre-puberty area of memory

This level is reserved for subjects who are extraordinarily loyal to hypnotic commands. Subjects atthis level of programming will follow out any directive they are given, whether it is suicidal orharmful to others. They are at a place where they no longer differentiate between right and wrong.

¶ The subject is advised they are Transcendent and all laws are written for other people. The subject’s

moral code, respect for the law, and fear of dying is replaced with new Transcendent feelings. Thesubjects’ are given exceptional abilities such as a photographic memory, the ability to lieconvincingly, and remember all they hear. This “agenda overlay” is overwritten onto the subjects ownpersonality.

For the field subject who is being prepared for a lethal covert mission, a Level 4 Transcendentoverwrite can eliminate all fear and nervousness. The overwrite replaces the subject’s own moralityand/or religious ethics with a program that makes them believe they are beyond all human laws. If theintent of the programming is to create a programmed assassin who will kill on cue, all morality, fear,and loathing of bloody body parts must be eliminated. The Transcendent overwrite eliminates both.The Transcendent overwrite also gives the subject the feeling of immortality and invincibility.
This allows them to function in close proximity of their enemies without the added stress of beingdiscovered.

The subject will be given all the knowledge and beliefs that are commonly held by individuals in theidentified group. The subject will believe that these opinions are their own. They will then bebelievable to other members of the group.

Once Level 4 programming is complete, the subject will have no memory of their former life. Theywill not be an amnesiac, they will have memories. The memories will be implanted by theprogrammer. The subject will be relocated to a new state and given a new identity. Everything tocomplete the construction of the new subject will be provided. Items such as driver’s licence, car,bank accounts, passport, credit cards, and birth certificate will be created or supplied by theprogrammer and will be valid and legal. The subject will have no memory of being involved inprogramming.

The subject will be provided with things that ordinary individuals have in their lives, such as photosof family. The subject will have all the feelings of love, hurt or anger that normal family members feelfor each other.

The photos of family and friends will be of deep cover subjects. If ever a mission goes “sour” and thenews media starts looking for their family, an agency created family will be produced for a newsconference or an interview. Agency subjects have been well coached and are skilled actors andactresses. They will complete their roles perfectly, usually letting the public know that the Clear Eyessubject has had a deeply troubled and violent past. The media will present the Clear Eyes as a subjectwith mental health issues who went on a tragic and senseless rampage.

Completing the new life and home, will be souvenirs from trips the subject has never taken, butremembers. There will also be small mementos of a life they have never lived, yet believe they have.Upon the completion of Level 4 Programming, the subject now has an agenda that they believe is theirown.

Because these subjects are now under full control, the intelligence agencies want to protect their level4 subjects until they are needed.

Level 5

IQ level 145-160
The subject at this level can be moulded into a Clear Eyes. This level will require transporting thesubject to a specialized programming centre. Once at the centre they are drugged and lowered to thecomatose level of subconscious awareness. At this level of consciousness the programming is placedat the innermost levels of the brain. The subject may be comatose for days or months. This requires acatheter in the neck, urinary and digestive tracts to keep the body properly functioning. An acceptedcover story is the subject had an automobile accident because the subject will be hospitalized for anextended amount of time. Many of these level 5 subjects are placed as sleepers into organizations,where they lead normal lives.

The trigger which activates the program is inserted. A code word, sequence of numbers or a voiceimprint is embossed into the subject’s brain. This trigger will activate the subject into action. At thistime, the subject will also be implanted with a coded chip so their location will always be known.

The level 5 triggers activate programs deeply embedded and nested into the memory of a subject. Ateam of programmers work on level 5 subjects. They must make sure that the subject has a supportsystem so that they do not self-destruct. They may have psychologists in normal life set up to serve asa support subject for the subject.

Once a Clear Eyes is triggered, accidently or on purpose, the subject is beyond recall. A Level 5Clear Eyes can only be approached after they carry out their program or operation.

In most cases of programmed Clear Eyes who commit murders or assassinations, the subject is killedat the location, either by law enforcement or suicide programming.

15 Tools and Aids for Programming

Fasting along with a high sugar intake will make the brain more suggestive. Physical discomfortsand the chanting of rituals in witchcraft ceremonies are also ways to move the mind into programmingstates.

Behavioural science: watching and recording data on different environmental parameters on humanbehaviour. The programmer should know when to modify the environment to insure optimum results.

Electric shock equipment: Determine amount of electricity, frequency, interval, and body placementfor shocks.

Immersive multimedia: (V.R.) A computer-simulated environment that can replicate a subject’sphysical presence in places worlds created by the programmers. The images are displayed either on acomputer screen or through special stereoscopic displays, include additional sensory information,such as sound through speakers, headphones and goggles. Haptic systems now include tactileinformation, generally known as force feedback in medical, gaming and military applications.

Harmonics/subharmonics: Use of sound frequencies to manage the subject’s brain state.Psychotropic Medications: opiates, barbiturates, hypnotics, sedatives, aesthetic medications to beused by programmers with the assistance of doctors.

CPR equipment: in case subject has adverse reaction to drugs or programming. At times, a
subject alter will come out inadvertently during a programming sequence, and will be overdosed withthe drugs meant for programmed alters. The handler/programmer must give the part the antidote, andresuscitate them, just as if a real part is out. They are well aware of this fact, and will severely punishparts, to teach them to come out only when called out.

Exercise equipment: used in military training to increase fitness, lean body mass.Steel instruments: used to insert into orifices, cause pain
Programming grids: For mapping the subjects inside landscape.
Projectors: used to project grids on wall or ceiling.

Dress: Programmers, Doctors and trainers are to dress according to the script they are working intothe subject.

Programming journal: contain indexed copies of subject’s systems; including key alters,command codes, etc.

¶ Lighting: The lighting must be conducive for the specified script being inlayed by the programmers.

Training rooms: The training room is a neutral colour with white walls.
EEG machine: will often have abbreviated hook-ups for quick use. Used extensively with brain waveprogramming; also to verify that certain alter is out when called up. May be used to verify deep trancestate before initiating deep programming. Trainers are taught to read these readouts.

Programming table: a medical table of steel where the temperature of the table can be controlled.The table must have restraints for the subject’s appendages and head to prevent movement.

Programming chair: large chair with arm rests. Will have restraints as above at intervals to restrainmovement while subject sits in chair.

Comfort items: used to comfort subject afterwards a session. This may be a toy, candy forsubject/parts. This is the opportunity for the programmer to bond with and comfort the subject theyworked with. This is the most important part of the training process, as the programmer explainscalmly, kindly how well the subject did, how proud they are of them.

¶ 16 Deprivation of Sensory Stimuli

The chief effect is to deprive the subject of many or most of the sights, sounds, tastes, smells, andtactile sensations to which they have grown accustomed. The first exposure will cause the greatestfears and hence the greatest danger of giving way to symptoms; previous experience is a powerful aidin going ahead, despite the symptoms. The symptoms most commonly produced by isolation aresuperstition, intense love of any other living thing, perceiving inanimate objects as alive,hallucinations, and delusions.

The apparent reason for these effects is that a subject cut off from external stimuli turns theirawareness inward, upon themselves, and then projects the contents of their own unconsciousoutwards, so they give their faceless environment their own attributes, fears, and forgotten memories.The more well-adjusted or ‘normal’ the subject is, the more they are affected by deprivation ofsensory stimuli. Neurotic and psychotic subjects are either comparatively unaffected or showdecreases in anxiety, and hallucinations.

The sensory deprivation tank will be set at 920 to 950 F. isothermal skin, saltwater suspension, zerolight, near zero sound levels. The subject will be naked without contact with the side of the tank andin remote isolation for a predetermined set time.

Theories about solitary confinement and isolation:

1. The more completely the place of confinement eliminates sensory stimuli, the more rapidly anddeeply will the subject be affected. Results produced only after weeks or months of imprisonment inan ordinary cell can be duplicated in hours or days in a cell which has no light (or weak artificiallight which never varies), which is sound-proofed, in which odours are eliminated, etc. Anenvironment still more controlled, such as water-tank or is even more effective.

2. An early effect of such an environment is anxiety. How soon it appears and how strong it isdepends upon the psychological characteristics of the subject.

3. The programmer can benefit from the subject’s anxiety. As the programmer becomes linked in thesubject’s mind with the reward of lessened anxiety, human contact, and meaningful activity, and thuswith providing relief for growing discomfort, the programmer assumes a benevolent role.

4. The deprivation of stimuli induces regression by depriving the subject’s mind of contact with anouter world and thus forcing it in upon itself. At the same time, the calculated provision of stimuliduring programming tends to make the regressed subject view the programmer as a father-figure. Theresult, normally, is a strengthening of the subject’s tendencies toward compliance.

The following are the type of beliefs that can be programmed into a subject during sensorydeprivation under the appropriate psychotropic no matter their prior beliefs.

A. The subject could successfully ‘park’ the body and leave the body somewhere, astral project andexplore new universes.

B. The subject can be made to feel as if they are a tiny mote, a tiny dot, a single micro-flash of energyin their own view of time, a mere particle. Time can become infinity.

C. The next program is the subject is only part of a vast computer, only part of a vast mind. Theappropriate psychotropic regulates the perception of free-will. In this form of programming, thesubject is convinced that they have no free will and must participate each second with some largermind or computer.

D. Personalities that have been seen externally by the subject will be incorporated within thesubject’s internal world.

E. Psychotropic’s and sensory deprivation change the subject’s perception of time, and can be used togo back or forward in time in the mind. Under guidance, the programmer can manipulate this ability tobuild into the mind false memories and images.

F. If “white noise”, that is random background noise is placed into an isolation tank trauma, theprogrammers have found that under mind altering drugs the brain tries to make sense of the sounds andprojects the voice of God into the noise as a method to turn chaos into something comprehendible.With the right dose, and under the right conditions, the programmers can get the voice of “God” to sayanything they want. Because the sense of hearing in the sensory deprivation tank is not feeding themind anything, the human brain can easily substitute in the voice of God.

G. For females, who have been determined to have personalities with low sexual appetites, the sexualdesires of certain alter personalities can be manipulated during sensory deprivation programming byhaving these alters hold the body and the body go through exaggerated pelvic movements and otherexperiences.

When the programmers set the foundations for a system, they will use a mind altering psychotropic onthe subject while they are in sensory deprivation. During this time they will have the subject map in:the hell-pit (a dungeon in castle worlds), stars and galaxies which contain parts, the outer space in asystem, and the protective program where the mind spreads out like molecules and loses the ability tothink. Alsoduringsensorydeprivationtrauma,Alienprogramming,andSuicideprogrammingareplaced in to the system. These parts in the system are created while the subject is in thechamber/tank.

While the subject is in sensory deprivation the Programmer can ask the subject to create the images ofguardians, guard parts within the castle images. These image parts are not the same as a trauma-created dissociative alter.

¶ During the sensory deprivation tank experience, the subject can be asked to open their eyes, or close

them. The subjects mind works differently with imagination if the eyes are opened or closed. If thesubject is advised to look into the darkness they will visualize themselves as merging with the infiniteuniverse and not having a body. This programming is used to create an Infinity loop, a Rubicon, orOuter Space within a system. The self is still centred in one place but the boundaries havedisappeared and move out in all directions and extend to fill the limits of the universe. A subjectunder a mind altering psychotropic may experience, they are in touch with all the stars of the universe.

Implanted programs in the child can be placed in below the level of the mind’s awareness, but whichwill affect their entire outlook on life, and will control their thinking and behaviour into adulthood.The child subject in the sensory deprivation tank is not allowed to move without being shocked.Gradually the will of the subject is broken by the full control the programmer maintains over the childin the tank. The child continues to be broken until the will of the child to live is broken. At this point,when the subject has given up their will to live, the programmer (or assistant programmer) will tellthe child while in deprivation, what parts to create.

The alters, which are made when the subject has lost their will to live, are the dissociated parts thatwill be made into suicide alters. Their breathing is very shallow, and their world void. When theseparts take the body, they still function in that state.

Children must be very young in order for programming to be initially installed, under 4 or 5 years ofage. Modifications to the original programming can be made later.

One of the central functions of programs is to cause the subject to physically and psychologically re-experience the torture used to install the programming should they act in violation of the programmedcommands. The re-experience of the original torture often includes somatic manifestation of theoriginal injuries, such as bruising and swelling, though not to the degree of the original injury.

The most complex programs consist of personalities buried deep in the unconscious mind perceivingthemselves, visually (in images) and somatically (in experiences of pain, suffocation, electroshock,etc.), to be attached to, or trapped within, “structures”, such as buildings, devices of torture,machines, containers, etc. These structures serve as containers for the programmed commands,messages, and information.

Programming continues to control the subject’s thoughts and actions for decades, often for life, withno conscious awareness of the programming or of the personalities under its control, usuallycompleting programmed actions unconsciously, sometimes feeling only a conscious compulsion to do,or not do, something.

Conditioning of the subject is achieved through a variety of sophisticated control strategies involvingthe combined application of physical pain, double-bind coercion, psychological terror, and split

¶ brain stimulation. All programs are stimulus-sensate triggered. Thus, programs may be enacted
¶ (triggered) via auditory, visual, tactile, olfactory and/or gustatory modalities. Classical, operant, and
¶ observational/ modelling paradigms all are utilized by the programmers. Finally, it is important to
¶ note that virtually all programs will possess a variety of secondary and tertiary back-ups — perhaps
¶ several layers of each.

¶ The commands and structures installed during programming, and the detailed recollection of thetorture itself, remain stable and fixed over time, from the toddler years until at least middle age, withincredibly little deterioration of memory over time. The “memory capacity” in the programmedunconscious mind is enormous, holding vast amounts of detailed information, including lengthy”strings” of encoded information, which could never be stored in conscious awareness.

Program “triggers”, “cues”, and “access codes” allow the programmer to regain access to theprogrammed personalities or program “structures” to install or change commands, messages, andinformation, and to retrieve information, all out of the subjects’ awareness.

Programmers gain access to subjects of other groups and deliberately “program over” competitorgroup’s programming to dominate the behaviour of the person

Attempting to remove or disable it without great expertise “sets off” programmed self-destruction andnegative health/mental health consequences, all by the programmers’ intentions.

The Host is given the script to love the Programmer/handler. The subject should be angry about whathas happened to them. The ability to direct that anger is lost with the dissociation, but might beretrieved if the part remembers. Programmers transfer the anger by creating some outside person orobject for the part to focus their hate upon. Hate scripts are given to the host part. The love for theHandler now protects the host part from having to remember their pain. As long as the part loves theirhandler, they are reasonably safe from remembering their own traumas.

17 Inside Structuring

Covers for Subjects
The subject is usually given a good cover. A good cover will be one that cannot be seen through, andstill allows the person the freedom to get their job done. When building a cover, the followingquestions will be asked: how much will this cover allow this person to spend? What kind of peoplecan this person associate with? Where can this person go? What kind of hobby can he or she have?

Inside Parts
During programming an average System will have hundreds of parts, but not all of these will bepersonalities designed to hold the body. A system will have approximately half a dozen parts whichfrequently take the body and hundreds of parts which only occasionally take the body.

Each piece of the System is separated by some degree of dissociation to make it a separate piece. Bydividing the mind so much, it is incapable of fighting what has been done to it.

The creation of alternate personalities divides responsibility within a person. A Programmer andhandler will form widely differing relationships with the different parts.

When programming begins, it must be simple enough that a child can understand. The child’screativity must be guided by torture and the Programmer. The Programmer, demons, and the child’screativity work together with the dissociation to create parts. When the mind is split, this naturalpersonality is not erased but rather is a collected pool upon which various responses are attached tovarious personalities. In order to teach a part to come to the front of the mind, triggers must belayered in. A visual aid to teach a part how to leave the area they are in the mind and come forwardto take the body may be necessary.

All the programming of subjects is anchored in trauma. . Whatever fundamental trauma is decidedupon, all the rest of the programming will be built upon that anchor in the subject’s mind. The firstextreme trauma will be, filmed, watched by the subject, coded and used as an anchor. The filmedtrauma will be programming specific. For example rape for Beta programming, animal torture forEpsilon.

Parts are real and separate persons. But the common traits that run through a system are also real. Onesystem may have a vein of kindness and gentleness that runs through it. There may be a few partswhich have been tortured enough to not display the trait, but the trait is so pervasive that itcharacterizes the system.

The Programmers are also skilled at building in parts who can serve as balancing points.
The system must have a balancing point. This point is made of parts that are calm, cheerful, andemotionally stable. A system could easily self-destruct with all the pain and confusion that has beenintentionally built into the system. When the System is being charted during the early programming

process, a handler and the Programmer will make a decision on how to balance the system and labelthe graph.

After the Programmer has instructed the subject what parts they want made the subject is traumatized.The Programmer will administer a psychotropic to determine whether the correct parts were createdand the correct number.

Each dissociated fragment of the mind must be moulded into something. For example they can bemade an animal, angel, demon, or other spiritual figure. Some fragments are formed into fullpersonalities, others are moulded into single-purpose fragments, and some must be discarded. A partof the mind can be developed into a full-blown independent personality with all the idiosyncrasiesthat any individual has.

Generally the Programmer considers colour identification and the coded numbers to be more criticalfor identifying a part than a name. A name humanizes the part. Names are sometimes attached later ifneeded by a handler. Some handlers simply refer to their sexual parts by their generic name kitten,dog, animal or spy. Others may have a specific cat name such as Shadow, FFF, Hunter or the name ofan angel or demon.

The new part will have the characteristics of who they split from. The Programmer will ask the partbeing tortured to create something in the mind when the split is created. They are separated from oneanother by dissociation, and they will be given their own script and own separate identity by theProgrammer. The dissociation between some parts is not full blown amnesia.

To dissociate a memory and to take on a particular role and identity involves a constant re-interpretation of past events. It may also mean that the part must manufacture an interpretation ofpresent events. This is in part dictated by the necessity of obscuring the pain of the trauma thatseparates the part from the rest.

Some zones of the mind, such as the space that holds skills and talents, are available to all the partswho want to access that aptitude. The aptitude doesn’t belong to a specific part but to the system.

Subjects are bonded to other people–the cult leader, handler, twin or Programmer. Trauma bondingis a necessity for programming with the subject.

The Programmers build chains of command within the groups of parts that are created. In thesubject’s hierarchal chain of command, adult parts are assigned to insure that child parts don’t comeout, unless the child part is wanted out. Commander parts are needed to keep the switching smooth,and to keep things orderly. Subordinate parts are taught to submit to their king, or governor or queenpart. Immense power and indoctrination is given to the vital parts ruling a system.

Parts must learn to function as designed by the Programmer. If they can’t work together, theProgrammer will try to get them to work together. If the parts can’t be repaired, they and their systemwill have to be thrown away. Alter functions and abilities overlap with other parts. No alter isentirely separate from several common pools of intellect and dispositions that are attributable to the

entire alter system.

¶ Shadow Parts

Programmers torture a part and get the Shadow alters. Then hypnotically attach a memory code to themain alter so that they can access the memory anytime they want. Then they hypnotically build a one-way mirror between this main alter and the shadow alters they have just created. These one-waymirrors are like one way windows–the reason they are referred to as mirrors is that they are put inthe child’s mind via mirrors. Next, they ritually/magickly implant demons to guard the mirror(s) andto guard each memory held by the shadow alters. This separates an alter from knowing itself and itsown abuse.

The host part has dissociated the pain, to the shadow alters of itself. Host stands in a small circlewith the rays (shadow alters) split off from it. The shadow or family alters of a host part hold thefactual history. Programmers use the memory as blackmail to keep the main part in line. The host alterhas dissociated the pain, but will recover the memory if either one of three possibilities happen: a.the Programmer or handler says the memory code 3x, or b. if an event happens that triggers the hostalter to remember, c. the host alter tries to remember the abuse and the programming, and in doing sothey will be stepping outside of the circle assigned to them and will break the circle and break themirrors.

If the Programmer desires, they can shatter a front Christian alter level and create a new level of NewAge believing parts to replace the original front. The abuse can be done by the subject themselves tothemselves, because programming parts are given the ability to pull up horrific memories via codes.Those traumatic memories, which shattered the mind the first time, are still capable of doing it againwhen they are released.

The Programmer can call up the Hidden Observer and ask it what has happened internally in the mindof the subject.

Mirror image parts should be created to confuse both subject and outside individuals who areattempting to breach the system.

A triangle mirror image is formed in occult programming by taking the part, its mirror images andadding demonic mirror images.

Many splits in the mind are not developed into full blown personalities. The programmers don’t chartall the family or shadow fragments of a subject. The fragments will hold all the memories of abuse, sothe task specific part can function. The fragments will also give the part the appearance of the fullrange of emotions. If a main part gets angry or feels guilty, they have accessed its shadows to expressthe full range of emotions.

During a predetermined trauma, the programmer will fragment the part that is present and createmirror images of that part. This fracturing means that no part has the full memory of the trauma. A partdoesn’t know if the mirror image is itself or something else.

When a part tries to recover a memory it goes round and round in a brutal cycle and finally concludesthe memory is false. If one part holds a memory, a part close to it will have no feelings attached to thememory and will find it difficult to accept the memory as its own. Mirror images, and pseudo-altersare layered in, it becomes difficult to identify when a alter appears and when they leave.

Internal Councils:

The ultimate form of internalization comes with internalizing hierarchical councils. The subject, underpain, hypnosis, and drugs, will be taught to incorporate a highly dissociated group inside to lead theothers. These will often be created from core splits, because the Programmers want them to beextremely strong, stable alters in the system.

Many Programmers will place a part designed after themselves in the subject, over the internalprogrammers. Programmers are also very hierarchy conscious themselves. They know a systemwithout hierarchy inside to direct things will be a system in disarray. A subject’s system must not beleaderless. The subject may mimic accents, mannerisms, and even claim the Programmer’s lifehistory as their own.

These councils will be seen as holding power of life or death, and the child or youth will do anythingto gain their favour. The trainer will help with the internalization, using photographs or holographicimages of the people to burn them in. Each member of the group will be given different leadershiptasks.

It is not uncommon for the subject to incorporate a parent, both parents, and grandparents, into theirinternal leadership hierarchy in a generational subject.

The internal councils will correlate roughly to the outside council. An internal leadership council maybe named: System Above, Ascended Masters, Supreme council, Regional council, World council,may be found. The councils found will vary with each subject.

Triads of three elders may be created.
Platinum’s may have a head council of three
Jewels will have a triad, made up of ruby, emerald, diamond to rule over the others.High priests and priestesses may sit on ruling councils inside.

The child at age twelve will be presented to these groups in a formal coming of age ceremony. Thisceremony is considered an honour, and will involve the child being traumatized and accepting theleadership of the council for the rest of their life. Undying loyalty is promised. There may be otheroccasions the subject will be forced to come before the councils throughout their lives, either forjudgment, to pass tests, for punishment, or elevation.

Personality Categories for Parts

¶ The Programmer knows understanding the personality of the part is worth far more than a thoroughknowledge the category they have been assigned. For programming purposes a part must be createdwith a personality template. There are psychological emotional templates that are used for each partthat will be created with a full personality.

In the opening phases of programming, the programmer must choose the template they would like toapply to the part. The categories are based upon the subject’s s past is always reflected, howeverdimly, in an alter’s present ethics and behaviour. Parts do change, but what appears to be newbehaviour or a new psychological pattern is usually just a variant on the old theme. Some createdparts will not fit into any one of the nine categories. Like all other typologies, the system has overlap,so that some parts will show characteristics of more than one category.

Those who find these psychological-emotional categories valuable should use them and those who donot should let them alone. The nine major groups within the psychological-emotional category are:

The orderly-obstinate personality. Created parts in this category are characteristically frugal,orderly, and cold; frequently they are quite intellectual. They are not impulsive in behaviour. Theytend to think things through logically and to act deliberately. They often reach decisions very slowly.They are far less likely to make real personal sacrifices for a cause than to use them as a temporarymeans of obtaining a permanent personal gain. They are secretive and disinclined to confide inanyone else their plans and plots, which frequently concern the overthrow of some form of authority.They are also stubborn, although they may pretend cooperation or even believe that they arecooperating. They nurse grudges.

The orderly-obstinate personality considers themselves superior to other individuals. Sometimestheir sense of superiority is interwoven with a kind of magical thinking that includes all sorts ofsuperstitions and fantasies about controlling their environment. They may even have a code ofmorality that is all their own. They sometimes gratify their feeling of secret superiority by provokingunjust treatment. They also try, characteristically, to keep open a line of escape by avoiding any realcommitment to anything. They are — and always have been — intensely concerned about their personalpossessions. They are usually a tightwad who saves everything, has a strong sense of propriety, and ispunctual and tidy. Their money and other possessions have for him a personalized quality; they areparts of themselves. He often carries around shiny coins, keepsakes, a bunch of keys, and otherobjects having for himself an actual or symbolic value.

Usually the orderly-obstinate character has a history of active rebellion in childhood, of persistentlydoing the exact opposite of what they are told to do. As an adult they may have learned to cloak theirresistance and become passive-aggressive, but their determination to get their own way is unaltered.They have merely learned how to proceed indirectly if necessary. The profound fear and hatred ofauthority, persisting since childhood, is often well-concealed in adulthood, For example, such asubject may confess easily and quickly under accusation, even to acts that they did not commit, inorder to throw the programmer off the trail of a significant discovery (or, more rarely, because offeelings of guilt).

Government Programming: The Programmer who is dealing with an orderly-obstinate charactershould avoid the role of hostile authority. Threats and threatening gestures, table-pounding, pouncingon evasions or lies, and any similarly authoritative tactics will only awaken in such a subject theirold anxieties and habitual defence mechanisms. To attain rapport, the Programmer should be friendly.It will probably prove rewarding if the room and the Programmer look exceptionally neat. Orderly-obstinate subjects often collect coins or other objects as a hobby; time spent in sharing their interestsmay thaw some of the ice. Establishing rapport is extremely important when dealing with this type.

The optimistic personality. This kind of alter is almost constantly happy-go-lucky, impulsive,inconsistent, and undependable. They seem to enjoy a continuing state of well-being. They may begenerous to a fault, giving to others as they want to be given to. They may become an alcoholic ordrug addict. They are not able to withstand very much pressure; they react to a challenge not byincreasing their efforts but rather by running away to avoid conflict. Their convictions that “somethingwill turn up”, that “everything will work out all right”, is based on their need to avoid their ownresponsibility for events and depend upon a kindly fate.

Such a part has usually had a great deal of over-indulgence in early life. They are sometimes theyoungest member of a large family, is the child of a middle-aged woman (a so-called “change-of-lifebaby”). If they have met severe frustrations in later childhood, they may be petulant, vengeful, andconstantly demanding.

When programming these parts, optimistic characters respond best to a kindly, parental approach. Ifwithholding, they can often be handled effectively by the Mutt-and-Jeff technique. Pressure tactics orhostility will make them retreat inside themselves, whereas reassurance will bring them out. Theytend to seek promises, to cast the Programmer in the role of protector and problem-solver; and it isimportant that the Programmer avoid making any specific promises that cannot be fulfilled, becausethe optimist turned vengeful is likely to prove troublesome.

The greedy, demanding personality. This kind of part affixes themselves to others like a leech andclings obsessively. Although extremely dependent and passive, they constantly demand that otherstake care of them and gratify their wishes. If they consider themselves wronged, they do not seekcompensation through their own efforts but tries to persuade another to defend them on their behalf –“let’s you and him fight.” Their loyalties are likely to shift whenever they feel that the sponsor whomthey have chosen have let them down.

The greedy, demanding part often suffered from very early deprivation of affection or security. As anadult they continue to seek substitute parents who will care for them as their own.

The Programmer dealing with a greedy, demanding personality must be careful not to rebuff them;otherwise rapport will be destroyed. On the other hand, the Programmer must not accede to demandswhich cannot or should not be met. Adopting the tone of an understanding father or big brother islikely to make the part responsive. If they make exorbitant requests, an unimportant favour mayprovide a satisfactory substitute because the demand arises not from a specific need but as anexpression of the subject’s need for security. They are likely to find reassuring any manifestation of

concern for their well-being.

¶ In dealing with this personality type, and to a considerable extent in dealing with any of the typeslisted, the Programmer must be aware of the limits and pitfalls of rational persuasion. If theProgrammer seeks to induce cooperation by an appeal to logic, they should first determine whetherthe part’s resistance is based on logic. The appeal will glance off ineffectually if the resistance istotally or chiefly emotional rather than rational. Emotional resistance can be dissipated only byemotional manipulation.

Government Programming: Defectors of this type feel aggrieved because their desires were notsatisfied in their countries of origin, but they soon feel equally deprived in a second land and turnagainst its government or representatives in the same way. The greedy and demanding character issubject to rather frequent depressions. He may direct a desire for revenge inward, upon himself; inextreme cases suicide may result. The true defector (as distinguished from the hostile agent indefector’s guise) is likely to have a history of opposition to authority. The defectors who left theirhomelands because they could not get along with their immediate or ultimate superiors are also likelyto rebel against authorities in the new environment Therefore defectors are likely to be found in theranks of the orderly-obstinate, the greedy and deriding, the schizoids, and the exceptions.

The anxious, self-centred personality. Although this part is fearful, they are engaged in a constantstruggle to conceal their fears. They are frequently a daredevil who compensates for their anxiety bypretending that there is no such thing as danger. They may be a Don Juan. They tend to brag and oftenlie through hunger for approval or praise. As a soldier or officer he may have been decorated forbravery; but if so, their comrades may suspect that their exploits resulted from a pleasure in exposinghimself to danger and the anticipated delights of rewards, approval, and applause. The anxious, self-centred personality is usually intensely vain and equally sensitive.

Parts that show these characteristics are actually unusually fearful.

Of great importance to the Programmer is the opportunity provided by concealed anxiety forsuccessful manipulation of the subject. Their desire to impress will usually be quickly evident. Theyare likely to be talkative. Ignoring or ridiculing their bragging, or cutting them short with a demand islikely to make them resentful and to stop the flow. Playing upon their vanity, especially by praisingtheir courage, will usually be a successful tactic if employed skilfully.

Government Programming: Anxious, self-centred parts who are withholding significant facts, suchas contact with a hostile service, are likelier to divulge if made to feel that the truth will not be usedto harm them and if the Programmer also stresses the callousness and stupidity of the adversary insending so valiant a subject upon so ill-prepared a mission. There is little to be gained and much tobe lost by exposing the nonrelevant lies of this kind of subject. Gross lies about deeds of daring,sexual prowess or other “proofs” of courage and toughness are best met with silence or with friendlybut noncommittal replies unless they consume an inordinate amount of time. If operational use iscontemplated, recruitment may sometimes be effected through such queries as, “I wonder if you wouldbe willing to undertake a dangerous mission.”

The guilt-ridden personality. This kind of part has a strong cruel, unrealistic conscience. Theirwhole life is devoted to reliving their feelings of guilt. Sometimes they seem determined to atone; atother times they insist that whatever went wrong is the fault of somebody else. In either event theyseek constantly some proof or external indication that the guilt of others is greater than their own.They are often caught up completely in efforts to prove that they have been treated unjustly. In fact,they may provoke unjust treatment in order to assuage their conscience through punishment.

The causes of most guilt complexes are real or fancied wrongs done to parents or others whom thesubject felt they should to love and honour. As children these parts have been frequently scolded orpunished. Or they may have been “model” children who repressed all natural hostilities.

Government programming: They may “confess” to hostile clandestine activity, or other acts ofinterest to the government, in which they were not involved. Accusations levelled at them by theProgrammer are likely to trigger such false confessions. Or they may remain silent when accused,enjoying the “punishment.” They are a poor subject for LCFLUTTER. The complexities of dealingwith conscience-ridden subjects vary so widely from case to case that it is almost impossible to listsound general principles. The best advice is that the Programmer, once alerted by information fromthe screening process or by the subject’s excessive preoccupation with moral judgements, should treatas suspect any information provided by the subject about any matter that is of moral concern to him.Subjects with intense guilt feelings may cease resistance and cooperate if punished in some way,because of the gratification induced by punishment.

The personality wrecked by success is closely related to the guilt-ridden personality. This partcannot tolerate success and goes through life failing at critical points. They are often accident-prone.Typically they have a long history of being promising and of almost completing a significantassignment or achievement but not completing it. The personality who cannot stand success enjoystheir ambitions as long as they remain fantasies but somehow ensures that they will not be fulfilled inreality.

Acquaintances often feel that the parts success is just around the corner, but something alwaysintervenes. In actuality this something is a sense of guilt, of the kind described above. The part whoavoids success has a conscience which forbids the pleasures of accomplishment and recognition.They frequently project their guilt feelings and feels that all of their failures were someone else’sfault. They may have a strong need to suffer and may seek danger or injury.

These are parts who “cannot stand prosperity” and pose no problem unless the programming impingesupon their feelings of guilt or the reasons for their past failures. Then subjective distortions, not facts,will result. The successful Programmer will isolate this area of unreliability.

The schizoid or strange personality. This part lives in a world of fantasy much of the time.Sometimes they seem unable to distinguish reality from the land of their own creating. The real worldseems to be empty and meaningless, in contrast with the mysteriously significant world that they havemade. They are tremendously intolerant of any frustration that occurs in the outer world and dealswith it by withdrawal into the interior realm.

They have no real attachments to other individuals, although they may attach symbolic and privatemeanings or values to other individuals.

Children reared in homes lacking in ordinary affection and attention or in state-run communes maybecome adults who belong to this category. Rebuffed in early efforts to attach themselves to another,they become distrustful of attachments and turn inward. Any link to a group or country will beundependable and, as a rule, transitory. At the same time the schizoid personality needs externalapproval. Though they retreat from reality, they do not want to feel abandoned.

As a created part the schizoid personality is likely to lie readily to win approval. They will tell theProgrammer what he thinks the Programmer wants to hear in order to win the award of seeing a smileon the Programmer’s face. Because they are not always capable of distinguishing between fact andfantasy, they may be unaware of lying. The desire for approval provides the Programmer with ahandle. Whereas accusations of lying or other indications of disesteem will provoke withdrawal fromthe situation, teasing the truth out of the schizoid part may not prove difficult if they are convinced thatthey will not incur favour through misstatements or disfavour through telling the truth.

Government Programming: Like the guilt-ridden personality, the schizoid personality may be anunreliable subject for testing by LCFLUTTER because their internal needs lead them to confuse factwith fancy. This personality is also likely to make an unreliable source because of their incapacity todeal with facts and to form real relationships.

The exception personality. Believes that the world owes them a great deal. They feel that theysuffered a gross injustice, usually early in life, and should be repaid. Sometimes the injustice wasmeted out impersonally, by fate, as a physical deformity, an extremely painful illness or operation inchildhood, or the early loss of one parent or both. Feeling that these misfortunes were undeserved, theexceptions regard them as injustices that someone or something must rectify. Therefore they claim astheir right privileges not permitted others. When the claim is ignored or denied, the exceptionsbecome rebellious, as adolescents often do. They are convinced that the justice of the claim is plainfor all to see and that any refusal to grant it is wilfully malignant.

Government Programming: When programmed by an outsider, the parts are likely to make demandsfor money, resettlement aid, and other favours — demands that are completely out of proportion to thevalue of their contributions. Any ambiguous replies to such demands will be interpreted asacquiescence. Of all the types considered here, the exception is likeliest to carry an alleged injusticedealt him by the government to the newspapers or the courts.

The best general line to follow in handling those who believe that they are exceptions is to listenattentively (within reasonable time limits) to their grievances and to make no commitments that cannotbe discharged fully. Defectors from hostile intelligence services, doubles, provocateurs, and otherswho have had more than passing contact with a if they belong to this category, prove unusuallyresponsive to suggestions from the Programmer that they have been treated unfairly by the otherservice. Any planned operational use of such subjects should take into account the fact that they haveno sense of loyalty to a common cause and are likely to turn aggrievedly against superiors.

The average or normal personality. This is not a part wholly lacking in the characteristics of theother types. They may, in fact, exhibit most or all of them from time to time. But no one of them ispersistently dominant; the average subject’s qualities of obstinacy, unrealistic optimism, anxiety, andthe rest are not overriding or imperious except for relatively short intervals. Moreover, theirreactions to the world around them are more dependent upon events in that world and less the productof rigid, subjective patterns than is true of the other types discussed.

Internal Programming Structure

Internally, the System must carry out the following functions: Protect all information and history thatrelates to the creation and use of the subject. All the structuring and codes of the system need to beguarded. The programming, things the subjects think about also need to be guarded. The subject ismeant to be entirely self-governing. The delegation of authority allows both the Programmer and thehandler to blame the subject for the instructions they carry out.

A way to teach internal structures to child subjects is Chinese checkers, chess, checkers. Alterpatterns will be placed on the boards of these games with different coloured pieces. A pawn canrepresent a lower part, a queen the Mother. The parts using this visual aid can be coded, coloured andmanaged. Levels can be superimposed upon each other in the subject’s mind using these boards. Takeone pattern with parts labelled off, and place the superimposed pattern of pieces over the same place.This is how several different structures can be tied together in one locality in the mind. This is oneway structures can be layered in. The Hexagram checker board used in Chinese checkers is calledThe House of David internally.

Internally, the Programmer will begin with making the System with the core related parts and then thefront parts. The front parts will be arranged in a fashion that the structure of the System is confused.The front parts will be given heavy programming, to convince them that nothing happened to them,and they have a satisfactory life. They will be given fictitious stories about the programming, so thatalmost every item in a System has a cover story to mislead a part about what is going on.

Datums and grids are used to map a System. Some systems are built with three hour glasses eachspinning on a x,y, or z axis. The hour glasses could be turned and in so doing the entire system ofalters could be turned. The front alters are at the top of the hour glass and the Programmer wants toaccess the parts at the bottom of the system. The system needs to be rotated 180 degrees so that thebottom parts are now on top. The bottom parts can be given authority to hold the body full time.Codes should be given to given the System to make a shift when the handler needs to turn a System.

An alphanumeric grid is a simple coordinate system on a grid in which each cell is identified by acombination of a letter and a number.

An advantage over numeric coordinates, which use two numbers instead of a number and a letter torefer to a grid cell, is that there can be no confusion over which coordinate refers to which direction.

¶ Algebraic chess notation uses an alphanumeric grid to refer to the squares of a chessboard.

The Base Datums used in mapping a system are: horizontal datum, and vertical datum.

¶ Some systems used to map programming are: WGS 84, 72, 64 and 60 of the World Geodetic System,Polar Coordinate System, Cylindrical coordinate system, Spherical coordinate system, Homogeneouscoordinates, Plücker coordinates, Cartesian coordinate system, Waxholm space to name a few

When the programming is being completed the structure of the System will be tied together in onebundle. Everything is built on its own x-y axis. Each 13×13 grid has the middle rows both verticallyand horizontally set up as runways. The x-y axis also makes up the hourglass lines or the butterflywings. Both images are used with subjects. Because things are set up in groups of thirteen items aredouble coded, thirteen becomes 13-1 and another is 1-13. This allows programmers to link 13-1 and1-13, so that everything becomes a circle. The circle within a circle, box within a box concept,triangle within triangle leads the subject to feel they are trapped in an infinity loop of programming.

A typical system will constructed as a cube, sphere or pyramids. The principle parts will be the “A”parts. A typical section of parts will consist of a 13 x 13 grid of parts. These are parts that live in aninternal structure together and must function together. A 13 x 13 section will have 13 groups of “A”through in “Z” parts. The “A” parts will be the primary parts that the programmers interact with. TheProgrammer may call up an “A” part and ask it to go get the “C” part in its family, rather than directlyasking for them.

The first page of part codes will be the primary or “A” parts. If we are dealing with a 13 x 13 x 13cube of parts, then the initial page has 13 “A” parts for each section. Many of the functions canreceive a standard code, but other items require individual codes.

The “A” parts are regular parts. Many of them have been hypnotically age advanced to see themselvesas teenagers or adults. Sometimes “B” and “C” parts are also aged. The “D” through “N” parts aregenerally left as they were split and most of them are infantile, with little concept of how old they are.

Each section is walled off from another section by amnesia. Each trauma has an amnesia wall builtaround it. Each trauma memory is sectioned off. That walled off section is a piece of memory thatwill be identified, and a hypnotic cue attached by the programmers that will pull it up to the consciousmind. If the programmer wishes, the part can be given a history, name, job, and developed into a fullpersonality.

As Programmers structure a system, no-talk walls at calculated intervals where all communicationand visibility between parts is walled off must be layered in. These No-talk walls are specificallybuilt structures and not the result of normal amnesia. A 13 x 13 grid may have 2 No-talk walls.

Other methods will be used to divide all the levels from each other. The level of trance for level 3will be different than the level of trance for level 10. The anchor cues for level 5 will not be the sameas 9.

18 Universal System Parts

Systems must be customized to the subject, and the faction the subject will belong to, theprogrammers, the abilities of the subject, and tasks involved the subject must do. No two systems arealike but these parts should be placed in all systems.

Protectors:IntellectualsDenial partsControllersChild altersPunishersFeeling altersInternal councilsSexual partsAmnesic altersThe workersHosts

The core
Function code fragmentsSpiritual parts

Each level of the system should have 15 groups of parts placed in. These groups will work togetherto maintain the structure of that level. Once these groups are placed in, the Programmer can createparts for outside world purposes.

Group 1 –Theta Structure
Group 2 –Theta Blockage
Group 3 –Mind Structure
Group 4 –Mind Blockage
Group 5 –Body Structure
Group 6 –Body Blockage
Group 7 –Social Life Structure
Group 8 –Social/Life Blockage
Group 9 –Physical System Structure Note: in general terms this group tries to keep the systeminterested in existing and not attempting suicide.

Group 10 –Physical Blockage
Group 11 –Existence Structure
Group 12 –Existence Blockage
Group 13 –Spiritual Structure
Group 14 –Spiritual Blockage
Group 15 –Final Structure (Parts maintaining the structure of the program)

¶ System Protectors

As a protective and corrective measure all levels should have the following alters in place:

GuardianOver soulHolderSuppressorDenierMisdirectorInvalidatorResimilator

Systems built upon triads are extremely strong, unbreakable, and will often be programmed in threes:three backups, three system controllers, etc.

Core Structures in Systems

Computer System: Internal computers are complex. The first thing created are the insidepersonalities. Then these parts are placed into a structured system. To operate that structured systemand to insure compliance the Programmer must place in Omega programming. Omega programmingconsists of computers, wiring, conduits and cords. These computers contain the instructions, and arecontrolled by internal Programmers. This is done by taking hundreds of parts dehumanizing them andturning them into parts of a computer.

During early programming, the subject while being tortured can be shown a structure of a castle, dollhouse, school, or office building with numerous rooms. The rooms will each have a separate colour.The rooms would be linked in the subject’s mind to computers. If the system is a solar system, alienprogramming is used and aliens are placed in the subject to maintain the computers. In occultprogramming high level demons are attached to the internal Programmers.

Each alter is linked to an internal computer. Since each section of parts has to remain clandestine theyare attached to its own computer. The computers are built to link the mapped sections. A majorbackup computer is built, and finally the internal Beast computer which sets at the bottom of thesubconscious mind.

For example, the All-seeing eye of the computer is a child part that monitors what occurs in thesystem subconsciously if discovered and pulled to the front this computer part will not be able tovocalize about the system. The software for a computer can be programmed into it, and all theindividual programming of every part can then be tied back to the computer. Each alter would beprogrammed on how to view life, to act, to think, and to function in their job.

Internal communication.

Various internal communication means must be built into the System. Choices of parts are allowedcontact with other parts. Portals and one-way mirrors or one-way windows are built in. Parts willneed to have the ability to communicate with one another to insure the integrity of the system.Guardian parts on each level should be able to communicate as well as protector parts, cult/occult

parts, and what the Programmer and handler deem necessary.Parts can have several possible means of interactions which are:

Two-way amnesia, where neither part knows about the other’s existence. This is what Programmerswant for most parts.

One-way amnesia, where A alter knows B alter, but B doesn’t know A. This can be accomplished bysetting in one-way mirrors.

Co-presence, two parts can come on top of one another at the front of the mind and hold the bodytogether. This produces some strange behaviour for the subject as different parts synthesize theirthoughts.

Co-conscious, this is when two alters are aware of what each other is thinking. As the Programmersstructure a System, they build in No-talk walls every so often where all communication and visibilitybetween alters is walled off. These No-talk walls are specifically built structures and not the result ofnormal amnesia.

If front structures are eliminated due to outside interference the system will turn to substantial internalreprogramming, and link primal traumas with the new programs. The internal programming parts arealso always alert and will restructure the system constantly if parts work against their programming.Restructuring is a process that can continually go on, not something completed when the subject was achild. For instance, new levels of parts can and are created when the subject is in their 30s, either bythe internal or external Programmers.

Internal Travel. There is an anchoring memory that the Programmers begin with of travel.Psychotropics are used to give the subject the sensation of moving. In large systems, theProgrammers will use an anchor all of the parts are familiar with. Spaceships, teleporters, trains,escalators, tunnels, secret doors, and other means are planted so parts can travel internally.

When a large system comes in for reprogramming, the Programmer or handler can call up a largesection by code and work with a vast amount of alters at once. Far-reaching changes can be made byexternal Programmers, who can work much more rapidly than the internal Programmers.

Besides programs, items are placed into the mind too. Examples include vaults, safes and doorswhich need combinations and keys.

19 Goals of Programming

Goals are written, objective future conditions that contain a plan to achieve them. The actualterminology of goals, objectives, plans, and conditions isn’t as important as making a goal and seeingthe route toward that goal.

Obtain control of the future activities (physical and mental) of any given individual, willing orunwilling by application of SI (sleep induction) and H (hypnosis) techniques.

Can we “condition” by post-H (hypnotic) suggestion agency employees (or persons of interest to thisagency) to prevent them from giving information to any unauthorized source or for committing any acton behalf of a foreign or domestic enemy?”2. Can we in a matter of an hour, two hours, one day, etc.,induce an H condition in an unwilling subject to such an extent that he will perform an act for ourbenefit? (Long range).

Can we, while a subject is under SI and H control, show them a map and have them point out specificitems, locations, etc., on the map? Can we also have them make detailed drawings, sketches, plans?Could any of the above be done under field conditions and in a very short space of time?

Can we by SI and H techniques force a subject (unwilling or otherwise) to travel long distances,commit specified acts and return to us or bring documents or materials? Can a person acting underpost-H control successfully travel long distances?

Create by post-H control an action contrary to an individual’s basic moral principles.

In a matter of an hour, two hours, one day, etc., induce an H condition in an unwilling subject to suchan extent that he will perform an act for our benefit?

Seize a subject and in the space of an hour or two by post-H control have them crash an airplane,wreck a train, etc.?

Can we ‘alter’ a person’s personality? How long will it hold?

How long can we sustain a post-H suggestion-unaided-with reinforcement?

Can we use SI and H to combat fatigue, produce extreme mental effort?

Can we design tests to determine whether or not an enemy subject has been conditioned by SI and Hor any other method?

What would be fastest way to induce SI and H conditions – with drugs – or without any mechanicalaids?

Can we detect SI and H by use of SI and H (regression)?

¶ Can we devise a standard simple relatively fast technique for inducing SI and H conditions that canbe used by untrained subjects (with or without drugs)?

Can the system govern its self, and what governing structures can we keep–since the structure itself iscolonial?

Can the mind work together to help itself?What are full details on Mind machines?

How effective can the ‘carotid artery technique’ be made? Can it be used while subject isunconscious? Is it faster than other techniques?

Can we make a ‘conditioned’ subject reveal by SI and H specifically how they were conditioned(drugs, torture, fatigue, hostage pressure, techniques)?

Can we devise a system for making unwilling subjects into willing agents and then transfer thatcontrol to untrained agency agents in the field by use of codes or identifying signs or credentials?

Is it possible to find a gas that can be used to gain SI control from a gas pencil, odourless, colourless:one shot, etc.?

Guarantee total amnesia under any and all conditions.

Use any sleep inducing agent be best concealed in a normal or commonplace item, such as candy,cigarettes, liquor, wines, coffee, tea, beer, gum water, aspirin tablets, common medicines, coke, toothpaste.

A knockout pill which can surreptitiously be administered in drinks, food, cigarettes, as an aerosol,etc., which will be safe to use, provide a maximum of amnesia, and be suitable for use by agent typeson an ad hoc basis.

A material which can be surreptitiously administered by the above routes and which in very smallamounts will make it impossible for a person to perform physical activity.

Use SI and H extract complicated formula from scientists, engineers, etc., if unwilling.Connect the relation of their behaviour to some stimulus.

Physical methods of producing shock and confusion over extended periods of time and capable ofsurreptitious use.

¶ Place subject’s self esteem or self concept in the no longer true position.

Place subject’s relationship in the no longer true but used to be location.

¶ Materials which will produce the signs and symptoms of recognized diseases in a reversible way sothat they may be used for malingering.

Materials which will render the induction of hypnosis easier or otherwise enhance its usefulness.

Materials and physical methods which will produce amnesia for events preceding and during theiruse.

Materials which will cause the subject to age faster/slower in maturity.

Materials which will promote the intoxicating effect of alcohol.

Materials which will cause temporary/permanent brain damage and loss of memory.

A material which will cause mental confusion of such a type that the individual under its influencewill find it difficult to maintain a fabrication under questioning.

Substances which will produce “pure” euphoria with no subsequent let-down.Substances which increase the efficiency of mentation and perception.

Substances which will enhance the ability of individuals to withstand privation, torture and coercionduring interrogation and so-called “brain-washing”.

Substances which produce physical disablement such as paralysis of the legs, acute anemia, etc.Substances which will produce a chemical that can cause blisters.

Substances which alter personality structure in such a way that the tendency of the recipient tobecome dependent upon another person is enhanced.

Substances which will lower the ambition and general working efficiency of men when administeredin undetectable amounts.

Substances which promote weakness or distortion of the eyesight or hearing faculties, preferablywithout permanent effects.

Substances which will promote illogical thinking and impulsiveness to the point where the recipientwould be discredited in public.

¶ Could any of the above be done under field conditions and in a very short space of time?

20 Subliminal Perception

The use of subliminal perception is a method to keep the subject unaware of the source of theirstimulation. The desire is not to keep them unaware of what they are doing, but rather to keep themunaware of why they are doing it, by masking the external cue or message with subliminalpresentation and so stimulating an unrecognized motive. In order to develop the subliminal perceptionprocess for use as a reliable programming technique, it would be necessary

To define the composition of a subliminal cue or message that will trigger an appropriate pre-existingmotive.

To determine the limits of intensity between which this stimulus is effective but not consciouslyperceived,

To determine what pre-existing motive will produce the desired abnormal action and under whatconditions it is operative, and to overcome the defences aroused by consciousness of the action itself.As to the composition of the subliminal cue, it cannot be supposed that just any message presentedbelow the threshold of recognition will be translated into appropriate action. The determination of theright kind of message in terms of content, number and type of words or symbols, grouping of symbols,must be considered. Since the effectiveness of the procedure depends on not arousing the subject’sdefence mechanisms, and since defence mechanisms are not only peculiar to each subject but hard todiscover, it is difficult to specify even what is to be avoided in the composition of the subliminal cuein order not to arouse the defences.

Thresholds of recognition are variable and difficult to determine. If the intensity of the stimulus ismuch below a subject’s threshold it doesn’t get through to even the most automatic areas of theirsensorium. But recognition thresholds vary tremendously, not only among subjects, but also in thesame subject from one time to another, in accordance with their physical situation, physiologicalcondition, and above all the degree to which they are psychologically attuned to the particular contentof the message.

The message must be transmitted on a much wider intensity band and may frequently not get throughor may on the other hand penetrate to the subject’s consciousness and arouse their defences. Themessage once received is presumed to trigger sensitive subconscious motivation to action. If thesubliminal cue is to work by tripping off an existing motive to action, one must know what motivesare positive and operant at the moment. The obvious basic drives (e.g. hunger, sex) are sometimessatiated and sometimes subordinated. With a great deal of knowledge about the subject, somepredictability can be attained, but it is still a matter of probabilities.

21 Human Experimentation

If it is deemed appropriate advise the subject they are a human experiment. This may or may not betrue. The following list explains the reasons the subject could be advised of this:

It creates immense fear and helplessness in the subject. They will reason if it is an experiment theywill have to fight hard to survive.

It devalues the subject greatly. They will feel that they have no real value as a human being, that allthey are is an experiment. Someone who feels devalued doesn’t care, and will be willing to do thingsthey wouldn’t if they felt some value, some humanization.

It gives the programmer added power, as they are the one who can begin or stop the experiment.Almost always, when the subject is advised they are an experiment, it isn’t really true. When thehandler/programmer actually does experiments, the subjects are never told, because it could biasresults. The fear could interfere with drug effects, and skew the results. Most recent programmingexperimentation has been in the area of: drug effects: using different drugs, both alone and in newcombinations and dosages, to induce trance states and open the subject to training. Drugs are soughtafter which will shorten the period needed to induce a trance state, which are quickly metabolized,and leave no detectable residues the next day.

22 Scripts

The script will generally consist of four separate parts;

(1) an identifier (subject’s name, description, or other identifying factor),
(2) trigger activation condition or conditions (when, what or how the suggestion will trigger),(3) the content (what the trigger will precipitate in the perception of the subject),
(4) and a duration (when or under what conditions will it stop or finish). Additional reinforcingscripts are usually added to “strengthen” or reinforce the central posthypnotic command.

The programmer will play the movie for the subject. The subject is told that they will be questionedabout the movie; this cues the subject to use photographic recall about what they are viewing. Theprogrammer may show the subject an edited shorter version of the movie, with only parts of thewhole, or may show the subject a short scene from the movie.

After watching the movie, or scene, the subject is drugged, and then asked what they remember. Thesubject will be shocked if they cannot recall items the programmer questions them about and will beforced to watch the scenes again.

When the subject has total recall of the segments, the programmer will tell the subject that they areone of the characters. The subject will be heavily traumatized and a blank slate part created to be thedesired character. The first thing the part will see is footage of the movie, or scene. This is its “firstmemory”. The programmer will link the scene with principles. The subject will be taught concealedmeanings in the movie. The subject will be praised for being one of the few subjects who understandwhat the movie really means. The script programming will often be linked to other programming thesubject is undergoing.

Music from the movie, or scene, will be used as a trigger to access the programming inside or bringforward parts.

Scripted programming will often involve a great deal of traumatisation, to create the “blank slate”alters desired. The programming will be ground in with repetition, electroshock, torture, drugging andhypnosis. The alters inside who have gone through this programming will often be highlydisconnected from external reality and may believe that they are part of a “script”.

23 Programming Music

The programmers hypnotically make the lyrics of songs cues for subjects. Newly released songs canre-enforce standard programming.

The programmers will create a play list of songs tailored to the subject. During decided torture thesong will be played with the lyrics used as the script. A specific alter will be given the script and thetask to follow.

Songs are used that fit the script being used for inside building. Wizard of Oz songs are used infoundation programming. Disney songs are used in Disney program specific to the music.
Trigger phrases are found in music, as well as symbols in the videos of the music. The symbols helpreinforce internal programming across structures.

Often subject’s will sing the songs to themselves as self programming.

24 Double Bind

Double bind communication is commonly given by programmers and handlers. For example, a childmay be given the choice to beat up another child or be assaulted themselves. There are many gamesthe programmer can utilize to place a subject in a double bind.

A programmer can create parts which are given negative spiritual roles with names to match. A partmay be named Unforgiveness, Shame, Whore, and Sin for example. For such a part to trust someone,makes the part feel like it is giving up its name, and therefore its identity. By combining the name withan identity the programming intends to double bind the part.

Another technique is to alternate leniency with harshness. When punishment is partnered withkindness, the effect is devastating and disconcerting because the subject looses the ability to predictwhat is going to happen. The subject doesn’t know what hate and like are anymore. The person, whoclaims to care for them tortures or abandons them to be tortured by someone else. Predicting what isgoing to occur subjects attempt to gain control over their environment. This control must be strippedfrom a subject. They soon learn to quit trying to protect themselves, and they quit trying to think forthemselves but submit to the environment around them.

25 Pain

Every subject will react very differently to pain. The wide range of individual reactions to pain maybe partially explicable in terms of early conditioning. The subject whose first encounters with painwere frightening and intense may be more violently affected by its later infliction than one whoseoriginal experiences were mild. Or the reverse may be true, and the subject whose childhoodfamiliarized him with pain may dread it less, and react less, than one whose distress is heightened byfear of the unknown. The individual remains the determinant.

If a subject is caused to suffer pain rather late in the Programming process and after other tactics havefailed, they will conclude the Programmer is becoming desperate. They may decide if they can holdout against this assault, they will win the struggle. Subjects who have withstood pain are moredifficult to handle by other methods. The effect has been not to repress the subject but to restore hisconfidence and maturity.

It has been plausibly suggested that, whereas pain inflicted on a subject from outside himself mayactually focus or intensify their will to resist; their resistance is likelier to be sapped by pain whichthey seem to inflict upon themselves. In the simple torture situation the contest is one between thesubject and their programmer.

Subjects who are faced with intractable pain will be difficult to programme. The reason is that theycan then interpret the pain as punishment and hence as expiation. There are also subjects who enjoypain and its anticipation and who will be difficult to programme if they are given reason to expect thatstrong resistance will result in the punishment that they want. Subjects of considerable moral orintellectual stature often find in pain inflicted by others a confirmation of the belief that they are in thehands of inferiors, and their resolve not to submit is strengthened.

26 Malingering

The detection of malingering is not a programming technique, coercive or otherwise. The history ofprogramming has subjects who have attempted to evade the pressures of programming by feigningphysical or mental illness. Programmers may encounter seemingly sick or irrational subjects at times.A few tips may make it possible for the Programmer to distinguish between the malingerer and thesubject who is genuinely ill, and because both illness and malingering are sometimes produced bycoercive programming some guidelines follow.

Most subjects who feign a mental or physical illness do not know enough about it to deceive the well-informed. An important element in malingering is the frame of mind of the Programmer. A subjectpretending madness awakens in a Programmer not only suspicion but also a desire to expose thefraud, whereas a well subject who pretends to be concealing mental illness and who permits only aminor symptom or two to peep through is much likelier to create in the Programmer a desire to exposethe hidden sickness.

Under the influence of appropriate drugs the malingerer will persist in not speaking or in notremembering, whereas the symptoms of the genuinely afflicted will temporarily disappear. Anothertechnique is to pretend to take the deception seriously, express grave concern, and tell the “patient”that the only remedy for his illness is a series of electric shock treatments or a frontal lobotomy.

27 Debility

Programmers have employed various methods of inducing physical weakness: prolonged constraint;prolonged exertion; extremes of heat, cold, or moisture; and deprivation or drastic reduction of foodor sleep. The assumption is that lowering the subject’s physiological resistance will lower theirpsychological capacity for opposition. If this notion were valid, however, it might reasonably beexpected that those subjects who are physically weakest at the beginning of programming would bethe quickest to capitulate, a concept not supported by experience. The available evidence suggeststhat resistance is sapped principally by psychological rather than physical pressures. The threat ofdebility – for example, a brief deprivation of food – may induce much more anxiety than prolongedhunger, which will result after a while in apathy and, perhaps, eventual delusions or hallucinations. Inbrief, it appears probable that the techniques of inducing debility become counter-productive at anearly stage. The discomfort, tension, and restless search for an avenue of escape are followed bywithdrawal symptoms, a turning away from external stimuli, and a sluggish unresponsiveness.

Another objection to the deliberate inducing of debility is that prolonged exertion, loss of sleep, etc.;themselves become patterns to which the subject adjusts through apathy. The Programmer should usehis power over the resistant subject’s physical environment to disrupt patterns of response, not tocreate them. Meals and sleep granted irregularly, in more than abundance or less than adequacy, theshifts occurring on no discernible time pattern, will normally disorient a subject and sap their will toresist more effectively than a sustained deprivation leading to debility.

28 The Programming Plan

Before the Programming begins with a subject authorization for Programming must be obtained.
At this stage, the framework for how the Programming is to occur is planned, including the level ofcoercion that is permitted.

Programmers: There must always be a minimum of two programmers working with a subject. Thisprevents a programmer from being either too severe, or permissive, developing too close a bond withthe subject; the watchful eye of the other programmer prevents this. Lead programmers are pairedwith least experienced programmers. The Lead programmer will teach the assistant programmer, whodoes most of the actual work. If the assistant programmer is unable to finish a task, the leadprogrammer will step in.

Planning for programming is more important than the specifics of the plan. Because no two subjectsand Programmers are alike, the Programming cannot realistically be planned from A to Z, in all itsparticulars, at the outset. But it can and must be planned from A to F or A to M. The chances of failurein unplanned programming are unacceptably high. An unplanned approach can ruin the prospects ofsuccess even if sound methods are used later.

The intelligence category to which the subject belongs to, though not determinant for planningpurposes, is still of significance.

The plan for the programming of a re-call differs from that for other types because the time availablefor programming is often brief.

Traitors can usually be programmed unilaterally, at least for a time. The time available for unilateraltesting and exploitation should be calculated at the outset.

If the reprogramming of a traitor of any other subject who is expected to resist is under considerationa general rule is it is difficult to succeed in the programming of a resistant subject unless theprogramming service can control the subject and their environment for as long as proves necessary.

The Specific Purpose

Before the Programmer moves into action the programmer has clearly in mind what they want tocomplete, the codes for the session, triggers for parts, and how the session can best be completed.This leads to appropriate research and preparation of methods and techniques which the Programmerwill use. As the subject being programmed may successfully resist some approaches, multiplestrategies and tactics may be readied.

Any confusion, or any questioning based on the premise that the purpose will take shape after theprogramming is under way, is almost certain to lead to aimlessness and final failure. If the specificgoals cannot be discerned clearly, further planning is needed before the session starts.

Resistance

The kind and intensity of anticipated resistance is estimated. It is useful to recognize in advancewhether the session would be threatening or damaging in any way to the interests of the programmers.If so, the programmer should consider whether the session, or goal of the session, can be gained inanother capacity. Programming subjects immediately, on a flimsy plan, and unclear goal, will be awaste of time.

The preliminary psychological analysis of the subject makes it easier to decide whether they arelikely to resist and, if so, whether their resistance will be the product of fear that their personalinterests will be damaged or the result of the non-cooperative nature of orderly-obstinate and relatedtypes. The choice of methods to be used in overcoming resistance is also determined by thecharacteristics of the subject.

The Programming Setting

The room in which the Programming is to be conducted should be free of distractions. The colours ofwalls, ceiling, rugs, and furniture should not be startling. Pictures should be missing or dull. Whetherthe furniture should include a desk depends not upon the programmer’s convenience but rather uponthe subject’s anticipated reaction to connotations of superiority and officialdom. A plain table may bepreferable. An overstuffed chair for the use of the subject is sometimes preferable to a straight-backed, wooden chair because if they are made to stand for a lengthy period or is otherwise deprivedof physical comfort, the contrast is intensified and increased disorientation results. The value ofarranging the lighting so that its source is behind the programmer and glares directly at the subject orthe lighting is soft. The effect upon a cooperative source is inhibitory, and the effect upon a resistantsource may be to make them more stubborn. Like all other details, this one depends upon thepersonality of the subject.

Good planning will prevent interruptions. If the room is used for purposes other than Programming, a”Do Not Disturb” sign or its equivalent should hang on the door when the session is under way. Theeffect of someone wandering in because they forgot their pen or wants to invite the programmer tolunch can be devastating. For the same reason there should not be a telephone in the room; it is certainto ring at precisely the wrong moment. Moreover, it is a visible link to the outside; its presence makesa subject feel less cut-off, better able to resist.

The Programming room affords ideal conditions for photographing the subject without theirknowledge by concealing a camera behind a picture or elsewhere.

If a new safe house is to be used as the programming site, it should be studied carefully to be sure thatthe total environment can be manipulated as desired. For example, the electric current should beknown in advance, so that transformers or other modifying devices will be on hand if needed.

Arrangements are usually made to record the Programming, transmit it to another room, or do both.Most experienced programmers do not like to take notes. Not being saddled with this chore leavesthem free to concentrate on the subject and how they respond, and what else they are doing. Another

reason for avoiding note-taking is that it distracts and sometimes worries the subject. Anotheradvantage of the tape is that it can be played back later. Upon some subjects the shock of hearing theirown voices unexpectedly is unnerving. A recording is also a valuable training aid for programmers,who by this means can study their mistakes and their most effective techniques. Exceptionallyinstructive programming, or selected portions thereof, can also be used in the training of others.

If possible, audio equipment should also be used to transmit the proceedings to another room, used asa listening post. The main advantage of transmission is that it enables the Doctors in charge of theProgramming to note crucial points and map further strategy, replacing one programmer with another,timing a dramatic interruption correctly, etc. It is also helpful to install a small blinker bulb behindthe subject or to arrange some other method of signalling the programmer, without the subjectsknowledge, that the programmer should leave the room for consultation or that someone else is aboutto enter.

The Participants

Subjects are programmed separately for system building. Separation permits the use of a number oftechniques that would not be possible otherwise. It also intensifies in the subject the feeling of beingcut off from aid. Programming of two or more subjects with each other in order to produce blame ortrauma bonding is especially dangerous if not preceded by separate Programming sessions whichhave evoked compliance from one of the subjects, or at least significant results involving both.

The number of programmers used for a single programming session varies from one to a large team.The size of the team depends on several considerations, chiefly the importance of the goal and theintensity of subject resistance. Although most sessions consist of one lead programmer, and assistantprogrammer and one subject, some of the techniques call for the presence of two, three, or fourprogrammers. The two-man team, in particular, is can lead to unintended opposition and conflicts notcalled for by assigned roles. Planning and subsequent conduct should eliminate such cross-currentsbefore they develop, because the subject will seek to turn them to their advantage.

Team members who are not otherwise engaged can be employed to best advantage at the listeningpost. Inexperienced programmers find that listening to the programming while it is in progress can behighly educational.

Once the session starts, the programmer is called upon to function at two levels. They are trying to dotwo seemingly contradictory things at once: achieve rapport with the subject but remain an essentiallydetached observer. Or they may project themselves to the resistant subject as powerful and ominous(in order to eradicate resistance and create the necessary conditions for rapport) while remainingwholly uncommitted at the deeper level, noting the significance of the subjects reactions and theeffectiveness of their own performance. Poor programmers often confuse this bi-level functioningwith role-playing, but there is a vital difference. The programmer who merely pretends on theirsurface performance, to feel a given emotion or to hold a given attitude toward the subject is likely tobe unconvincing; the subject quickly senses the deception. Even children are very quick to feel thiskind of pretence. To be persuasive, the sympathy or anger must be genuine; but to be useful, it mustnot interfere with the deeper level of precise, unaffected programming. Bi-level functioning is notdifficult or even unusual; most people act at times as both performer and observer unless their

emotions are so deeply involved in the situation that the critical faculty disintegrates. Throughexperience the programmer becomes adept in this dualism. The programmer who finds that they havebecome emotionally involved and is no longer capable of unimpaired objectivity should report thefacts so that a substitution can be made. Despite all planning efforts to select a programmer whoseage, background, skills, personality, and experience make him the best choice for the job, itsometimes happens that both programmer and subject feel, when they first meet, an immediateattraction or antipathy which is so strong that a change of programmers quickly becomes essential. Noprogrammer should be reluctant to notify their superior when emotional involvement becomesevident. Not the reaction but a failure to report it would be evidence of a lack of competence or skillexpected of a professional.

Other reasons for changing programmers should be anticipated and avoided at the outset. During thefirst part of the session the developing relationship between the programmer and the initiallyuncooperative subject is more important than the information obtained; when this relationship isdestroyed by a change of programmers, the replacement must start nearly from scratch. In fact, theystart with a handicap, because exposure to programming will have made the source a more effectiveresister. Therefore the ODO, Occult leader, or Mother of Darkness, should not assign as chiefprogrammer whose availability will end before the estimated completion of the programming.

The Timing

Before Programming starts, the amount of time probably required and probably available to bothprogrammer and subject should be calculated. If the subject is not to be under detention, their normalschedule is ascertained in advance, so that he will not have to be released at a critical point becausehe has an appointment or has to go to work.

Programming sessions with a resistant source that is under detention should not be held on anunvarying schedule. The capacity for resistance is diminished by disorientation. The subject may beleft alone for days; and he may be returned to their cell, allowed to sleep for five minutes, andbrought back to a Programming which is conducted as though eight hours had passed. The principle isthat sessions should be so planned as to disrupt the source’s sense of chronological order.

Interaction

This is the main body of the Programming when the Programmer interacts with the subject. Thisgenerally appears as a series of trauma techniques, scripting, coding, and fracturing of the psyche.This interaction may take place over a number of days and sessions, which may be limited or openended in the duration that it may take.

The Termination

The end of a Programming should be planned before the session starts. The kinds of scripts, codes,anchors, trigger E.C.T, the methods employed, and even the goals sought may be shaped by what willhappen when the end is reached. If the subject is to be released upon the completion of theprogramming session it is important to avoid an inconclusive ending. The poorest Programming isthose that trail off into an inconclusive nothingness.

¶ A number of practical terminal details should also be considered in advance. Are the subject’s

clothing, and property to be returned to them, and will they be available in time? Are they to be paid?Are subsequent contacts necessary and have re-contact provisions been arranged?

The successful Programming of a subject ordinarily involves two key processes: the calculatedregression of the subject and the provision of an acceptable ending. In this stage, the Programming iscompleted and. As appropriate and feasible, the Programmer may return to the previous stage to closeany holes in the programming.

The end of a programming session is not the end of the programmer’s responsibilities. From thebeginning of planning to the end of the session it has been necessary to understand and guard againstvarious troubles.

The isolation that the handlers impose on their subject to prevent real relationships with outsiders,and the strong bonding of the subject to its handler/programmer (trauma bonding, etc.) that isadministered must remain intact.

29 The Opening

A principal goal during the opening phase is to confirm the personality assessment obtained throughscreening and to allow the programmer to gain a deeper understanding of the subject as an individual.Most resistant subjects can block off light programming for one or more of 4 reasons. The first is aspecific negative reaction to the programmer. Poor initial handling or a fundamental antipathy canmake a subject uncooperative. The third cause is some subjects are resistant “by nature” – i.e. by earlyconditioning – to any compliance with authority. The fourth is ideological resistance. The subject hasidentified themselves with a cause, a political movement or organization, or an oppositionintelligence service. Regardless of their attitude toward the programmer, their own personality, andtheir fears for the future, the subject who is deeply devoted to a hostile cause will ordinarily provestrongly resistant under programming.

It is important for the programmer to note verbal projection; vocal tones, and the voice projectstension, fear, a dislike of certain topics, and other useful pieces of information. It is also helpful towatch the subject’s mouth, which is as a rule much more revealing than their eyes. Gestures andpostures also should be noted. If a subject normally gesticulates broadly at times and is at other timesphysically relaxed but at some point sits stiffly motionless, their posture is likely to be the physicalimage of their mental tension. The programmer should make a mental note of the topic that causedsuch a reaction.

The following is a list of physical indicators of emotions and recommends that programmers notethem.

(1) A ruddy or flushed face is an indication of anger or embarrassment.(2) A “cold sweat” is a strong sign of fear and shock.
(3) A pale face indicates fear.
(4) A dry mouth denotes nervousness.

(5) Nervous tension is also shown by clenching the hands tightly.

(6) Emotional strain or tension may cause a pumping of the heart which becomes visible in the pulseand throat.

(7) A slight gasp, holding the breath or an unsteady voice may betray the subject.
(8) Fidgeting may take numerous forms, all of which are good indications of nervousness.

(9) A subject under emotional strain or nervous tension will involuntarily draw their elbows to theirsides. It is a protective defence mechanism.

(10) The movement of the foot when one leg is crossed over the knee of the other can serve as anindicator. The circulation of the blood to the lower leg is partially cut off, thereby causing a slight liftor movement of the free foot with each heart beat. This becomes more pronounced and observable asthe pulse rate increases.

Pauses are also significant. But the successful establishment of rapport will tend to eliminate innocentblocks, or at least to keep them to a minimum.

The establishment of rapport is the second principal purpose of the opening phase of theprogramming. Sometimes the programmer knows in advance, as a result of screening, that the subjectwill be uncooperative. At other times the probability of resistance is established without screening:stubborn silence, closing of eyes without permission, holding of their breath, and other cues. A lackof rapport may cause a subject resist where otherwise they would cooperate freely, whereas theexistence of rapport may persuade a subject who is initially determined to withhold to change theirattitude.

Therefore the programmer must not become hostile if confronted with initial hostility, or in any otherway confirm such negative attitudes they may encounter at the outset. During this first phase theirattitude should remain business-like but also quietly (not ostentatiously) friendly and welcoming.

At this stage the programmer should avoid being drawn into conflict, no matter how provocative maybe the attitude or language of the subject. If the programmer meets truculence with neither insincereprotestation that they are is neither the subject’s “pal” nor an equal anger but rather a calm interest inwhat has aroused the subject, the programmer has gained two advantages. They have established thesuperiority will be needed later, as programming develops, and increased the chances of establishingrapport.

How long the opening phase continues depends upon how long it takes to establish rapport or todetermine that voluntary cooperation is unobtainable. Even though the cost in time and patience issometimes high, the effort to make the subject feel that their Programmer is a sympathetic figureshould not be abandoned. (unless, the programming does not merit much time). Otherwise, thechances are that the programming will not produce optimum results. In fact, it is likely to be a failure,and the programmer should not be dissuaded from the effort to establish rapport. The theory ofprogramming is the result of a substitution of the programming world for the world outside as thesights and sounds of an outside world fade away, its significance for the subject tends to do likewise.That world is replaced by the programming room, its occupants, and the dynamic relationshipbetween them. As programming goes on, the subject tends to respond in accordance with the values ofthe programming world rather than those of the outside.

The programmer who senses or determines in the opening phase that what they are hearing is a legendshould resist the first, natural impulse to demonstrate its falsity. In some subjects previousprogramming is intertwined with preservation of the cover story that calling the subject (part) a liar

will merely intensify resistance.

30 Beginning of Programming

The breaking down of ongoing patterns of the patient’s behaviour by means of particularly intensiveelectroshocks (depatterning) can be used to prepare the subject.

The intensive repetition (16 hours a day for 6 or 7 days) of the prearranged verbal signal will createa trigger for the subject when programming will begin. This will assist in placing the subject in thedesired mental state. During this period of intensive repetition the subject is kept in partial sensoryisolation.

Electrodes will be attached to the subject’s head to monitor electroencephalograph (EEG) patterns.When the subject is in the desired brainwave state, programming will begin. Programming oriented toself-destruction and debasement of the subject is the starting point.

While programming is occurring the subject will be placed on a metal table. They will have an IV inone hand or arm for the administration of drugs and other fluids. The subject extremities and headmust be strapped down. The subject must also be naked so body regions and parts are easilyaccessible.

The subject will be given psychotropic medication every twenty-five to 30 minutes until theprogramming session is complete.

Programming under the influence of psychotropics in a specified brainwave state with binauralbeats in one ear and speaking in the other ear.

Programming begins with specified method of torture. After a predetermined duration of torture thesubject is will be in a state of aroused terror, disassociation, and altered brainwave state. At thispoint a script will be planted into the subject’s mind. This script will be linked to an alter, given adirective, trigger, and task. The part will be given an emotion, double bind, and consequence if theydo not follow the directive, script, and leave the area they are placed into.

A subject may be tortured repeatedly until a new alter is created. This part will be given a trigger tolet them know when to come out; this could be a smell, word, number, sound, colour or symbol. Thistrigger is corresponds with the alters’ creation.

After a subject has shattered, the Programmers find the Host part within the mind and gives them apersonal history given a job within the system, a place to live in the internal world, and its rules andguide lines on how to function within the system. The Host part will be given scripts about the outsideworld.

If the Programmer concentrates on a single point when giving instructions they will get better results.Rather than complicating things for the subject, power is gained over the subject. The Programmermust give simple clear instructions. A large number of parts are given clear straight forward jobs.

Because their jobs are so clear-cut, these parts will often remain fragments, rather than parts with fullblown personalities. An undeveloped alter will be given one clear, basic job. By stringing 100’s ofparts together with single tasks, a highly sensitive system of alters can be created.

Programmers individually tailor the scripts for each subject. The Wizard of Oz, Alice in Wonderland,and other books, are read prior to actual programming session. This will enhance the programmingthe subject’s ability to retain the script.

Layer after layer of programming is put in. Each part or fragment is used as if it were a piece of alarge system. The result is that no part or fragment is the whole, only a piece. It is very difficult for asingle part of thousands of a system made of thousands to rebel.

Note: Programming must include parts whose task is to kill the body. Subjects cannot go withoutsleep for over 11 days. On the 12th day the subject must be allowed uninterrupted sleep.

31 Infant Programming

Children who are programmed are taught 4 important hypnotic abilities. These four abilities are: a.relaxation, b. visualization, c. concentration, and d. projection, which work in handling the subjectalong with the alpha state.
Intentional programming preferably begins before birth. Prenatal splitting is attempted as the fetus isvery capable of fragmenting in the womb. This is completed between the seventh and ninth month ofpregnancy.

Early intentional fragmentation: (ages 0 to 24 months) Techniques used include: placing headphoneson the mother’s abdomen, and playing loud, jarring music, having the mother ingest quantities of bittersubstances, to make the amniotic fluid bitter or yelling at the fetus inside the womb. The mother’sabdomen may be hit as well. Mild shock to the abdomen may be applied, especially when term isnear, and may be used to cause premature labour, or ensure that the infant is born on a ritual high day;labour inducing drugs may be administered if a definitive birth date is desired.

Once the infant is born, testing is begun. During the first few weeks of life the programmers, willinspect for programming qualities in the newborn. The subject’s reflexes will be checked againstdifferent stimuli. The infant’s strength, their reaction to heat, cold, pain, light, touch, and sound aretested. The programmers are looking for dissociative ability, swift reflexes, and reaction times.Programmers and Drs are also looking for dissociation that they have attempted to start in vitro.

The infant will also be harmed to continue to encourage internal splitting. Methods of abuse include:rectal probes; digital anal rape; electric shocks at low levels to the fingers, toes, and genitalia; cuttingthe genitalia in ritual settings, bitter/hot ingestible substances placed in infant’s mouth. The objectiveis to continue fragmentation so programming will be quicker, and adapt the infant to pain andreflexive dissociation.

Isolation and abandonment programming begins with the infant. The infant is isolated byprogrammers, intentionally during the daytime, then picked up, soothed, cleaned up and paid attentionduring the night. This is done to prepare the infant for night gatherings, and re-enforce programmingfor day time and night time parts.

From 15 to 18 months, intentionally fragmenting is continued with involvement of primary care giversas well as programmers. Trauma of the subject becomes more methodical. This is completed byintermittently soothing, and bonding with the subject then administering an electrical shock. The infantmay be dropped from heights to a soft surface, loud noises, (banging, clapping, and music) andpinching to insure heightened awareness. The baby may be placed in a cage for periods of time withanimals to start Epsilon programming.

Between the ages of 20 and 24 months, the subject will start the Steps of Obedience which theProgrammers’ use to teach the subjects how to be loyal to the family, handler, and programmer.Deprivation of food, water, and basic needs begin later in this stage. A child of this age may be taken

to cult/occult gatherings. Outside of unique occasions, or dedications, the child will have no activerole. Infants are usually left with a cult/occult member, who insures the child remains awake duringthis time.

By the time the child is four, the weaknesses and strengths that characterize the alter system have beenrecorded on charts and the child’s destiny in life determined. The chart will read what occupation thechild will be made into, and what its function for the overall plan will be.

Extreme Process: This method is very severe and usually is a two to five year program. Because ofthe severity of the suffering, the subject is usually permanently impaired from integration intomainstream life. The result is the subject must reside in a less competitive environment like a churchgroup. Subjects that receive this program tend to be highly superstitious, are agitated easily whenobjective evidence that contradicts their belief system is presented. They tend to believe in thespiritual world (demons, ghosts, god, spiritual entities, etc) and consider the spiritual world to bemore powerful and important than the material or real world. This program basically follows thefollowing steps; REM deprivation, breakdown of self esteem and confidence, intense suffering,exaggerated conscience, spiritual contact, reborn in Jesus Christ, Spiritual battle, release (saved bythe Saviour), and recovering (blessed by Jesus Christ). Whenever possible the Handler/Programmerwill skip or reduce these steps to minimize security risk and financial cost.

32 Raising a Child Subject

Parents, as well as other caregivers of a child are given instructions on how to raise the child to bedissociative. The parents are advised their child will have a successful future and so will they if theyfollow the instructions.

Spend 15 minutes/day teaching the child to write backwards to develop the brain’s flexibility.

Periods of prolonged isolation daily, such as dark closets, dark basements, the corners of dark rooms.During the prolonged isolation, the child cannot turn on the lights, go to the bathroom, and make noiseor anything else. The child will learn to dissociate. The child is also trauma bonded to the abuserbecause each time the child is let out, they are grateful to the abuser.

The child can be drowned in a pool and then resuscitated–and the exact amount of time to keep thechild under will be given. The child can be placed in a freezer, and again the exact amount of timecan be given to the parent. The child is not to roam about the house freely. The adults’ area is off-limits. The child must move with permission.

Systematic punishment without provocation with the message–keep secrets. Hear no evil, see no evil,do no evil. This needs to be done several times a week to reinforce the codes of silence and theprogramming for silence.

A needle which is gripped halfway up is stuck into the child a quarter inch deep on the child’smuscles, buttocks or thigh to help continue dissociative behaviour. On special occasions (birthdays,holidays) the hands and feet which are most sensitive to pain are stuck. When the feet or hands arestuck, they will often stick the needles under the nails. The ears are also on occasion stuck withneedles. It also conditions the child to obey the commands of their handlers, who will use needles toaccess the minds various personalities. Various spots on the body when stuck with needles along withcertain codes become access points for specified alters.

Anytime a child argues, has a temper tantrum, or gets angry the child is to be punched. This is a quicktrauma. It is to be followed with a lit cigarette applied to the child to burn the skin the moment thechild becomes submissive. If a cigarette can’t be found, a stove top or some other hot item is to beused. When the child is four years of age, they begin programming to burn themselves.

Anytime the child becomes wilful they are to have their mouth washed out with soap. The childshould be made to chew off a piece and swallow the foam.

The child should be raped daily and tortured. This assists with sexual programming, and begins areversal in the mind that pain is love, and pain is pleasure.

33 Detailed Programming

After rapport is established, detailed programming presents only routine problems. The major routineconsiderations are the following:

It is necessary to make every effort to keep the subject from learning through the programming processprecisely where gaps lie. This principle is especially important if the subject is following theirnormal life, going home each evening and appearing only once or twice a week for programming, orif their bona fides remains in doubt.

It is sound practice to write up each programming report on the day of programming or, at least,before the next session, so that defects can be promptly remedied and gaps or contradictions noted intime.

As detailed programming continues, and especially at the half-way mark, the programmer’s desire tocomplete the task may cause him to be increasingly business-like or even brusque. The programmermay tend to curtail or drop the usual inquiries about the subject’s well-being with which they openedearlier sessions. He may feel like dealing more and more abruptly with reminiscences or digressions.

The programmers interest has shifted from the subject themselves, who just a while ago was aninteresting subject, to the task of implanting scripts. But if rapport has been established, the subjectwill be quick to sense and resent this change of attitude. Any subject has their ups and downs, timeswhen they are tired. The peculiar intimacy of the programming situation and the very fact that theprogrammer has deliberately fostered rapport will often lead the subject to bond. The programmershould neither cut off this bond abruptly. The subject from the beginning to the end of the process theyshould feel that the programmer’s interest in them has remained constant. Unless the programming issoon over, the subject’s attitude toward their programmer is not likely to remain constant. They willfeel more and more drawn to the programmer or increasingly antagonistic.

Detailed programming ends only when (1) all scripts, codes, and parts are implanted. (2) The subjectresponds to programming cues. (3) The subject can respond to a call back. Until the subject dies orcompletes their purposes, their programming may be interrupted, perhaps for years — but it has notbeen completed.

34 Stabilizing the Programming

The tortures and stress are all a part of programming. After a session of programming the subject’smind will be in a high state of terror, shock, dissociativeness and splintering. The subject’s mindcannot endure more, and the potential of having uncontrolled splintering and having the destruction ofthe mind and programming threatens the programmers’ control. The programmer wants the mind andbody to rest so that the programming can set in, without destabilizing events occurring. The subjectwill be administered a drug to induce a deep sleep. Sleep must occur within 10 to 15 minutes after theprogramming session.

Occasionally a subject’s heart has been pushed to its limits during a trauma and the body must be shutdown to allow the subject rest. Repression of the heart is carried out by putting the patient, after theconclusion of the programming is to induce continuous sleep for 7-10 days.

35 Split Brain Work

The brain is “bicameral” the hemispheres communicate via the corpus callosum. The left hemisphereis specialized in verbal-linguistic transduction of speech and analytical thinking (logic, math, causeand effect, language, and sequential thinking). The right side plays more of a role in holistic-metaphorical information transduction such as imagery (art, dance, intuition, subjective, spontaneous,holistic, and dream imagery). The primary role of creating imagery is carried out by the right side.The two hemispheres of the brain can operate separately at the same time.

Work is done by the Programmers to develop the thinking of alters from one side of the brain to thinkdifferentlyfromthoseoftheotherside.Splitbrainprogrammingisnotjusthypnosis. Splitbrainprogramming allows the Programmers a way to keep the left hand from knowing what the right hand isdoing. It also gives them the ability to put in body programs or memories which affect only half of thesubject’s body.

In order for programmers to create alters which are highly intuitive and which are able to access thehigher spiritual spheres, they need to shut down the logic hemisphere. When the left hemisphere isshut down, then the right brain (which controls the left hand and left side of the body, i.e. the left handpath) is able to function without competition. The subject must be able to get in touch fully theirintuitive side to go into the spiritual realms where demons exist.

When one hemisphere is dominating what the brain is doing, the opposite nostril will open and take inair. When the right hemisphere is doing most of the thinking, the left nostril will be doing most of thebreathing. Voluntary changes in nostril breathing can help shift the centre of brain activity from oneside of the brain to the other. When a person lies on his side, the downward side hemisphere will beactivated, because the top nostril will breathe best. The distinctions between the two hemispheres ortwo brains are used by the occult world. Moriah values the intuitiveness of the right hemisphere

Split brain programming, is completed by using four methods:

1. Shutting down one side and communicating only with one side of the brain. A medication isadministered at the base of the skull into one hemisphere of the brain to shut it down, while the otherhemisphere is kept awake. Torture is then carried out to split the mind. This results in creatingprograms and alters which are associated with only one side of the brain. The brain is being furtherdivided from itself.

2. By simultaneously feeding different information to each hemisphere this is done by restraining thesubject in place with their eyes forced open. Different movies are shown simultaneously to both eyes.High speed films will be shown with one hemisphere receiving horror scenes and the other gettingfamily settings. This makes the two hemispheres work separately and the subject feels as if they aregoing insane. One hemisphere is trying to dissociate and is having a despondent experience, while theother side is experiencing something just the opposite. When high speed films are shown for splitbrain programming, the films are shown in 5 minute increments.

3. Use drugs that block the two hemispheres from communicating.

¶ 4. Speak into the left ear while giving the right ear confusing noise. This method is completed to forcealters to concentrate when learning scripts.

Front alters may be shown good films to make them believe they live in a perfect world with a goodfamily life. Right side occult alters may receive horror films shown via the left eye. The right side ofthe brain doesn’t verbalize well, so this is one reason subjects have emotions without the ability toverbalize them.

36 Applications for Drugs used in Programming

Drugs are used during programming. Although drugs used to assist programming mean nothing mostindividuals, they each have a specific purpose within a certain type of programming.

The overall effect of psychotropic programming on the subject, whether child or adult, is the mind ata deep level begins to doubt its ability to grasp the real from the imaginary. If the psychotropics arenot controlled by the programmers, insanity could result for the subject. Further, psychotropics canpose a danger that they could clutter the internal world of the subject and splinter their minduncontrollably.

Drugs are used in programming to establish a pattern or a script. There must be a pattern ofdissociation. Parts can’t just dissociate into nothing, otherwise there would be nothing to build on.Drugs will play a major role in the structuring of the alter system. The subject doesn’t know wherethe effect of the drug is coming from. The programmer will take credit for the power of the drug.Whoever administers the drug has power in the subject’s mind. The mind wants to be safe.

Some specific uses for drugs during programming include:

Placing people into trance About 90% of the population can be placed into the somnambulistic (thedeepest) hypnotic trance by giving them hypnotic drugs. Drugs have been designed which will placeindividuals into a deep trance very quickly. If an alter is not being cooperative when they areaccessed, they can be locked in place mentally and given a shot of a fast-acting hypnotic-inducingdrug.

Teaching alters to go deeper into trance to escape drug effects and pain. Much of the training inthis area is based upon the subject’s horror and fear towards the master programmer. When theprogrammer wants the subject’s alters to learn to trance deeper, they will give a drug that the alterdoesn’t like. The subject’s alter will then be told to go deeper into the mind if they want to escape theeffect of the drug. This enforces the dissociative state being trained for the alter. The suggested orstory to give to the alter is frequently the image of a train. The subject is advised the conductor is atthe front of the train, but they (the child) must move to the back of the train through the train cars. Thesubject is taught to count cars as they go by as if they were steps in the mind. This is training thesubject to descend into deeper levels of the subconscious. The train illustration is used to assist thesubject in remembering the drug experience. If the programmer desires and wants the subject to forgetthe drug experience while learning trance depths, then the imagery of a plane taking off anddisappearing in the clouds is the image to use.

Enhancing the trauma Drugs will be used to enhance the spinning effect when the mind is beingprogrammed to have vortexes and to set up traps within the subject’s mind. One particular drugenhances the trauma by 100 times. Drugs can be useful to enhance a subject’s terror of theexperience. This helps shorten the programming time, and it also make the programming moreintense. Marijuana enhances perception of colour and noise, but it is not used to enhance trauma. Themind does not program well under marijuana.

Producing out of body experiences Various hallucinogenic drugs, LSD included, will produce anout of body experience for the subject, if the drugs are administered correctly. The Programmer willprepare the subject with various information and story lines during the administration of the drug.PCP which is “angel dust” is one way to disconnect the cortex from the limbic system and go into an

altered state.

¶ Creating pain. This can be achieved through a number of medications.

Creating blood vessels that hurt. Blood pressure is raised by drugs and specific medications areadded which make the veins burn. The alter is taught to cut the burning veins. This is programmingwhich is laid in to control the subject from straying from the script they are given.

Controlling histamine production. Is used in conjunction with drug-assisted programming

Helping create illusions such as no hands, no feet, no face, no head etc. A programmer workingwith a hallucinogenic drug can make an alter believe that it has lost a particular body part. Becausemost of these alters have little memory or no memory and little frame of reference, what they are toldwhile under the influence of drugs is real to them.

Teaching alters to stay in position Some alters don’t like to stay in position. But through the use ofdrugs, and the side effect of drugs, they soon learn the importance of staying in position. If they aredisobedient, the memory of the negative side effects from not staying in position in the mind can bepulled up by a code and the alter can relive the pain from having disobediently moved from position.This is very effective in teaching alters to stay in their position that is assigned them in the mind.

To assist other programming modalities, such as high tech harmonic machines, which implantthoughts. (The machines are used in conjunction with designer drugs.)
Another programming modality assisted by drugs is behaviour modification. Aversion therapy using avomit-inducing drug is used on subjects. Another example of drugs helping assist programming is toadminister a hallucinogen and interview the subject while they hallucinating. The hallucinations arethen used as programming building blocks by using hypnotic techniques. One way to build on subjectscripts while they are hallucinating is to advise the subject if they ever do a particular thing (such astouch programming, remember programming, and integrate parts, etc.) the subject is to have a mentalbreakdown and hallucinate as they are presently doing. By continually reinforcing this message, somealters will adopt the script “that they are doing the body good to kill it if any alter personality touchesthe programming,” because the trauma would be too much to bear.

Hormones can be given to speed up sexual growth or slow it down. Other body developmentsmay also be manipulated.

To enhance or reduce memory
To build the image of the programmer’s power

Note: it is appropriate to point out that the personalities of a subject do not respond uniformly to thesame dose of the same drug. Understanding how a drug will effect particular alters is a science initself. If an alter is holding the body, it will receive more of the effect of a drug.

Some of the cautions that the programmers are alert to include:Monitoring the heart so that it doesn’t stop.
Making sure that drugs aren’t given to subjects who are allergic to them.Switching to herbs when the body is saturated with drugs.

Knowing how much of a drug each part can take, small young alters can’t take as much. Alters withina single system have varying levels of tolerance toward drugs. A young alter may be killed by anadult dosage, even though the age of the body is that of an adult.
Providing salt to balance the electrolytes in the mind of a programmed subject. An electrolyteimbalance can cause a subject’s system to spin.

Section II Applications

37 Brainwave Frequencies

¶ This is a listing of frequencies that various parties have claimed can affect the human mind or body insome way. The following sorts of frequencies are included:

Brainwave Frequencies – These are frequencies associated with various mental states.

Healing Frequencies – These are frequencies that could be used to heal illnesses of different kinds, orstimulate some region of the body (chakras). The medium used to do this varies – some of thesedevices generate EM fields which are applied to a precise part of the body, while others usevibration and sound.

Natural Phenomena Frequencies – This includes natural frequencies that occur in nature (Schumann’sResonance, for instance), as well as sound tones calculated from the revolution/orbit of the variousplanets.

Cycles per Second (HZ), as they correspond to mental states, these frequencies are of all types; light,sound, electrical, etc.

Below 0.5 – Epsilon range, extraordinary states of consciousness, high states of meditation, ecstaticstates of consciousness, high-level inspiration states, spiritual insight, out-of-body experiences,Yogic states of suspended animation.
0.1-1 Organ/muscle resonances

0.1-3 Delta range, – deep sleep, lucid dreaming, increased immune functions, hypnosis0.16 – 10 – Neuralgias
0.18 – 10 – Mod. therapy
0.20 – 0.26 – Dental pain

0.20 – 10 – Post-traumatics
0.28 – 2.15 – Alcohol addiction
0.28 – 10 – Arthritis
0.30 – 0.15 – Depression
0.30 – 10 – Cervobrachial syndrome
0.37 – 2.15 – Drug addiction
0.40 – 10 – Confusion
0.45 – 10 – Muscle pain
0.5 – very relaxing, against headache, for lower back pain; Thyroid, reproductive, excretorystimulant, whole brain toner
0.5-1.5 Pain relief; endorphins, better hypnosis

0.5-4 Delta range, deep dreamless sleep, trance, suspended animation Anti-aging. Reduces amountof cortisol, a hormone associated with stress and aging. Increases the levels of DHEA (anti-aging)and melatonin (decreases aging process.) Associated with unconscious mind and sleep state – inconjunction with other frequencies in a waking state, Delta acts as a form of radar – seeking outinformation – reaching out to understand on the deepest unconscious level things that subjects can’t

understand through thought process. Provides intuition, empathetic attunement and instinctual insight.Conducive to miracle type healing, divine knowledge, inner being and subject growth, rebirth, traumarecovery, “one with the universe” experiences (samadhi), near death experience, characterized by”unknowing”, merely a blissful “being” state such as deep sleep or coma.

The anti-aging uses binaurals at 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5 and 4.0 HZ. They all playsimultaneously.
0.9 Euphoria
0.95 – 10 – Whiplash

1-3 – Delta: deep, dreamless sleep, trance state, non-REM sleep profound relaxation, restorativesleep, feelings of tranquillity and peace, if one can remain aware
There’s disagreement over where the delta range begins and ends – 0.5 to 4.0 HZ. 0.1 to 3.0 HZ, and.considers it 0.5 to 3.0 HZ.

1.0 – Feeling of well-being, pituitary stimulation to release growth hormone; overall view of inter-relationships; harmony and balance.
1.05 Helps hair grow + get its colour back. Pituitary stimulation to release growth hormone (helpsdevelop muscle, recover from injuries, rejuvenation effects).

1.2 – (used on) headaches.
1.45 – Tri-thalamic entrainment format. Creates entrainment between hypothalamus, pituitary
and pineal. May benefit dyslexics + subjects with Alzheimer’s.
1.5 Abrahams Universal Healing Rate .; Sleep .; Those subjects whose ailments have manifested intothe fourth stage of Chronic Fatigue, where some form of disease is apparent, experienced a releasefrom the negative sensation of their symptoms when moved into 1.5HZ
1.8 Sinus Congestion seems to clear centering around 1.8 HZ. (tested with binaural beats, primarily)2.15 – 10 – Tendovaginatis.
2.06 Associated with coccyx (small triangular bone at end of the spinal column).
2.30 Associated with genitals.
2.5 – pain relief, relaxation. Production of endogenous opiates. Use for sedative effect reported useon bleeding, bruises, insomnia, and sinusitis. .
2.57 Associated with bladder.
2.67 Associated with intestines.

Some disagreement over the theta range – divided it into two ranges, Theta1 (3.0-5.5 hz) andTheta2 (5.5-8.0 hz).
3.0-5.5 – “Theta 1” Range. Divides the Theta Range into Theta1 and Theta2.
3.0 Increased Reaction Time 3.0 HZ and below used to reduce muscle tension headaches, but workedless well on migraines and sinus headaches. Used to treat allergies, in conjunction with 330 HZ.

3.07 Associated with hara (3cm or 1.5 inch below navel, balance of pelvis).
3 – 4 Influences physical vision.
3 – 6 Childhood awareness/vivid memories.
3-8ThetaRange deeprelaxation,meditation,increasedmemory,focus,creativity,luciddreaming, hypnagogic state .

3.4 – Sound sleep
3.5 – Feeling of unity with everything, accelerated language retention enhancement of receptivityEarth Resonance. (A remedy for) depression and anxiety. Whole being regeneration, DNAstimulation.

3.6 (a remedy for) anger and irritability.
3.84 Associated with ovaries (Effects=vitality, life at every level).
3.9 (a remedy for) antisocial behaviour. Theta/Delta brainwave range – crystal clear meditation, luciddreams, enhanced inner awareness, “facilitates easy access to inner resources and creates space forinner peace + self-renewal”.
4-6 – attitude and behaviour change.
4-7 – Theta Range : recall, fantasy, imagery, creativity, planning, dreaming, switching thoughts, Zenmeditation, drowsiness; Access to subconscious images, deep meditation, reduced blood pressure,said to cure addictions .; Reset the brain’s sodium potassium levels, which cuts down on mentalfatigue .Increases sex drive . Meditation, Intuitive Augmentation .; Near Sleep brainwaves, conduciveto profound inner peace, “mystical truths”, transforming unconsciously held limiting beliefs, physicaland emotional healing, purpose of life exploration, inner wisdom, faith, meditation, some psychicabilities, and retrieving unconscious material. Bursts of inspiration, twilight sleep learning, deeprelaxation, reverie, high levels of awareness, vivid mental imagery.
Hypnopompic and Hypnagogic states
4.0 – 8.0 HZ Theta State present in dreaming sleep, deep meditation, storehouse of creativeinspiration, spiritual connection, subconscious mind creative insight, twilight (“sleep”) learning,vivid mental imagery. Found in advanced mediators.
4-12 Skeletal muscle resonances.
4.0 – Enkephalins, Extrasensory perception. Astral Projection, Telepathy, “Seduction mindset”.Catecholamines, vital for memory and learning, respond at around 4 HZ. Subconscious ProblemSolving/Full Memory Scanning (if one can manage to stay awake) Associated with object naming, animportant aspect of memory
4.11 Associated with kidneys (Effects=strength).
4.5 Shamanic State Of Consciousness/Tibetan Buddhist Chants
4.5-6.5 Wakeful dreaming, vivid images.
4.6 Associated with spleen and blood (Effects=Emotional Impulse).
4.9 – Introspection. Induce relaxation, meditation, and deeper sleep.
5.0 – unusual problem solving reduced sleep needed, theta sounds replacing need for extensivedreaming. Relaxed states, pain-relief (beta endorphin increases of 10-50% reported)
.Alleged Sphincter Resonance (mechanical) (not good).
5.0 – 10.0 Relaxation.
5.14 Associated with stomach (Effects=Emotional Acceptance).
5.35 Associated with lungs (Effects=Oxygen, Heat).

5.5-8.0 “Theta2” frequency range : Consists of trains (long runs) of rhythmic frontal activitycentring at 6.5-Hz with amplitudes reaching the 50-100 uV (micro-volt) range. Is induced in somesubjects by the performance of a mental task such as mental arithmetic, tracing a maze, counting thenumber of cubes piled in a three-dimensional representation, and imaging a scene. More common inextroverts with low traits of neurosis and anxiety. Because Theta2 is associated with mental tasks andits influence is seen in evoked potential latencies closely relates to mechanisms of attention orarousal.

5.5 – Moves beyond knowledge to knowing, shows vision of growth needed; “Inner Guidance” InnerGuidance, intuition, heat generation.
5.8 (reduce) Fear, Absent-mindedness, and Dizziness.

6.0 – long term memory stimulation. (Reduce) unwillingness to work.
6.0 – 10.0 Creative Visualization – about 6hz for a while, then up to 10hz.
6-9.6 Somatic Responses, tingling, pressure, heat.
6.15 Associated with heart (Effects=love, warmth).
6.2-6.7 Frontal Midline Theta (Fm Theta) is a specific EEG frequency seen in those subjects activelyengaged in cognitive activity, such as solving math problems and playing Tetris 6.26-6.6 Hemisphericdesync, confusion, anxiety, low Reaction Time, depression insomnia.
6.30 Hz – Mental and astral projection accelerated learning and increased memory retention.(Reduce) Anger + Irritability.
6.5 – “Centre” of Theta2 Brainwave Frequency Range. Frontal lobe or brain entrainment of the twohemispheres is around 6.5 hz.
I quoted the second entry from .directly, due to its ambiguity. It probably ties into what the 5.5-8.0 HZentry says above.
6.8 Possible use for muscle spasms.
6.88 Associated with collarbones (Effects=vitality, overall balance, stability).
7.0 – Mental and astral projection, bending objects, psychic surgery; Increased Reaction Time. Massaggregate frequency (can deaggregate matter), alleged to
resonate and rupture organs at excessive intensity. Treatment of sleep disturbances
7.5 – Inter-awareness of self and purpose; guided meditation; creative thought for art, invention music,etc.; contact with spirit guides for direction; entry into meditation .; At 7.5 HZ subjects who beforesuffered from confused thinking reported an ease at finding solutions to troublesome problems after are-evaluation was conducted. Earth magnetic field frequency, useful theta (brain) waves frequency.7.5 – 8 For Treating Alcohol + Drug Addiction – This range of frequencies tells a subject they’resatisfied, which is “missing” in addictive personalities.
7.69 Associated with shoulders (Effects=strength of the arms, expansion, teaching).
7.8 Schumann Resonance (see 7.83 HZ), ESP activation. Short high frequency bursts at 7.7 Hzinduced long-term potentiation in prefrontal cortex, though only for one day.
7.8-8 Stimulates ESP, paranormal.
7.83 – Earth Resonance, grounding “Schumann Resonance” anti-jetlag, anti-mind control, improvedstress tolerance psychic healing experiments, pituitary stimulation to release growth hormone (helpsdevelop muscle, recover from injuries, rejuvenation effects) .; Earth Resonance Frequency – ‘leavesyou feeling revitalized like you’ve spent a day in the country.’ reports of accelerated healing/enhancedlearning – “the earth’s natural brainwave”.
Overtones of the Schumann Resonance can also stimulate the pituitary in the same way that 7.83 HZcan – especially 31.32 HZ.
8-8.6 Reduced Stress/Anxiety.
8.0-10.0 learning new information Alpha – Rapid Refreshment 15 min.
8.0-12.0 – Alpha range light relaxation, “super learning”, and positive thinking. Slower brain wavesthat are conducive to creative problem solving, accelerated learning, mood elevation, stressreduction, etc., characterized by intuitive insights, creative “juice”, inspiration, motivation,daydreams etc. Relaxed, yet alert Associated with calm, relaxed, unfocused (not concentrating), lucidmental states, dream sleep and pleasant drifting feelings or emotions. 8-13 – Alpha range – Non-drowsy but relaxed, tranquil state of consciousness, primarily with pleasant inward awareness;body/mind integration. ; Amplifies dowsing, empty-mind states, detachment, daydreams, mind/bodyintegration. (Can cause) epileptic seizures.

8-14 – Qi Gong and infratonic Qi Gong machine
8.0 – Past life regression. More Lymphocytes, DNA repair. Associated with Base/Muladhara chakra(Colour=Red) (Body Parts=Adrenals, Spinal Column, Kidneys) (Effects=Physical energy, will tolive) (Note=C).
8.22 Associated with mouth (Effects=speech, creativity).
8.3 – Pick up visual images of mental objects. Clairvoyance.
8.6-9.8 Induces sleep, tingling sensations.
9.0, 11.0, 16.0 (bad) documented calcium ion migration (brain tissue).
9.0 – 13.0 – Alpha Range relaxed, not thinking about anything in particular, sometimes a pleasurablefeeling of “floating”. Often dominant in certain kinds of meditation, alpha waves have for the pasttwenty years been associated with calm, lucid mental states (the “alpha state”). They’re also oftendetected during dream sleep. This pattern typically occurs in daydreaming, relaxed awareness, guidedor focused imagery and smoothly rhythmic athletic activity. There’s often a euphoric, effortless feelingof “flow” as the doer is absorbed in activity and subject + object are felt to be united
9.0 – 14.0 Alpha range Relaxed and detached awareness, visualization, sensory imagery, lightreverie. Also, gateway to meditation – provides bridge between the conscious and subconsciousmind.
9.0 – Awareness of causes of body imbalance and means for balance. Blind subject phantom touchreading (somatosensory cortex). Associated with Sacral/Svadhisthana chakra (Colour=Orange)(Body Parts=Gonads, Reproductive System) (Effects=Relationships/Sexuality) (Note=D).
9.19 Associated with upper lip (Effects=emotions, conflict resolution).
9.4 Major frequency used for prostate problems.
9.41 – Pyramid frequency
9.5-10 – Centre of Alpha Range – The brain’s scanning/idling frequency – indicating a brain standingby, waiting to give way to beta should attention be required, or be the bridge, the gate, to Theta andDelta for drowsiness, sleep, and certain cognitive challenges.
9.6 – Mean dominant frequency associated with earth’s magnetic field; Facial Toning
9.8-10.6 Alertness.
10 – Enhanced release of serotonin and mood elevator. Acts as an analgesic, safest frequency,especially for hangover and jet lag. Dominant alpha frequency, clarity, normalcy, anti-convulsant,circadian rhythm resync, activate kidneys, raise body temp, more serotonin . Good when trying tocorrelate information by the subconscious – a waiting frequency while the subconscious does thework at lower frequencies. Motor impulse coordination (Motor Control cortex). Learning a foreignlanguage Centring, Sleep Spindles, Arousal. Associated with Solar Plexus/Manipura chakra(Colour=Yellow) (Body Parts=Pancreas, Stomach, Liver, Gall Bladder, Nervous System)(Effects=Spiritual wisdom, self-healing. Increased alertness (caused by an increase
in norepinephrine + serotonin and a decrease in melatonin), sense of well being and decreased pain(caused by increase in beta-endorphins) .; Adrenal Stimulant .; Significant improvements in memory,reading and spelling are reported (in conjunction with 18 HZ) Treatment for Attention DeficitDisorder/Hyperactivity Treatment for closed head injury ‘Berger Rhythm’ (used on) headaches .10-14 Dream/sleep spindles.
10.2 Catecholamines
10.3 Associated with Nasal Passages (Effects=breathing, taste).
10.5 – Frequency for healing of body, mind/body unity, fire walking potent stabilizer and stimulatingfor the immunity, valuable in convalescence. Relaxed alertness, contemplation, body healing, mind

over matter. Lowering Blood Pressure Associated with Heart/Anahata chakra (Colour=Green) (BodyParts=Thymus, Heart, Blood, Circulatory System) (Effects=Love of Life, love of self and others).10.6 – Relaxed and alert
10.7 Associated with ears (Effects=hearing, formal concepts).

11.0 (and Below) – Stress Reduction.
11-14 Focused alertness.
11.0 (used to) achieve “relaxed yet alert” states. .
11.5-14.5 An implication for neurotherapy is that if increased intelligence + mental efficiency is theobjective, then a frequency band with a 13-Hz centre should be used. A more desirable frequencyband than 12 to 15-Hz is 11.5 to 14.5-Hz.
12.0 – Centring, doorway to all other frequencies frequency of earth resonance Centring, mentalstability, transitional point, time seems faster. To stimulate mental clarity. Associated withThroat/Vishuddha chakra (Colour=Blue) (Body Parts=Thyroid, Lungs, Vocal Cords)(Effects=Expression/self in society.
12.3 Associated with eyes (Effects=Visualization).
12.0-14.0 Learning Frequency – Good for absorbing information passively, when you plan to thinkabout it later. distinguishes between active studying where you’re processing information and passivestudying where you’re just trying to absorb information + plan to think about it later. For the former,suggested 36 to 44 HZ.
12.0-15.0 Beta (low) – relaxed focus, improved attentive abilities. Treating Hyperactivity. Sensormotor Rhythm – Used in the treatment of mild autism
13-27 – Beta Range Associated with focused attention towards external stimuli, alert mental activity,normal waking consciousness, and active thought processes.
13-30 – Beta Range – Normal wakefulness, the taking in and evaluating of various forms of datareceived through the senses. It’s present with worry, anger, fear, hunger and surprise. Waking state,motivation, outer awareness, survival, problem solving, arousal, dendrite growth, combatsdrowsiness .Conscious Thinking, Autonomic Processes and Emotions Others consider the rages ofBeta to be 13-27 HZ, 14-38 HZ. 13-40 HZ and 14-30 HZ.
Breaks up Beta into ranges – Low Beta=12-15 HZ, Mid Beta=15-18 HZ, and High Beta=18.0+ HZ.13-40 Beta Range – a high frequency pattern, conducive to stimulating energy + action; most of ourcurrent institutionalized education is beta geared, characterized by logical, analytical, intellectualthinking, verbal communication, etc.
13.0 – Alleged sphincter resonance (mechanical) (not good). Associated with Brow/Ajna chakra(Colour=Indigo/Violet) (Body Parts=Pituitary, Lower Brain, Left Eye, Ears, Nose, Nervous System)(Effects=Visualization, Conceptualization.
13.8 – Associated with Frontal Lobes (Effects=the seventh sense, final decision).
14-16 – associated with sleep spindles on EEG during second stage of sleep
14-15 – Slows conditioned reflexes.
14.0-30.0 – Beta Range This pattern is optimal for intense mental activities such as calculations,linear logical analyses and other highly structured functions
14.0 – Awake and alert. Alert focusing, vitality, concentration on tasks Schumann Resonance (2nd of7 frequencies. 7.83 HZ being the first pituitary stimulation to release growth hormone (helps developmuscle, recover from injuries, rejuvenation effects) .; Intelligence Enhancement in conjunction with22.0 HZ (medium=audio-visual stimulation)
.used audio-visual stimulation alternating between 14 and 22 HZ. Check the link under bibliography

entry for more information.
14.1 “Earth Resonance” Earth Harmonics – accelerated healing. (Probably tied to SchumannResonance above.)
15.0-18.0 Beta (mid) – increased mental ability, focus, alertness, IQ.
15-24 Euphoria
15 – chronic pain .; Sound which bypasses the ears for sublimination (auditory cortex) .; Associatedwith Crown/Sahasrara chakra (Colour=Violet/White) (Body Parts=Pineal, Upper Brain, Right Eye)(Effects=Integration of personality and spirituality
15.4 – Associated with Cortex (Effects=intelligence).
16.0 – bottom limit of normal hearing. Release oxygen and calcium into cells.
16.4 Associated with top of head (Effects=spirit, liberation, transcendence).
18.0-22.0 – Beta: outward awareness, sensory data. Throws brain’s sodium/potassium levels out ofbalance, resulting in mental fatigue. Theoretically can be used to achieve a “relaxed body/focus mind”state of consciousness.
18.0 Beta (high) – fully awake, normal state of alertness, stress and anxiety. Significant improvementsin memory, reading and spelling are reported (in conjunction with 10 HZ) (used to) improvehyperactive behaviour
20-30 Phospene imagery, peak luminosity in visual field.
20-40 Meditation For Stress Relief/Just At The Edge Of Audible Sound/As A Musical Background.20.0 – fatigue, energize. Causes distress during labour. Human Hearing Threshold.; SchumannResonance (3rd frequency of 7) Imposing subconscious commands on another (thought centre).Stimulation of pineal gland Helps with tinnitis (a condition that causes ear-ringing) Pituitarystimulation to release growth hormone (helps develop muscle, recover from injuries, rejuvenationeffects). Adrenal Stimulant, (used on) sinus disorders/sinus infection/head cold/headache. Commonlyused “cure-all” Rife Frequency
20.215 LSD-25 mimics the effects of
20.3 “Earth Resonance” Probably the same thing as the Schumann Resonance at 20 HZ.
22.0 Used in conjunction with 14 HZ for intelligence enhancement (medium=audio-visualstimulation) Used in conjunction with 40 HZ for ‘out of body’ travel Also used with 40 HZ for psychichealing. Used audio-visual stimulation alternating between 14 and 22 HZ.
22.027 Serotonin
25.0 Bypassing the eyes for images imprinting (visual cortex).
26.0 Schumann Resonance (4th frequency of 7) Pituitary stimulation to release growth hormone (helpsdevelop muscle, recover from injuries, rejuvenation effects).
26.4 “Earth Resonance”.
27.5 lowest note on a piano.

Starting at 30 HZ, sources begin to disagree over what the names of each range are.

30 – 60 Gamma Range – little known but includes decision making in a fear situation, muscletension,
Some researchers consider Gamma to start at 40 HZ.
30 – 190 Lumbago.

¶ 60 to 120 to be the Lambda range.

30-500 High Beta: Not associated currently with any state of mind. Some effects have beenobserved, but currently not enough research has been done in this area, to prove, or disprove,anything.

30 to be the beginning of the Gamma range, which it believes run to 60. It then considers 60 to 120 tobe the Lambda range.

40 is where Beta ends and Gamma begins.
31.32 Schumann Resonance (5th frequency of 7) – pituitary stimulation to release growth hormone(helps develop muscle, recover from injuries, rejuvenation effects).
32 Desensitizer; enhanced vigour and alertness.
33 Christ consciousness, hypersensitivity, Pyramid frequency (inside) ; Schumann Resonance (5thfrequency of 7)
HZ (pyramid outside frequency). The mind tends to wander in funny ways.
35 – 150 Fractures.
35 – 193 Arthralgy.
35 Awakening of mid-chakras, balance of chakras
36 – 44 Learning Frequencies, When (Actively) Studying or Thinking. Helps To Maintain Alertness.Waking Operating State.; Frequencies of the olfactory bulb, prepiriform cortex and amygdala
38 Endorphin release
39.0 Schumann Resonance (6th frequency of 7)
40-60 anxiolytic effects and stimulates release of beta-endorphins.
43 – 193 Carcinomatosis.
40.0 – dominant when problem solving in fearful situations. Gamma – associated with information-rich task processing and high-level information processing. 40 Hz brain activity may be a kind ofbinding mechanism the 40-cycle-per-second wave serves to connect structures in the cortex whereadvanced information processing occurs, and the thalamus, a lower brain region where complex relayand integrative functions are carried out. Used in conjunction with 22 HZ for ‘out of body’ travel Alsoused with 22 HZ for psychic healing 40–Hz activity varies from 38.8 to 40.1-Hz, regardless of theelectrode site. The average frequency is in the ~39.5-Hz range. In summary, when the body isprofoundly relaxed and the mind is in a state of high focus and concentration, 20 and 40-Hz brainactivity can be seen in the raw and quantitative EEG of some subjects. It is possible that 18 to 22-HzBeta and possibly 40-Hz neuro-feedback training may help create a “relaxed body/focused mind”state of consciousness.” Activity in the ectosylvian and lateral cortex, medial geniculate, reticularformation, centre median thalamus and hippocampus. The EEG of middle- and high-I.Q. subjectsduring mental multiplication activity. A 40-Hz rhythm occurred just prior to the subject’s answeringthe question. Forty–Hz pulses are thought to lead to synchronization + coordination of neuronsassigned to the processing of incoming sensory stimulation. Put in “computerise,” 40-Hz may be thebrain’s “operating system” frequency
Considered the dividing point between beta waves + gamma waves.
45.0 Schumann Resonance (7th frequency of 7
46.98 – Useful for “weird effects” (use with 62.64 HZ and 70.47 HZ).
50-60 Documented negative effects too numerous to mention There is no correlation given with signalstrength or modality used, i.e. audio-visual, EMF, magnetic, electrostatic, gravitic. Also, most ELF

research is now Govt classified. Discovered behavioural effects as the result of applied sinusoidalfield gradients as low as 4 volts.
50.0 – dominant frequency of polyphasic muscle activity, Slower cerebral rhythms
55.0 – Tantric yoga; stimulates the kundalini.

60 – 120 Lambda Range – Little known but includes central nervous system activity60 electric power lines
62.64 – Useful for “weird effects”. (Use with 46.98 HZ and 70.47 HZ).
63 Astral projection

65.8 Associated with coccyx (small triangular bone at end of the spinal column) (higher octave of2.06 HZ).
70-9,000 Voice spectrum
70 Mental and astral projection; Endorphin production/used with electroanalgesia.

70.47 Useful for “weird effects”. (Use with 46.98 HZ and 62.64 HZ).
72 Emotional spectrum Used on sinusitis/sinus infection/head cold.
73.6 Associated with genitals (higher octave of 2.30 HZ).
80 Awareness and control of right direction. Appears to be involved in stimulating 5-hydroxytryptamine production, with 160Hz. Combine with 2.5 Hz.

82.3 Associated with bladder (higher octave of 2.57 HZ).
83 Third eye opening for some subjects
85.5 Associated with intestines (higher octave of 2.67 HZ).
90.0 – 111.0 Pleasure-producing beta-endorphins rise between these frequencies. The notes thatwould fall in this range begin with F#3 and go up to A3. (“A3” being the fourth octave up — sincethere’s an A0, and A1, A2 lower than it.) Playing the F#3 and the A3 as a chord seems to function as agood painkiller. An additional undertone in the alpha range of frequencies sometimes helps too. (Tryadding a tone around 12.5 HZ).

90.0 Good feelings, security, well-being, balancing
95.0-125.0 Acoustical Resonances of Assorted Ancient Structures
95.0 Use for pain along with 3040 HZ.
98.4 Associated with hara (3cm or 1.5 inch below navel, balance of pelvis) (higher octave of 3.07HZ).
100 Can help with pain (used with electrical stimulation)
The site specifically mentions it can be good for pain initially, but then recommends using 0.5 or 1.5to treat pain.
105 Overall view of complete situation
108 Total knowing
110.0 Frequency associated with stomach. (Note=A) Associated with ovaries (Effects=vitality, life atevery level) (higher octave of 3.84 HZ).
111 Beta endorphins cell regeneration
117.3 Frequency associated with Pancreas (Note=C#)
120 – 500 P.S.I., moving of objects, changing matter, transmutation, psychokinesis
120 Helps with fatigue (Medium=pad (used on) sinus disorders/sinus infection/head cold.
125 Graham potentializer; Stimulation. (Used on) sinusitis.
126.22 – Sun, 32nd octave of Earth year The Frequency Of The Sun (Note=C) (Colour=Green)(Tempo=118.3 BPM) (Chakra=Manipura, also called Hara {associated with Navel and 3rd lumbarvertebrae}) (Effects=advances the feeling of centring of magic and of the transcendental)

132.0 Associated with kidneys (Effects=strength) (higher octave of 4.11 HZ). Associated with coccyx(small triangular bone at end of the spinal column) (higher octave of 2.06 HZ).
136.1 Sun: light, warmth, joy, animus Resonates with the earth year (Note=C#) (Colour=TurquoiseGreen) (Effects=calming, meditative, relaxing, centring) Period it takes earth to revolve around sun(Tempo=63.8*127.6) (Chakra=Anahate/Heart chakra)(Effects=relaxing, soothing, balancing, harmonywith the cosmos, associated with the soul {“frequency of the soul}) (Medicinal=Sedative)(Other=significant tone in Indian music {called it the “sadja” or “father to others” – it was a keynote}- corresponds to “OM” and the Christian “AMEN”)

140.25 Pluto: power, crisis and changes Frequency associated with the orbit of Pluto; (Note=C#)(Colour=blue-green) (Tempo=65.7 * 131.4 BPM) (Effects = support the magic group dynamicprinciple and is said to be responsible for integration into certain structures of society
141.27 Mercury: intellectuality, mobility Frequency associated with orbit of Mercury (Note=C# orD) (Colour=blue-green or blue) (Tempo=66.2) (Chakra=Vishudda/Throat chakra) (Effects=Supportsspeech centre and communicative-intellectual principle, associated with communication andcleverness) the frequencies of planets revolving around the sun are less important than those of themoon, sun, and Earth.

A discrepancy in the note and colour – they’re both given twice – once as C# and blue-green,
144.0 (helps with) headaches (Medium=pad)
144.72 Mars: activity, energy, freedom, humour Frequency associated with the orbit of Mars(Note=D) (Colour=blue) (Tempo=67.8 * 135.6 BPM) (Effect : Supports strength of will and focusedenergy, ability for achievement)

146.0 (used on) sinus infection/head cold.
147.0 Associated with the spleen/blood (Effects=Emotional Impulse) (higher octave of 4.6 HZ)Associated with genitals (higher octave of 2.30 HZ).
147.85 Saturn: separation, sorrow, death Frequency associated with orbit of Saturn (Note=D)(Colour=Blue) (Tempo=69.3 * 138.6 BPM) (Effects=enhances concentration and the process ofbecoming conscious + shows very clearly karmic connections, brings structure and order – isconsidered to be a cosmic controller)
160.0 Appears to be involved in stimulating 5-hydroxytryptamine production, with 80 Hz. .; Use forrapid relief from headaches.; used on sinus infection/head cold .
164.3 Frequency associated with Gall Bladder (Note=E)
165.0 Associated with stomach (Effects=Emotional Acceptance) (higher octave of 5.14 HZ)Associated with bladder (higher octave of 2.57 HZ).
171.0 Associated with lungs (Effects=Oxygen, Heat) (higher octave of 5.35 HZ). Associated withintestines (higher octave of 2.67 HZ) .
172.06 – Resonates with the Platonic year {about 26,000 years} (Note=F) (Colour=purple-violet)(Effects=joyful, cheerful, spiritual effect) .; The Frequency Of The Platonic Year (Colour=red-violet{purple}) (Tempo=80.6 BPM) (Chakra=Sahasrar/Crown chakra) (Effects=cheerfulness, clarity ofspirit, cosmic unity on highest levels) (Medicinal=antidepressive) (Other=F is considered the tone ofthe spirit)
176.0 – Frequency associated with the colon. (Note=F or F#)
183.58 – Jupiter: growth, success, justice, spirituality. Frequency associated with the orbit of Jupiter(Note=F#) (Colour=Red) (Tempo=86.05 * 172.1 BPM) (Effects: supports creative power andcontinuous construction) (Associated with Jupiter: Generosity, Continuity, Magnanimity, Joviality)185.0 – (used on) sinus infection/head cold.

187.61 frequency of “moon culmination”
194.18 frequency of Synodic “Earth” Day {the “day tone”} (Note=G) (Colour=Orange Red)(Tempo=91.0 BPM) (Chakra=Muladhar/Base chakra) (Effects = dynamic, vitalizing)(Medicinal=”tonifies”) (Other=weather determining” spheric frequency, influences proteins, bringsone into harmony with nature)
194.71 – Earth: stability, grounding Key of G resonates with frequency of earth day, the colourorange-red, and has a dynamic, stimulating, and energizing effect on the body-mind.
197.0 Associated with heart (Effects=love, warmth) (higher octave of 6.15). Associated with hara(3cm or 1.5 inch below navel, balance of pelvis) (higher octave of 3.07 HZ).
197.71 frequency of Sideric Day.
207.36 – Uranus: spontaneity, independence, originality. Frequency associated with orbit of Uranus{insert one of dozens of bad jokes here} (Note=G#) (Colour=Orange) (Tempo = 97.2 BMP) (Effects= supports the power of surprise and renewal, has primeval and erotic power).
210.42 frequency of Synodic Moon (Note=G#) (Colour=orange) (Tempo=98.6 BPM)(Chakra=Svadisthan {2nd Chakra}) (Effects=stimulates sexual energy, supports eroticcommunication) (Medicinal=regulation of menstruation, disturbances in the gland and lymph system).211.44 – Neptune: the unconscious, secrets, imagination, spiritual love. Frequency associated withorbit of Neptune (Note=G#) (Colour=orange) (Tempo=99.1 BPM) (Effects = supports intuition, theunconsciousness, and enhances the dream experience).
220.0 Frequency associated with lungs. (Note = A) Associated with collarbones (Effects=vitality,overall balance, stability) (higher octave of 6.88 HZ). Associated with ovaries (Effects=vitality, lifeat every level) (higher octave of 3.84 HZ).
221.23 – Venus: beauty, love, sexuality, sensuality, harmony. Frequency associated with the orbit ofVenus (Note=A) (Colour=yellow-orange) (Tempo=103.7 BPM) (Chakra=Ajna/Third Eye)(Effects=supports higher love energy and aspiration for harmony).
227.43 frequency of Sideric Moon.
229.22 frequency of Metonic Cycle (related to moon).
234.16 frequency of Moon knot.
241.56 frequency of Saros period; (related to moon).
246.04 frequency of Apsidis rotation; (related to moon).
250.0 Elevate and revitalize
254.57 Frequency associated with orbit of Icarus (asteroid).
256.0 Root Chakra (1:1) (Note=C).
263.0 Associated with mouth (Effects=speech, creativity) (higher octave of 8.22 HZ). Associatedwith kidneys (Effects=strength) (higher octave of 4.11 HZ).
264.0 Related to personality. (Note=C+).
272
33rd octave of Earth year (HC)
272.0 Frequency associated with Selenium (mineral nutrient) (Note=C#).
272.2 Frequency associated with orbit of Earth (Note=C#).
273.0 Transsubjectal Chakra (1:15) (Note=C#) (Earth Orbit 272).
280.5 Frequency associated with orbit of Pluto (Note=C#).
281.0 – Frequency associated with Intestines (Note=C#) (BH1)
281.6 – Frequency associated with Small Intestine (Note=C#).
282.4 – Frequency associated with orbit of Mercury. (Note=D).

288.0 – Polarity Chakra (9:1) (Note=D) (Mars Orbit 289).
289.4 – Frequency associated with orbit of Mars. (Note=D).
293.0 – “unknown” Chakra (1:14) (Note=D+) (Saturn Orbit 296).
A note somewhere between D and D#. A quarter note.
294.0 – Associated with the upper lip (Effects=emotions, conflict resolution) (higher octave of 9.19HZ). Associated with the spleen/blood (Effects=Emotional Impulse) (higher octave of 4.6 HZ).
295.7 – Frequency associated with orbit of Saturn (Note=D#).
295.8 – Frequency associated with Fat Cells (Note=C#).
296.07 – Frequency associated with orbit of Toutatis (asteroid).
304.0 – Useful on headaches (medium=pad); sedation and pain relief (medium=tube) (JB+KFL);(useful for) blood pressure, (and with) stiff muscles (KFL); Frequency associated with Potassium(mineral nutrient) (Note=D#).
310.7 – Frequency associated with spin of Neptune (Note=Eb).
315.0 – Diaphragm Chakra (10:1) (Note=Eb).
315.8 – Frequency associated with Brain (Note=Eb) (BH1)
317.83 – Frequency associated with Liver (Note=Eb).
319.88 – Frequency associated with Kidney (Note=Eb).
320.0 – Solar Plexus Chakra (10:1) (Note=Eb). Frequency associated with Calcium (mineral nutrient)(Note=E or Eb).
321.9 – Frequency associated with blood. (Note=E or Eb).
324.0 – Frequency associated with muscles. (Note=E).
329.0 Associated With Nasal Passages (Effects=breathing, taste) (higher octave of 10.3 HZ).Associated with stomach (Effects=Emotional Acceptance) (higher octave of 5.14 HZ).
330.0 Used to treat allergies in conjunction with 3 HZ.
333.0 (used on) sinus infection/head cold.
332.8 – Frequency associated with orbit of Sun (Note=E).
How long it would take an imaginary planet to orbit around the sun’s outer boundary (circumference).336.0 – Frequency associated with Molybdenum (mineral nutrient).
341.0 – Heart Chakra (1:12) (Note=F).
342.0 – Associated with ears (Effects=hearing, formal concepts) (higher octave of 13.8 HZ).Associated with lungs (Effects=Oxygen, Heat) (higher octave of 5.35 HZ).
352.0 – Frequency associated with bladder. (Note=F). Thymus Chakra (11:1) (Note=F#).
There seems to be a discrepancy here as to which note this frequency is, both F and F#.
367.0 – (used on) sinus infection/head cold.
367.2 – Frequency associated with orbit of Jupiter (Note=F#).
368.09 – Frequency associated with orbit of Apollo (asteroid).
372.0 – “unknown” Chakra (1:11) (Note=G#) (Earth Spin 378).
375.70 – Frequency associated with the orbit of Eros (asteroid).
378.5 – Frequency associated with spin of Earth. (Note=F#).
380.96 – Frequency associated with orbit of Ida (asteroid).
384.0 – “Gurdjieff vibration associated with root chakra. Sixth harmonic of six, centre of thebrainwave spectrum.” (RP); Throat Chakra (12:1) (Note=G). Frequency associated with Chromium(mineral nutrient) (Note=G?).
389.4 – Frequency associated with spin of Mars. (Note=G).
393.0 – Associated with eyes (Effects=Visualization) (higher octave of 12.3). Associated with heart

(Effects=love, warmth) (higher octave of 6.15).
393.34 – Frequency associated with orbit of Pallas (asteroid).
394.76 – Frequency associated with orbit of Ceres (asteroid).
396 – G (musical note).
400 Seems to decongest. Frequency associated with Manganese (mineral nutrient) (Note=G or G#).405 – Violet.
408.7 – Frequency associated with orbit of Juno (asteroid).
409.1 – Frequency associated with spin of Venus (Note=G#).
410.0 – “unknown” Chakra (1:10) (Note=Ab) (Venus Spin 409).
414.7 – Frequency associated with orbit of Uranus (Note=G#).
416.0 – Psychic Centre Chakra (13:1) (Note=Ab) (Uranus Orbit 415). Frequency associated with Iron(mineral nutrient) (Note=Ab).
418.3 – Frequency associated with bones (Note=Ab).
420.82 – Moon: love, sensitivity, creativity, femininity, anima
421.3 – Frequency associated with orbit of moon (Note=Ab). Also associated with spin of Mercury422.8 – Frequency associated with orbit of Neptune (Note=Ab).
424.0 – (used on) Fatigue (medium=pad). Frequency associated with Iodine (mineral nutrient)(Note=Ab).
430.8 – Frequency associated with spin of Uranus (Note=Ab).
438 – Indigo
440 – A (musical note); Associated with Frontal Lobes (Effects=the seventh sense, final decision)(higher octave of 13.8). Associated with collarbones (Effects=vitality, overall balance, stability)(higher octave of 6.88 HZ).
442.0 – Frequency associated with orbit of Venus. (Note=A).
448.0 – Third Eye Chakra (14:1) (Note=A).
445.0 – Chakra (1:9) (Note=Bb) (Venus Orbit 442).
455.4 – Frequency associated with spin of Saturn (Note=A#).
456.0 – (used on) sinusitis/sinus infection/head cold.
461.67 – Frequency associated with orbit of Vesta (asteroid).
464.0 – Frequency associated with Copper (mineral nutrient) (Note=Bb). (Used on) sinusinfections/head colds w/ 728hz, 784hz and 880hz.
473 – Blue
473.9 – Frequency associated with spin of Jupiter (Note=Bb).
486.2 – Frequency associated with spin of Pluto (Note=B).
480 – Crown Chakra (15: 1) (Note=B). Frequency associated with Phosphorous and Zinc (mineralnutrients) (Note=B).
492.0 – Frequency associated with Spleen (Note=B). Associated with Cortex (Effects=intelligence)(higher octave of 15.4 HZ).
492.8 – Frequency associated with Adrenals (Note=B) .Associated with Adrenals, Thyroid andParathyroid.
493.00 – Frequency associated with the orbit of Gaspra (asteroid).
495 – B (musical note)
495.25 – Frequency associated with orbit of Castalia (asteroid).
497.1 – Frequency associated with spin of Sun. (Note=B).
500.0 – (used to treat) Anthrax (medium=tube).

520.0 – (used on) Headaches (medium=pad).
522.0 – (used on) sinus infection/head cold.
526 – Associated with top of head (Effects=spirit, liberation, transcendence) (higher octave of 16.4HZ). ; Associated with mouth (Effects=speech, creativity) (higher octave of 8.22 HZ).
527 – Green
528 – C (musical note)
542 – Bio-energetic frequency for Variolinum (i.e. smallpox vaccine).
569 – Bio-energetic frequency for Variolinum (i.e. smallpox vaccine).
580 – Yellow
586.0 – Associated with Circulation and Sex (Note=C#).
588.0 – Associated with the upper lip (Effects=emotions, conflict resolution) (higher octave of 9.19HZ).
594 – D (musical note)
597 – Orange
620 – Keely Frequency (use with 630 and 12000).
630 – Keely Frequency (use with 620 and 12000).
633 – Bio-energetic frequency for Anthracinum (i.e. anthrax vaccine).
658 – Associated With Nasal Passages (Effects=breathing, taste) (higher octave of 10.3 HZ)
660 – E (musical note)
664 – (Used for) Fatigue (medium=pad).
685 – Associated with ears (Effects=hearing, formal concepts) (higher octave of 13.8 HZ).
700 – Red
704 – F (musical note)
727 (used on) Allergies, Sinusitis. Commonly used “cure-all” Rife frequency .
728 – (Used on) sinus infections/head colds w/ 784hz, 880hz and 464hz. .
784 – (Used on) sinus infections/head colds w/ 728hz, 880hz and 464hz. .
787 – Associated with eyes (Effects=Visualization) (higher octave of 12.3). (Used to treat) Allergies,Sinusitis. Commonly used “cure-all” Rife frequency .
800 – Commonly used “cure-all” Rife Frequency .
802 – (Used on) sinusitis with 1550 HZ; (used on) sinus infection/head colds.
820 – (Used on) sinus infection/head colds.
832 – Bio-energetic frequency for Variolinum (i.e. smallpox vaccine). See disclaimer for 500 HZ. .880 – Associated with Frontal Lobes (Effects=the seventh sense, final decision) (higher octave of13.8). (Used on) Allergies, Sinusitis. (used on) sinus infections/head colds w/ 728hz,784hz and464hz. . Commonly used “cure-all” Rife Frequency .
952 – (Used on) sinus infection/head colds.
965 – Relaxes muscles, especially those of the neck.
984 – Associated with Cortex (Effects=intelligence) (higher octave of 15.4).
1000 – Cerebral neurons
1052 – Associated with top of head (Effects=spirit, liberation, transcendence) (higher octave of 16.4HZ).
1500 – (Used on) sinus infection/head colds.
1550 – (Used on) sinusitis with 802 HZ, (used on) sinus infections/head colds.
1552 – (Used on) eye disorders.
1600 – (Used on) eye disorders.

2025 – Proton Precession/Water Resonance.
2675 – “The Crystal Resonator”. A subharmonic of the frequency of quartz crystal. “Extremelyeffective for charging and clearing quartz crystals … useful for clearing and balancing of their ownenergies. (medium=sound/tuningfork)
3222 – Bio-energetic frequency for Variolinum (i.e. smallpox vaccine). See disclaimer for 500 HZ. .3040 – Use for pain along with 95 HZ.
4186 – Highest note on a piano.
4400 – (Used on) sinus infections/head colds – try scanning between 4384 and 4416 by intervals of 8HZ. .
5000-8000 HZ – recharge “brain batteries” most rapidly. Fastest recharge at 8000 HZ. “The anxiety-easing, memory-expanding 60-beat tempo creates easy communication with the subconscious mind.”.5000 – Commonly used “cure-all” Rife frequency (used on) allergies, sinus infections/head colds -short use only — long exposures destroy red blood cells.
9999 – General vitality and energy.
10,000 – Commonly used “cure-all” Rife frequency (used to treat) alcoholism, allergies, headaches.12,000 HZ – Keely Frequency (use with 620 HZ and 630 HZ).
16,000 – 20,000 – Upper range for normal hearing.
23,000 up – Hypersonic (above human hearing)
38000 – 40000 HZ – Magic Window .
42800 HZ – Aetheric dissociation/water resonance (water -> aetheric
force).


— Note – down from this point are KHZ (kilohertz) values, not HZ values
150-160 KHZ – Magic Window
180 KHZ – Ferromagnetism.


— Note – down from this point are MHZ (megahertz) values, not HZ values
1.1-1.3 MHZ – Magic Window
388 MHZ – Alleged to cause damage/disruption to humans.


— Note – down from this point are GHZ (gigahertz) values, not HZ values
1.057 GHZ – Magic Window


— Note – down from this point are PHZ (Petahertz) values, not HZ values (1 PHZ =1,000,000,000,000,000 HZ.)
10 PHZ – Magic Window in the near ultra-violet range “life energy” frequency

38 Double Meaning Word List

Programmers will use words with double meaning (homograph) during programming to reinforceprogramming in day to day living. This use of double meaning insures programming remains intactwith day to day interactions. The individual speaking to the subject will be unaware they arereinforcing programming.

The use of double meanings during programming will also lead to confusion within the system assome parts will respond to one meaning and others to the second meaning.

Homophones may also be used in programming, but are more difficult to layer in.

Aught: All, or nothing

Bill: A payment, or an invoice for payment
Bolt: To secure, or to flee
Bound: Heading to a destination, or restrained from movementBuckle: To connect, or to break or collapse
Bank – money storage and river bank
Ball- round object and dance
Bat – flying animal and used in bat
Bear- to carry and a furry animal
Box- container and fist fight
Bright- smart and giving off light

Cleave: To adhere, or to separate
Clip: To fasten, or detach
Consult: To offer advice, or to obtain it
Continue: To keep doing an action, or to suspend an actionCoat- layer of paint or heavy jacket

Custom: A common practice, or a special treatment

Dike: A wall to prevent flooding, or a ditch
Discursive: Moving in an orderly fashion among topics, or proceeding aimlessly in adiscussion
Dollop: A large amount (British English), or a small amount
Dust: To add fine particles, or to remove them

Deck- a pack of cards and the ship’s deckDuck- quacking animal and to move down

Enjoin: To impose, or to prohibit

Fast: Quick, or stuck or made stable
Fine: Excellent, or acceptable or good enough
Finished: Completed, or ended or destroyed
First degree: Most severe in the case of a murder charge, or least severe in referenceto a burn
Fix: To repair, or to castrate
Flog: To promote persistently, or to criticize or beat
Fly- type of insect and to move through air
Foot – body part and measuring device

Garnish: To furnish, as with food preparation, or to take away, as with wagesGive out: To provide, or to stop because of a lack of supply
Go: To proceed or succeed, or to weaken or fail
Grade: A degree of slope, or a horizontal line or position

Handicap: An advantage provided to ensure equality, or a disadvantage that preventsequal achievement
Head- boss and body part
Help: To assist, or to prevent or (in negative constructions) restrain

Hold up: To support, or to impede

Lease: To offer property for rent, or to hold such propertyLeft: Remained, or departed
Let: Allowed, or hindered
Liege: A feudal lord or a vassal

Literally: Actually, or virtually
Light- something shining and something not heavy

Mean: Average or stingy or excellentModel: An exemplar, or a copy
Mean- average, to imply, and be unkindMight- power or stating a possibility

Note- short letter and musical note

¶ Off: Deactivated, or activated, as an alarm
Out: Visible, as with stars showing in the sky, or invisible, in reference to lightsOut of: Outside, or inside, as in working out of a specific office
Overlook: To supervise, or to neglect
Oversight: Monitoring, or failing to overseePeer: A person of the nobility, or an equal
Presently: Now, or soon
Put out: Extinguish, or generate
Puzzle: A problem, or to solve one
Pound- unit of currency, a weight, a lost dog’s home, and to hit with forcePunch- fruit flavoured drink or to hit with fistQuantum: Significantly large, or a minuscule partQuite: Rather (as a qualifying modifier), or completely

Race- group of people and a competition
Ravel: To entangle, or to disentangle
Refrain: To desist from doing something, or to repeatRent: To purchase use of something, or to sell use
Ring- circular object and a bell
Rock: An immobile mass of stone or sway back and forth.

Sanction: To approve, or to boycott
Sanguine: Confidently cheerful, or bloodthirsty
Scan: To peruse, or to glance
Screen: To present, or to conceal
Seed: To sow seeds, or to shed or remove them.
Shop: To patronize a business in order to purchase something, or to sell somethingSkin: To cover, or to remove
Skinned: Covered with skin, or with the skin removed
Splice: To join, or to separate
Staff- employee and walking stick
State- an area and to say clearly

Stakeholder: One who has a stake in an enterprise, or a bystander who holds thestake for those placing a bet
Strike: To hit, or to miss in an attempt to hit
Shade- area with no sun, tint/ colour

Sink- no float and where you wash handsStick- part of tree or to cling on

Table: To propose (in British English), or to set asideTemper: To soften, or to strengthen
Throw out: To dispose of, or to present for considerationTransparent: Invisible, or obvious

Trim: To decorate, or to remove excess fromTrip: A journey, or a stumble
Tick- a parasite and the noise of a clockTrunk- of a tree and a suitcase

Trip- vacation / stumble and fall

Unbending: Rigid, or relaxing
Variety: A particular type, or many types

Wear: To endure, or to deteriorateWeather: To withstand, or to wear awayWind up: To end, or to start up
With: Alongside, or against

Yard- a measurement or back garden

39 Programming Codes

The codes used from subject to subject follow patterns. There are standard and exclusive codes.Master programmers will lay in the foundation programs and codes and developed the scripts.Handlers will develop the unique codes for their subject. A Programmer will always begin a sessionby repeating the subject’s individual access code, which will allow authorized entry into the systemwithout setting off traps and internal protectors.

Handlers of subjects use a technique where one signal or code will carry several messagessimultaneously. Specific parts hear certain codes/cues/triggers while others don’t. The internalprogrammers and reporting parts may internally hypnotically make telephone noises that are fake sothat host parts lose the ability to discern what is real and not real.

Cult/occult programming commonly employs magickal languages, along with Hebrew, Latin andGreek for charting the core and its primal splits. Futhark is an example of a magical language used bythe occult.

Cult and occult codes often come from the Bible or demonic names. The deeper codes are occultwords, in languages such as Latin, or Enochian.
parts of the system only; ciphers

The intelligence organizations prefer to code a single project with a single word, and an ongoingoperation with two words. For intelligence operations the subject will have to have Bona Fidescodes. All subjects are given control signs which allow them to indicate via code that they requireassistance.

The master programmer will permit the handler–the male adult figure (Papa Bear) in the subject’slife to have day-to-day ownership. Papa Bear is often an adult male in close daily proximity of thechild subject. Papa Bear will be authorized to put in their own codes in the sexual part of the system.Some Papa Bears use their own songs, poetry and their interests in this area of the coding. Most of thesystem’s codes will reflect the master programmer, and the sexual part of the system will reflect thePapa Bear’s programming.

Programmers will not hide the front part of a system. Most subjects with dissociated parts are notdiscovered. The top parts will also sometimes receive personal names from their handler. This is inaddition their codes. If the part is responsive to their handler, the personal name might pull the partup. Cult/occult parts are hidden and have sophisticated codes, hierarchy parts are hidden deeply.

The hierarchy parts are placed in a deep area of system and receive spiritual codes and numericalcodes. Numerical codes are not in the front part of a system. Internal programming parts have theauthority to change codes if they need to protect the system. They will have to hypnotically work withday parts when they are in trance at night. Most of the programming of front parts will be done whenthey are sleeping. If internal parts change too many codes in their efforts to protect the system, they

¶ The foreign language codes will be for diminutive
¶ are also employed, as well as sign language.

will make it complicated for the handler/programmer access the system.

¶ The standard method for coding a program is: day of birth+year of birth+ month of birth+day ofprogramming.

A System code at times consists of: birth date + programming site code + birth order +birth date ofprogrammer.

A System code for occult programming is: birth date + programming site code + birth order + numberof generations family has been in the occult.

Each part will have an access code which will often include the following components:Colour+an Alpha numeric code+ a personalized magick name.
Date of birth+colour+name
Name+date of birth of programmer+Gem name

Date of birth+number of part+symbol
Date of birth of programmer+animal name+date of programming

These code words must be repeated three times to pull the part up. For many parts, the reversal oftheir access code puts them back to sleep.

Access phone calls to subjects will have tone codes transmitted that trigger the subject.

Other command codes will include:

Behavioural Codes

Behavioural codes issued by the handler or programmer are manifested in the form of:

Temporary pressure to the tip of the right index finger (symbolizing Faith or have Faith).
Temporary pressure to the tip of the left index finger (symbolizing no Faith or “deception of Satan”).Temporary pressure to the centre of the right palm (symbolizing Jesus “Sitting at the right-hand ofGod”).
Temporary pressure to the ball of the right foot (symbolizing “Get on the Ball” or “hurry-up”).Temporary pressure to the tip of the right foot big toe (symbolizing “Right Direction”).
Temporary pressure to the tip of the right foot centre toe (symbolizing “Fucking-up Direction”).Temporary pressure to the tip of the left foot big toe (symbolizing “Wrong Direction”).
Temporary pressure to the buttocks (symbolizing “Bad Attitude” or “subject is acting like an ass”).Temporary pressure on tip of penis or clitoris (symbolizes immoral thoughts like subject isthinking/acting with their penis or her clitoris).
Temporary pressure to the left ear drums (symbolizing “do not listen”).
Temporary pressure to the right ear drums (symbolizing “listen”).
A wink of the right or left eye (symbolizing: right eye = God’s agreement or left eye = Satan’s

¶ A basic way of calling an alter would be to spin the subject and call out the alter’s name, or to snap
¶ the fingers and call out the name of a front alter.

agreement).
Temporary tingling in the Testicles (symbolizing insufficient male confidence or “Having no balls orstrength”).
Temporary tingling on other areas of the body to imply that something invisible and/or supernatural istouching the subject. May be perceived as threatening or reassuring to the subject. Can be used tointimidate and confuse the subject often times combined with additional posthypnotic implants toinflict delusions like “being attacked with microwaves” or being caressed by Angels.
Temporary pressure near the jugular vein on right side of neck (symbolizing Satan having subject byJugular or throat). This is used to inflict fear and doubt.

Basic Commands
System destruct codes (suicide)Shatter codes
Erasure codes
Spin codes
Run (flee) codes
Shut down codes

3-tap code for access. The three taps can be on the subject’s body, or on handler’s body.

3 Taps by Handler:

3 taps inner thigh right leg-sex
3 taps inner thigh left leg-oral sex3 taps top of thigh-come here
3 taps upper arm-danger
3 taps left chest-silence
3 taps right chest-remember loyalty

3 Taps by Subject:

3 taps top of thigh right leg-Threat perceived (to System)3 taps top of thigh left leg- Not a threat (to System)
3 taps right side of face- Don’t answer
3 taps left side of face- Answer

Body Gestures, the following functions are coded. They will be attached to a re-enforcementprogram.

By Handler:

Touch right ear- Listen and rememberTouch left ear- Forget
Touch chest – Loyal to handler
Touch hair – Leave

Touch mouth – Lie to whoever is speaking to youTouch nose – Go away
Touch back of neck-Serpent rising

Turn head tilt to right-(often looks like moving head for sore neck)-Erase last actTurn head tilt to right- Erase last response

Circular motion with thumb and fore finger right hand-Wind clocks forward.Circular motion with thumb and fore finger left hand-Wind clocks backwards.

Left leg crossed over right-Terminate relationship with individualRight leg crossed over left-Control the situation

By Subject:

Touch right ear- Internal instructions for responseTouch left ear- Forget what was just said
Touch chest – Remember your loyalty
Touch hair – Call for assistance

Touch mouth – What does the internal controller want communicatedTouch nose – Answer with lie
Touch back of neck-call to serpent

Turn head tilt to right-(often looks like moving head for sore neck)-Erase last actTurn head tilt to right-Erase last response

Circular motion with thumb and fore finger right hand-Wind clocks forward.Circular motion with thumb and fore finger left hand- Wind clocks backwards.

Left leg crossed over right-defence against questions.Right leg crossed over left-System threat.

Hand Codes:

Finger to forehead— the part who is holding the body goes into trance and a deeper one replaces it.One ring finger bent at 90° — access wave Rotated pencil–with certain words–rotates the systemFinger swung the counter clockwise way closes portals.
Right Fist to forehead – OBEY

Fist with right hand cupping left hand, the left is like the letter c, and the thumb is outward andthe fist inside, the left hand then moves 3 times over the knuckle — access signal
Left hand of subject laid on top of handler’s hand – sign of submission
Hands behind back of head — I’m master

Right Hand with thumb and index finger making an L shape on chin/cheek
Hands on inside of thighs by handler – sexual service.
Hands locked folded interwoven backward — you can’t break “the circle”
Handshake with index and middle finger held straight out – “You are one of us.”
Grip called the lion’s paw — access greeting opening and closing the hands or large circles withindex finger opens portals. Palms rubbed together counter clockwise

Kiss on centre of head — kiss of submission of subject to handler

Palm of hand touched — sexual access point for some subjects
Thumb twiddle — rotating the thumbs around with the two hands clasp – spinning the system
Touch of centre of forehead — access point
Crossed at wrist (X) — binding or being bound
Hand on neck—sacrifice
Both hands raised, palm outward—weakness, supplication, acknowledgment, adoration, admirationRotating the hands around each other and then gesturing with the hands toward the person withboth hands means–“did you get the signal?”Sign of distress.
Drawing the right hand across the throat with the thumb of the hand pointing to the throat. Usedin connection with oaths, such as fidelity to death.

Universal Functioning Codes – to access these codes the subject’s computer code must be entered.Occult computer codes will begin with: 666. Cult codes will begin with: 777. Illuminati codes 999.Master number 555.

Note for Programmer: The master number of 555 must be at the end of your access code. Example:(name+D.O.B.+L.S.N.+colour+555)

Universal function codes will affect the entire system. The codes can be coded so the same codemeans different things to groups of alters. For example group A will go down when code is given,Group B will come up with the same code.

Colour Codes

There are several colour codes used within a system. The codes are used as short cuts for theprogrammer and handler. The codes also assist in directing the system in stress situations and forprotection.

Note: If using colours for hierarchy, colour coding can be switched in rank. The internal programmerscan reassign colours if they need to, in order to protect the programming. Alters, sections, and parts ofthe computer can be colour coded. The colour coding for alters is not the same just because the altersare in the same section.

Be certain to set a reset code so the system can be accessed if internal programming prevents access.It is recommended reset codes are placed for: Each system level, the entire system, computer system,and each hierarchy part.

Occult Colours: Green, Black, Purple, Red, and Silver.
Coloured doors must be opened with the correct colour coded key. If the incorrect key is used on the

door trap must be in place as a system protection.
These codes will be paired with a number or letter so the subject isn’t triggered by accident.

CODE BLUE –Subject’s body freezes in motion and can’t move until another code is given.CODE RED — Subject gets angry and violent

CODE RED – (2) System collapse program
CODE GREEN — suicide programming
CODE YELLOW – Subject alert level at all times. Ready for danger.
CODE BLACK—Subject prepare for ritual
CODE WHITE: Subject sleeps
CODE GREY: Subject flees.
CODE AMBER-Internal disaster. System breach, a part is attempting to break out of programming.CODE SILVER-Close the system
CODE SAPPHIRE –Call to system protector alters

The following colours appear in the system: Gold, Silver, Purple, Black, Red, Green, Blue, Brown,

¶ White, Orange, Yellow, and Pink.

Door Codes:

GOLD- Training sectionSILVER- Occult sectionPURPLE –Prison sectionBLACK-Computer sectionRED- BDSM, sexual sectionGREEN –Lucifer’s sectionBLUE- Dr. SectionBROWN- TunnelsWHITE-Death

ORANGE- Fire doorsYELLOW- Child sectionPINK- Gem sectionGREY-Castle doors

Key Codes
These colours are often used to code doors and keys.

¶ GOLD- Opens all internal doors. (Internal programmer only)SILVER- Green door
PURPLE – Red door
BLACK- Blue doorRED- White doorGREEN – Silver doorBLUE- Black doorsBROWN- Purple doorsWHITE- Yellow doorsORANGE- Pink DoorYELLOW- Gold doorsPINK-Blue doorsTURQOUISE-Grey doorsGREY-Brown doors
¶ Internal Alters are coded as follows:

Red: is often linked to alpha programming; these are often they most easily accessed alters in asubject’s system, including lots of littles. Also, sexual programming/prostitution may be places here.Historically, the cult has linked the colour with sexual abuse and sexual ceremonies.
Black: Represents negative/cult spiritually; highly programmed alters who participate in cult ritualsare often black; internal witches/warlocks.
Purple: Sometimes higher cult alters inside. May represent high priest, priestess; high family alters.”Blue: protective; may be linked to delta programming in some subject’s. These are they aggressiveprotectors in a system. Military programming may also go here, in some subject’s.
Orange: protective/defensive against outside or internal access. MKultra: Delta and other intenseprogramming sequences may be this colour.
Yellow: often represents spirituality/positive messages. The programmers realize that too muchtheta/black can destroy, and in order not to lose their subject’s to suicide, will put in lifesaving orpositive messages, and allow some positive spiritually.
Green: Cult loyal. Green is traditional colour for “family”, and intensely loyal alters may seethemselves as this colour. Cult loyal protectors, trained to protect another higher cult member, mayalso be this colour. Recontact alters may also be in this group.
Brown: this can represent hidden, incognito alters, who can appear to be different colours. Epsilonand CIA programming may be this colour; hidden operatives and “spies.”
Silver: controlling alters: high internal councils may wear this colour.
White: can represent goodness, wholeness; but may also represent highest spiritual alters inside.”

Computer control alters should be colour coded with their terminal. This is to insure an alter does notlink to a computer they should not. For example: Computer Operator Black=Green terminal, aComputer Operator Green=Grey terminal etc.

Programmer Colours- Drs are coded in colours also. This coding assists the subject in not becomingattached to their programmer as a person. The colour coding of Drs assists in coding in the innerworld. Note: Drs must be programmed internally in the Warehouse/programming centre.
Dr. Green-Lead programmer

Dr. Black –Occult/ Spiritual programmerDr. White-Psychotropic Programmer
Dr. Blue-Epsilon programmer
Dr. Red-Cognitive programming

Occult programmers-are paired with a Dr. The task of the occult programmers is to insure thesubject is being raised in accordance to occult teachings. These programmers are to maintain thespiritual balance within the system. The Mother of Darkness is to oversee the ritual programming ofthe subject.

Grande Mothers-Grande Masters-Mother of Darkness-

¶ Zodiac programming codes use the birth signs of the subject and the corresponding gemstone. (Not to

be confused with Gem programming.) An example code: (Aries+alters name+diamond+level number)or (Diamond+Fire+date of birth+Mars)
Arie s
March 21 – April 20

Diamond
Mars
Fire
April
Taurus
April 21 – May 20Emerald

Venus
Earth
May
Gemini
May 21 – June 21Pearl

Mercury
Air
June
Cancer
June 22 – July 22Ruby

Mercury
Water
July
Leo
July 23 – August 23Peridot

The Sun
Fire
August
Virgo
August 24 – September 23Sapphire

Mercury
Earth
September
Libra
September 24 – October 23Opal

VenusAirOctoberScorpio

October 24 – November 22Topaz
Pluto
Water

November

Sagittarius

November 23 – December 21Turquoise
Jupiter
Fire

December

Capricorn

December 22 – January 20Garnet
Saturn
Earth

January

Aquarius

January 21 – February 19Amethyst
Uranus
Air

February

Pisces

February 20 – March 20Aquamarine
Neptune
Water

March

Number Codes

The list below is the standard number codes found throughout systems. They are paired with othercodes. For example: (225+Aries+level 7+alter name)

911 – Contact handler.
225 – Minority
253 – Homosexual
261 – Psychiatric or psychoneurotic disorder.265 – Unsuitability, character disorder

314 – Importance to national health, safety or interest367 – Aggressive reaction.
41A – Apathy, lack of interest
383 – Criminalism

41E – Obesity
46A – Unsuitability, apathy, defective attitudes and inability to extend effort constructively

46B Sexual deviate
46C – Apathy/obesity
460 – Emotional instability reaction.461 – Inadequate personality
463 – Paranoid personality
464 – Schizoid personality
469 – Unsuitability.
480 – Personality disorder.

Word Matrices

A word-matrix code is where the subject is given two lists of words and each word on the left list ispaired with a word on the right list to form a code.

40 Tortures Used in Programming

Torture involving states of extreme pain and terror, to the point of near-death, is required to installprogramming. These states are induced through electroshock, toxins that cause pain or temporaryparalysis, assault, painful bondage or pressure, rape, extreme cold/heat, burning, suffocation, near-drowning, spinning, hanging, inversion, exposure to torture, mutilation, or murder of others, and/orprolonged isolation, starvation, dehydration, or sensory deprivation.

States of despair, self-hatred, paranoia, and global distrust of humanity, are also effective. These areinduced through forcing the subject to hurt or kill others, often loved ones and pets, sexualhumiliation, convincing the subject that all important attachment figures are abusers, and convincingthe subject that he or she is now controlled and overseen by surgically implanted monitoring devicesor “spiritual assignments” of demons, malevolent spirits, curses, hexes, vexes, claims, etc.

Beating of the whole body (“any possible spot”) with:A rubber truncheon
A brass rod
A bar

A wooden rule with metal fittingsA stick
Awhip

Beating of particularly sensitive areas of the body:
Bridge of the nose with a rubber truncheon
Protruding shoulder blades with a rubber truncheon
Gland area of the chin – which resemble mumps when swollen – with a rubber truncheon and ruleShoulder joints with a rubber truncheon,

The outside of bare feet and in the toe area with a rubber covered bar
Finger tips with a blotter and inkwell base
Bare toe tips with a rubber truncheon
Bare heels (series of 10 blows – with a rubber truncheon – to a heel, several times a day) –

Pulling hair:
Off the top of head
Off temples, above the ear and neck area – so called goose pluckingOff beard and moustache
Off chest
Off crotch and scrotum

Burning:
Of the eye and lip area with a glowing cigaretteOf each hand’s fingers with a burning torch

¶ Methods of Physical Torture:

Blindfolding and stripping of clothes.
Hanging by the hands.
Hanging by the feet upside down.
Beating with sticks and electrical wires.
Whipping and beating with sticks and twisted rubber belts.Forcing the subject to stand naked for long periods of time.Pouring cold water on the subject’s head.

Putting out lighted cigarettes on the subject’s skin.Shocking with an electrical current.
Kicking and punching.
Attacking the subject with vicious dogs.

Making the subject sit on a stake.Throwing in a septic tank.Pulling out the nails and hair.Dragging.

Tying the hands and feet from behind.
Utilizing sharp objects, such as a pocketknife or piece of glass.
Sleeping on a bare floor without a cover and flooding the cell with sewer water.
Standing on toes and against a wall pressing with the fingers for long hours. The subject may bedenied sleep, food, drink, and medicine.
Beating on cuts and sore parts of the body.
Giving the subject a lot of water or very watery fruits, such as watermelon, after denying them foodand drink. After the subject drinks or eats the fruit, their hands and penis will be tied so the subjectwill not be able to urinate.
Placing drugs and narcotics in the subject’s food to weaken their will power.
Placing the subject in solitary confinement where the cells are made of a special kind of cement thatgets extremely hot in the summer and cold in winter.
Hitting the subject’s genitals with a stick or squeezing them by hand.
Dragging the subject over barb wires and fragments of glass and metal.
Confinement in boxes, cages, coffins, etc, or burial (often with an opening or air-tube for oxygen).Restraint; with ropes, chains, cuffs, etc.
Near-drowning.
Extremes of heat and cold, including submersion in ice water, and burning chemicals.
Skinning (only top layers of the skin are removed in victims intended to survive).
Spinning.
Blinding light.
Electric shock.
Forced ingestion of offensive body fluids and matter, such as blood, urine, feces, flesh, etc.
Hung in painful positions.
Hunger and thirst.
Sleep deprivation.
Compression with weights and devices.
Sensory deprivation.
Drugs to create illusion, confusion, and amnesia, often given by injection or intravenously.Ingestion or intravenous toxic chemicals to create pain or illness, including chemotherapy agents.

Limbs pulled or dislocated.
Application of snakes, spiders, maggots, rats, and other animals to induce fear and disgust.Near-death experiences; commonly asphyxiation by choking or drowning, with immediateresuscitation.
Forced to perform or witness abuse, torture and sacrifice of people and animals, usually with knives.Forced participation in child pornography and prostitution.
Raped to become pregnant; the fetus is then aborted for ritual use, or the baby is taken for sacrifice orenslavement.
Spiritual abuse to cause subject to feel possessed, harassed, and controlled internally by spirits ordemons. Desecration of Judeo-Christian beliefs and forms of worship; Dedication to Satan or otherdeities.
Abuse and illusion to convince subjects that God is evil, such as convincing a subject that God hasraped them.
Surgery to torture, experiment, or cause the perception of physical or spiritual bombs or implants.Harm or threats of harm to family, friends, loved ones, pets, and other subjects, to force compliance.Use of illusion and virtual reality to confuse and create non-credible disclosure.
Forced participation in slavery
Being locked in a small confined spot, a pit or cage with spiders and snakes
Being forced to kill, and cut up and eat individuals
Immersion into feces, urine and containers of blood.
Catheter up the external urethral orifice. Then the urinary bladder is filled so that the victim is inextreme pain, and is made to hold their bladder in silence. This torture to the body is painful. But thelong term effects of this torture, which is done repeatedly to subjects to teach obedience, is toseriously damage their urinary bladders. The abreaction of memories of this help blackmail altersinto obedience.
Standing in a freezing cell
Undressing subjects and making them stand naked during training
Keeping them undressed in very cold cells with air conditioners and fans running at full speed;Keeping them awake by constant irritation until they exhausted;
Offering food to hungry subjects and then removing it before they could eat it.
Banning visits to toilets so that they had to soil their cells;
At other times keeping them in filthy toilets;
Forcing them to run in circles until they are exhausted.
Placing a subject in ‘search position’,(‘stoika’ position) single finger of each hand to the wall, legswell apart and well back, on the toes, knees bent, for prolonged periods; Subjects who collapse fromexhaustion are beaten back into position.
Heavy punching to the pit of the stomach to subjects in ‘search position’;
Kicking the legs from under a subject in the ‘search position’ so that they fall to the ground, bangingtheir head on the wall, radiator or ground;
Beating with batons on the kidneys and on the privates in ‘search position’;
Kicking between the legs while in the ‘search position’.
Putting a subject in ‘search position’ over a very powerful electric fire or radiator;
Stretching a subject over benches with two electric fires underneath and kicking them in the stomach;General assault with truncheons and knuckledusters.
Faces slapped, ears drummed, arms twisted, chest hair pulled. Nose, chest, mouth and throat held.

Forced to run barefoot over broken glass and stones while being beaten.Subjects dropped blindfold from helicopters hovering near the ground.Dogs used to induce fear and attack the subjects.
Torturous exercises imposed – up to 48 hours for subjects.

Awakened as soon as they fall asleep.
Bags kept over the heads of the subjects for up to six days.
Subjects testicles manually compressed burned with matches and candles.
Rabbit-punching to the back of the neck while in ‘search position’;
Banging the head against the wall;
Beating the head with a baton in crescendo fashion;
Slapping the ears and face with open hand;
Twisting the arms behind the back and twisting fingers;
Crushing each hand’s fingers placed between two pencils
Crushing each foot’s toes
Kicking legs and torso
Kicking shin area
Stabbing with pins etc.
Face and ears pinching with a hand and key
Forcing to sit on the edge of the stool
Forcing to sit on a bolt hurting my rectum
Cuffing hands with handcuffs followed by tearing them off wrists
Physical exercises – forcing to do knee bends until passing out
Forcing to run up and down the stairs for about 20-30 minutes
Solitary confinement for indefinite time (also naked) –
Sleep deprivation for the period of 7-9 days through waking with continuous slaps on face performedby the guarding officer. Will place the subject into semi-dementia and result in mental healthproblems – visual and auditory hallucinations
Standing at attention in cell for indefinite time
Standing at attention in programming room with hands raised above head for indefinite amount of timeReduction in food rations (during the peak period of programming) subject is not allowed to haveanything to drink – the torture of thirst
Security checks at night when – after waking – subject is forced to stand at attention, unclothed andtemperature regulation induced for a predetermined amount of time.
Removing windows from cell for 24 hours 1 blanket, 1 bed shared between 3 subjects
Pouring buckets of water in to the cell regularly.
Medical help deprivation, medical attention (very caring attitude) to subjects
Subject not allowed to have open air (outside) walks and prohibited from leaving the building.
No showers or hygiene for a determined amount of time.
Moral abuse. Vulgar and elaborate verbal insult aimed at subject and my family members.
Deprived of any contact with the family or the outside world (no newspapers etc.) or books
A false statement – read by a programmer stating as fact an accusation of theft, lying, or cheating.
An insinuating statement with derogatory remarks concerning conduct of peer subject has builtrelationship with.
Write a degrading word in bold on forehead such as Whore, traitor, Dog, etc. The subject cannotremove the label and must have it showing at all times.

Prodding the stomach with straight fingers;
Chopping blows to the ribs from behind with simultaneous blows to the stomach;Insertion of instruments in the anal passage;
Kicking on the knees and shins;
Tossing the subjects from one officer to another and punching them while in the air;Injections;
Electric cattle prod
Electric shocks given by use of a machine;
Burning with matches and candles;
Urinating on subjects;
Hot irons applied to the genitals.
Beatings should be followed by water torture.
Dissected, sometimes while still alive and without anaesthetic.

Psychological tortures:Russian roulette
Firing blanks
beating in darknessBlindfolding

Assailants using stocking masks or wearing surgical dress
Staring at white perforated wall in small cubicle
Use of amphetamine drugs
Isolating the subject socially, cutting him off from public life, placing him in solitary confinement, anddenying them news and information in order to make him feel lonely.

Forbidding calling by name, giving the subject a number, and calling them by that number in order todefeat his morale.
Threatening to summon their sister, mother, wife, or daughter and rape her.
Threatening to rape the subject.

Threatening to confiscate their possessions and to have them fired from their employment.Threatening to cause a permanent physical disability or life imprisonment.
Offer the subject certain enticements (apartment, car, passport, scholarship, etc.).
Controlling everything the subject does, even in private, whether they are awake or asleep, toconvince the subject that the programmer is in charge. Force them to bow their head and look downwhile talking with the handler/programmer.

A sound machine used to produce a constant hiss of ‘white noise’.

The hell confinement: use a device that includes a pair of handcuffs and a pair of foot shackles, bothof which are linked to a steel rod. The rod presses against the subject’s back, making it almostimpossible to walk, sit, use the toilet, or feed themselves.

Tucker telephone: The device works by placing a ground wire around the big toe of the subject whilefastening the hot wire, to the subject’s genitals. The telephone, which has been tailored to sendelectric shock is called, sending an electric current to the genitals.

¶ The strappado: also known as Palestinian Hanging, a subject is hung by their arms, which are

fastened behind their head, causing the arms to be slowly pulled from the shoulder sockets by theweight of the body. When the subject becomes tired they cannot hold themselves upright, their bodiesfall forward and their breathing is impaired.

Cold Cell: the subject is placed in front of an air conditioner unit for hours, or days. The subject maybe soaked in water first to enhance the tactic.

German Chair: The subject is placed in a metal folding chair. Their legs and arms are secured to themetal seat while the back of the chair is pulled back and down toward the ground. This causes severestress on the spine, neck, and other limbs, often causing permanent damage.

The box: A box made of wood, hard plastic or metal too small for a person to lie in. The subject isforced to lie in uncomfortable positions for long periods, with their hands and feet bound. The box istilted on its side and also elevated, so every time food, usually a hard-boiled egg, is dropped into thebox, it rolls to the bottom, where it is out of reach of the subject.

White torture: A form of emotional and physiological torture. This is a form of sensory deprivationand isolation. The subject is kept in a white room, with white chairs, table, bedding, and the meal iswhite rice on a white paper plate. If the subject wants to use the bathroom, he had to put a white slipof paper under the door.

Stretch machine: used as punishment, stretches person without breaking bones.

Tiger Bench: This works by placing a subject on a long bench, with a board against their back andhead. The subject is then tied down so their back is secured to the board and their feet and legs aresecured to the bench. Next, bricks are placed under their feet, until all the straps holding the legsdown break—or the subject’s legs snap before the straps do.

Animal Torture for ProgrammingBeheading
Buried alive
Crushing

Drowning
Electric shock collars
Freezing
Neglect
Gouging eyes out
Hanging
Dog fighting.
Ritual sacrifice and mutilations as part of rituals.
Sexual abuse.
Wedge sticks in the dogs’ mouths so they cannot eat or drink and die a slow, painful death.Skinning

41 Internal Structures and Symbols

Internal structures are important for the following reasons:
1. Mapping the system
2. Keeping parts in their assigned areas.
3. Giving parts a ‘world’ they can navigate and feel ‘natural’ in.4. Triggering specific events or actions in a timed manner.

5. Causeconfusionifsystemisbreached.
6. Re-enforce programmed behaviours
7. Re-create programming sites for internal programmers.8. Give the programmer means to access the system.
9. Give places to set traps.
10. Differentiate levels.
11. Buildsystemhierarchy.
12. Allow for specified parts quick travel.
13. Assistinmaintainscriptcompliance.

Internal structures and symbols that can be created in System are:

A
Ancient symbols and letters
Aliens
Animal prints
Ant pits,
Angel – A guide to heaven.
Anchor – Hope or eternal life.
Ankh – An Egyptian symbol of eternal life.Apple – salvation, sometimes sin.
Arch – The passage to heaven.

B
Black boxes: represent self destruct and shatter programming sealed off into a black box to protectsystem.
Bohemian Grove
Butterflies
Bows
Bee Traps w/ swarms,
Black Glass Wall
Bird cages
Black Holes (vortexes)
Boxes

ButterfliesBirds

C
Castles
Clocks
Cabalistic “Tree of Life,” with adjoining root systems
Carpet (Magic),
Castles, Castle dungeon (torture chambers)
Caves,
Chess themes (Alice in Wonderland programming, duel programming)Chain-of-command diagrams
Clocks (there are several incl. computer clocks),
Concentration camp,
Cords
Cave and well
Columns
Carousel
Crystals

D
Deck of cards
Dominoes
Desert,
Doll House,
Numbered Doors by the thousands w/ red hot knobs,Demons
Disney themes

E
Elevators,
Emerald City (connected to the castle),Eucalyptus Trees,
Eyes, all Seeing Eye,

F
Fields of flowersFirewall
Forests
Fruit Tree
Fire walls,

G
Glass,
Glass coffin,

Golden Keys
Graveyards
Geometric figures
Green doors (OZ programming)

H
Hall of IlluminationHourglass
Hallways with red doors,Hell Pit or Hell FireHour Glass (matrix),House of David,
Horus:

I
Internal training rooms:Internal walls
Ice town,
Invisible Countries,Infinity loops
Internal armies,

J

KKeys

L
Libraries,
Light side City,
Large jewels (Jewel programming)

M
Masonic chess design
Mirrors: used internally to reinforce other programming sequences, internal twinning, and distortionof reality programming. May create shadow systems of functional systems.
Mirrors or glass shattering
Masks
Monsters
Marshlands,
Mazes,
Mirrors
Moat,
Mountains,

N
Nursery (glass),

O
Ocean
One eye covered

P
Pyramids
Pool of Death may be called Lakes of Death, and Waters of Death.

Pillar of PowerPaper Trees,Petra Secret City,PlaygroundPoppy field,Portals

Q

R
Ribbons
Rivers (Nile, Rio Grande, Shenandoah, etc.),Robots (older systems)
Room behind a closet
Rubicon (outer space beyond the stars),
Rain
Ruby slippers (OZ programming)

S
Shattered glass
Stairwell.
Sun
Spider webs: represent linked programmingSeals: usually in a group of six or seven.Stables
Snakes
Spider webs
Sea shells
Seeds,
Serpent tree,
Shafts,
Shifting sands,
Shoes (gold, silver, and ruby slippers),Snake pits (traps),
Spider chambers,
Stairway,
Schematics of computer circuitry boards

T
Temples
Temple of MolochTraining grids:
Trees.
Torpedo Town,
Tin Woodsman’s Castle,Trojan horse w/ armies,

Tunnels,U

V
Valley of the Dry Bones,
Valley of Death
Volcano (to destroy & remake the system),Vortex (see Black Holes),

W
Wasteland,Water (Moats),Waterfalls,Wind,
Wires,
Worms,
Walls,
White rabbits

X

Y
Yellow Brick Road

Z

42 Electric Shock Torture (ECT)

Electrodes attached to parts of the subject’s body: most typically, while wires are wound around thefingers, toes, or tongue; attached to the genitals; or inserted in the vagina to provide a return circuit;the voltage source.

Use of prod or taser of precisely controllable pressure is applied to other sensitive parts of the body,such as the genitals, breasts, or head. The received voltage and amperage can be controlled withprecision and used to cause pain while avoiding obvious evidence on the subject’s body
Electric shock may directly cause death in three ways: paralysis of the breathing centre in the brain,paralysis of the heart, or ventricle fibrillation.

Electroshock can be used to cause amnesia. Memories could be erased, and the subjectsreprogrammed.

The application of electricity stimulates muscle activity to such an extent that involuntary and painfulmuscular contractions occur. Longer pulses of electricity produce successively greater debilitation.For example, a five-second discharge from a cattle prod can completely immobilize someone for upto 15 minutes.

It is the magnitude of current and the time duration that produces effect. That means a low valuecurrent for a long duration can also be fatal. The safe current/time limit for a subject to survive at500mA is 0.2 seconds and at 50 mA is 2 seconds.

The voltage of the electric supply is only important as it ascertains the magnitude of the current. AsVoltage = Current x Resistance, the bodily resistance is an important factor. Sweaty or wet subjectshave a lower body resistance and so they can be fatally electrocuted at lower voltages.

Let-go current is the highest current at which subject can release a conductor. Above this limit,involuntary clasping of the conductor is present. It is 22 mA in AC and 88 mA in DC.

Apart from electric shock the other equally dangerous hazards of working with electricityare electrical arc flash and electrical arc blast.

Placing subjects hand in pocket may protect subject by preventing a current from travelling throughthe heart making a shock non-lethal.

The severity of the electric shock depends on the following factors: body resistance, circuit voltage,amplitude of current, path of the current, area of contact, and duration of contact.

Death may also occur from falling in case of electric shock.Burn injury may occur at both the entrance and exit of the current.

Low frequency AC is more dangerous than high frequency AC.AC and DC both kill.

Below 1 Milliampere Generally not perceptible
1 Milliampere Faint Tingle
5 Milliampere Slight shock felt. Not painful but disturbing. Average individual can
let go. Strong involuntary reactions can lead to other injuries.
6 to 25 Milliampere (women) Painful shocks. Loss of muscle control.
9 to 30 Milliampere (men) The freezing current or “let go” range. If extensor muscles areexcited by shock, the subject may be thrown away from the power source. Subjects cannot let go.Strong involuntary reactions can lead to other injuries.
50 to 150 Milliamperes Extreme pain, respiratory arrest, severe muscle reactions. Death ispossible.
1.0 to 4.3 Amperes Rhythmic pumping action of the heart ceases. Muscular contraction
and nerve damage occur; death is likely.
10 Amperes Cardiac arrest, severe burns, death is probable.

  • Electromagnetic radiation can also be a means of torture. While not necessarily lethal, these effectsare debilitating and can be painful. Electromagnetic stimulation can have other nonlethal effects onhumans. Extreme emotions of rage, lust, and fatigue can be caused. A targeted individual may becomedepressed or even suicidal and you will almost certainly start to reap negative psychological andphysical effects – fear, anxiety, fatigue, pains in your chest, headaches, lack of interest in activities,disease, cancer, etc.

43 Internal Base Systems

Systems of subjects are known to programmers to begin to break down by the age of 30. DispensableSubjects are treated by programmers/handlers more severely throughout their lives; these are the oneswho are ‘used up’ earlier on, doing variously more severe things: low-level prostitution/child sex-subjects/non-public severely abused long-term sex-subjects/ultra-hardcore BDSMporn/bestiality/black-op soldiers (including ‘suicide bombers’ and other such programmedindividuals)/drug-trafficking/human-trafficking etc.

Cocaine is commonly used drug for controlling subjects as it keeps them addicted and totally relianton their handler for their ‘next fix’.

The childhood hobby of painting is part of keeping the child subject’s mind creative and dissociative(this kind of repetitive/relaxing/long-term activity keeps the child in a mild trance while alsoencouraging their creativity which is important for programming. The mind becomes ‘stale’ and cancease to function adequately if they are constantly traumatized with no creative activity such aspainting. The creative parts of the brain need to be stimulated in young subjects to ensure healthydevelopment. This also assists with the double-bind levelled against the subject as theprogrammer/handler will praise the child for their work while also criticizing them and abusing them.

All systems must be set up in grids for easier mapping. The numbers, letters, symbols are up to theprogrammer to lie in. This will assist in keeping the codes undetectable.

Each system has an internal programmer which oversees the gatekeeper who grants or denies entryinto the different rooms.

Alex System

Alex is used for high-level parallel programming.

One of the most important end time’s communications systems is the ALEX system. This will operateon several levels. The electronic end of the ALEX system which stands for Amalgamated LogarithmicEncrypted Transmission (ALEX) is a method for encrypting electronic transmissions so a computerwhich could decode 5 Trillion codes a second would take 2,000 years to decipher one of thesetransmissions. In other words, when the ALEX system is operating–it cannot be decoded.

The ALEX system intersects with the programming. The ALEX (also called ALEXUS) is part of thetracking and Antichrist-Call-Back Programming. Outside computers are able to interconnect with theMonarch Mind Control slave and call them back for activities. The Council of 9 of the Illuminati hasplaced an alter by the name of Alex or a similar name in high level subjects and they have either viaimplants made these subjects available for programming via electronic communications that tie inwith their ALEX computers.

¶ Since the early 1960s, the Intelligence agencies have been putting two-way radio communication

implants into subjects. This is called telemetry or remote control. The radio wave enters the implant,the implant transmits it to the brain, and the brain’s reaction is then picked up and relayed back to acomputer which decodes what the brain waves show the brain was thinking.

Alex implants are used within subjects to communicate such thoughts as:
a. “murder your family”
b. “the government is to blame, murder the President”
c. “you cannot get legal redress for what has been done to you by the government”d. “it is hopeless to fight us”

e. “you want to have sex with the opposite sex”
f. “you want to deal in drugs”
g. “you want to protect your country by being loyal to the CIA”

Atlantis system

This system is built after the mythology of Atlantis. This system is a military system for navelpersonal. This system takes three programmers to install due the command structure. The Atlantissystem involves water torture, water endurance, and water ‘games’.

Base Datum

This is a coordinate system. In the early years the systems were built with 3 hour glasses eachspinning on a x,y, or z axis. The hour glasses could be turned and in so doing the entire system ofalters could be turned.

The systems allow for the programmer or handler to rotate the system 180 degrees. This allowsaccess to top front alters, and the bottom alters.

Beehive System

This system is used for lower beta subjects. The system has a “Brood Chamber” which is the deepestlevel of the system where the Queen Bee resides. Beehive systems aren’t very deep but have manysections for each beta part. The part will be assigned to their section and when they are needed fortheir task they can be triggered/coded out.

Castle system

The Castle system involves internal imagery of a castle. A castle system will contain a moat,drawbridge, turrets, gargoyles, a torture dungeon filled with actual memories of torture, secretpassages, lots of levels, and rooms including a library. Child alters are often hidden in the dungeon.Lots of programs can be contained within the castle, and many traps. Disobedient alters may also belocked up in the castle. The castle will house some alters and also some deadly programs. Whencastle alters get stirred up, the subject may internally see the castle lights go on. The castle walls mayhave a grid on them. The castle may be guarded by monsters.

Double Helix.

This is the most common programming system. The double helix pattern is used as an elevator shaftrunning up and down the worlds created for the alters. Each world lies at a trance level. The double-helix is put in at programming sites where they have full medical facilities, and is typically used in

military programming. The double Helix is a complicated system to place in, and for outsiders tobreach.

The codes up and down the elevator are alpha-numeric. Because the way the double helix shapetwists, one can ride the elevator and get off a level 1, 3, 5, 7, 9 but you have to ride it the other way toget off at 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12. Because the double helix is the centrepiece of how the differentphysiological states of the mind are being layered, taking the subject down to these differentphysiological states and levels is incredibly perilous.

The Caduceus is a double helix with snakes at the top. The Caduceus is an occult symbol used inoccult programming of the double helix system.

The system is also used for dual programming.
Helix. This is a simplified version of the double helix.

The Carousel is usually found in the centre of the Double Helix. The Mensa system will often havethe Double Helix system within it to assure no breach.

Hour glass system

Three hour glasses will be placed around the x-y-z axis in a quadrant. A quadrant consists of asection of alters in a world and their mirror images. 12 disciple alters will be placed within thehourglass. Each disciple has to memorize a disciple lesson. If something triggers them, they willbegin to fall through the hour glass. If each of these 12 disciples falls through the hour glass like sand,then a sleeping giant will wake up. When the Giant awakes, he will kill the body. A mirror image ofthe Giant alter will be made also to help insure that the suicide program is accomplished.

Delta System

This system is used in military programming. The system is configured with the Delta symbol(Triangle) overlaid on its self creating the levels for the system. The system will be marked in levelsas Delta A. Delta B. Ect.

Empire System

The Empire system is placed into the elite subjects. This system will oversee the initial systemplaced by programmers. If subjects of influential bloodlines and intelligence survive the programmingof the Double Helix, the Empire system will be placed.

The Empire system is layered deep in, and over sees the Double Helix system. The Empire systemcan only be accessed by one individual. The individual will be the person who oversees thebloodline.

Epsilon system: this is often a hidden system and may hold CIA programming and high levelgovernmental programming. Assassin programming may be held in this system. Covert operations,courier operations, learning to tail a subject, or “drop a tag”, disguises, getting out of difficultsituations, may be handled by this system, which sees itself as chameleon-like. The system is a colourcoded system with the Seed of Life design. This is formed from seven circles being placed with sixfold symmetry, forming a pattern of circles and lenses, which act as a basic component of the Flowerof Life’s system design. The Flower Life System will be the design of the Epsilon system.

Flower system

The Flower system involves cross programming, i.e., three or four subjects may have beenprogrammed together so one subject only has a piece of the programming. The Flower system utilizesthe power of peer pressure and generational ties. In order to get to that piece, the programmer musthave access to the other piece which resides in another subject.

The flowers will often be bright. Internally, the flower system may show up as flowers with numerouscolours, with the bud representing one subject, the stem and flower representing other subjects.

This system might be connected to the Umbrella, the Trees, the Triangle and the Star. A flower canregenerate an internal tree because of its generational roots. Flowers are also used as elevator shafts,such as a sunflower. A part has to jump into the centre of the flower and go down the stem to reach alower level. Flower fields such as the poppy field are used as a hypnotic trigger to place an alter into

deep trance.

¶ Gem System

This system is found in subject’s who have strong family lineage in programming. The system is usedin subjects, whose family members are generational occult, children of programmers, and highranking officials. The system is typically mapped after a diamond cut; Round, Princess, Emerald,Radiant, Oval, Pear etc. The cut of the diamond denotes rank of subject also.

Mensa System

This is a system put into subjects who have photographic memories. It involves the use of numbersand math. Its overall structure looks like a triangular-shaped fish net, with all the nodes or knots of thenet containing a triangle. The core is place at the centre of the triangle and is surrounded by moretriangles. There are circles of alters within circles of alters. Circles within circles. A circle canrotate and will never end. The programming is meant to be non-ending. There are also triangleswithin triangles. The effect of using a structure like this to house alters and as a result they feeltrapped in endless circles and mazes of triangles within triangles.

The Mensa system (used in military and Illuminati programming) involves lots of numbers andsequences along with bar codes and union force codes.

The Mensa system will often have the Double Helix system within it. This system is connected withDNA; the subject has usually received several blood transfusions. Programming is done throughmedical abuse by hospitals and doctors. Several suicide programs are layered in.

The codes in a Mensa system will be equations (sometimes called union force codes), bar codes, andnumber sequences. Union force would have to do with a set of numbers that would equal another setto come up with yet another set: e.g., a+b=c, b+c=a, c+b=a. A subject could be programmed torespond to this very complex code. These codes are extremely difficult to discover in order toneutralize responses to the codes

corners/vertices of one triangle) x 9 (total amount of triangles) equals 27 System Demons as each

vertices of a triangle has a point that represents a System Demon. Within each triangular

formation/geometrical shape of the Nonagon exists the statement: ‘Two or more in my name and I amThere may exist ‘more’, as Systems exists as layers upon

The programming code of the oneness system is 333 The reason for this is the following:

¶ Oneness system: (Spiritual Programming)
¶ The oneness system exists in the formation of a Nonagon (which is nine sided polygon) 3 (total
¶ there’. SuchSystemDemonsformtheentiretyofthemindconsciousnessandtheentiretyofthe
¶ subject as ‘who they are’ as a consciousness.
¶ layers upon layers.
¶ 3 – (Two or more in my name and I am there)

3 – (Two or more in my name and I am there)

3 – (Two or more in my name and I am there)

Thus, 3 x (Two or more in my name) forming the trinity of the oneness system.

¶ Thus – 3 + 3 + 3 forming nine (9) triangular shapes altogether forming the Nonagon as the formation of
¶ the oneness system.

¶ The Pentagram (or star) System

This system is often connected to the Tornado system. One pentagram system has pentagrams withinpentagrams. The geometric lines grow from pentagram to pentagram by lines running in oppositedirections. This has the same effect as circles within circles. Rituals are tied to this system. Thereare many cult-created alters within this system.

The Scrabble system

This system contains letters, numbers, and mathematical exponents. The system will be set up like aScrabble board. Across the top and bottom of the board will be the numbers A-O. The vertical sidesof the system board will be numbered 1-15. The squares of the board may be colour coded also.

Solar System

This system is set up like the Solar System. Parts will be placed on the various planets and moons.As the system orbits the sun the parts will complete their assigned tasks throughout the year. Thissystem is used in occult programming, and Alien programming.

Each planet will have a specific alter set up and hierarchy. The system parts will not be able totravel outside of their planets or stars without transportation. The can be Spaceships, teleporters andother inter-space travel methods.

Mercury
Venus
Earth
Mars
Jupiter
Saturn solar system in an orbit of 29.5 years around the sun. Death programming in some subjects atthis orbit.

UranusNeptunePluto

Solemetric system

This is used in military and spiritual programming. This system is three dimensional and can rotate.The programmer will place into each section the desired number of parts. The parts will be easilypulled up through triggers, and codes. Subjects who must perform complex tasks and remain focusedgiven this system. The tasks given to these parts are future programmers, strategists, and spiritualcounsellors. The programmers need these subjects minds to be fragmented into fifty-60 alters.Because the divisions in the mind due to dissociation and programming are not as deeply structured,subjects who receive solemetric systems have demonic forces and ritual participation to insure thesystem remains in place.

Spider Web system (spiritual programming)

The Spider Web system is very complex. In this program, the clones will immediately spin new websthat are double connected if the system is tampered with. Communication between personalitiesproceeds through the strands. This system is for blackmail and destruction via entrapment ofunsuspecting individuals who are perceived as threats to the cult/occult/institution. This system is intofemale subjects whose purpose is to infiltrate churches, or the hierarchy of an agency. The system hasa web with connectors and silk strands. The targeted individual will be symbolically placed into theweb and then the black widow alter(s) will entrap the individual. This is programming to takeindividuals with sexual entrapment. The spirit Viper found in ISA 59:5 is placed into this system toprotect it. There will be egg alters which will devour the individual, and Gatekeepers are assigned toguard the system.

Telescoping system

This system is placed in to subject’s who will be involved in covert operations.(Sleeper Agents)Each seam of the telescope marks the end of one level and the beginning of another.
The levels will collapse upon one another as the subject completes their assigned task/mission. If thesubject is caught the system will collapse down to the last level which has a termination code.

44 Games

Games are used to teach subject’s lessons with their peer groups. These games are used as tools inprogramming to test for: Weaknesses, strengths, leadership skills, physical fitness, twinning, traumabonding, betrayal, survival, psychological features, and other characteristics the programmer deemsnecessary for their subject.

Programmers are encouraged to tailor the games to the subjects, and desired outcome.

Programmers are encouraged to let teams build together and form bonds before dismantling the teams.

Programmers are encouraged to pair weaker subjects with stronger subjects as games continue.

Programmers are encouraged to pair enemy subjects as a two team to encourage distrust, anger, andbetrayal.

Programmers cannot separate twining subjects.

All subjects must be bonded to a subject, if a subject is not bonded their mental and physical healthwill deteriorate drastically.

Note: betting is prohibited

Odd Man Out: This game consists of three subjects of the same age. The three subjects are advisedthey must fight one another. There can only be one winner. The programmers must assess how thethree subjects navigate this game. 1.) Do the two weaker subjects ‘gang up’ on the perceived strongersubject? 2.) Does one weaker subject attempt to ally themselves with the stronger subject? 3.) Dothey wait for one subject to be the first to fall before joining ‘sides’ against him?

When there are two remaining subjects: 1.) Have they discovered the others weakness 2.) How harddo they fight? 3.) How well did they bond against the first subject.

The Race: A field is chosen of subjects and a course set. The subjects must navigate the course andone another. Cheating is encouraged; there must be a clear winner. Those who finish in the bottomthird must be re-evaluated, the last place finisher terminated. The race should be completed at night.

The Hunt 1: Subjects are broken into two squads; Red and Blue. An expendable subject is releasedand the two squads are sent to hunt down the subject. The squads must fight one another or evade.The hunted subject must be caught and terminated.

The Hunt 2: Subjects are set on a course and must complete the course. Dogs are sent to hunt thesubjects. All subjects who complete the course are safe.

The Hunt 3: One on One hunt. Two subjects must hunt one another and fight until incapacitated.

¶ Ring Fighting: Two subjects must fight. The dominate subject must beat the other into submission.The victor then must insure the loser is taken care of. This is done by the victor ‘nursing’ the loserback to health. Programmers must intervene if it appears the dominate subject is ‘taking it easy’.

Chess: The subjects must learn to play chess. If they lose the game they are punished.
Tag: Male v Female subject. The male subject must hunt the female subject, catch her, subdue her,

and rape her.
Tag: Female v Male Subject. The female subject is advised they must seduce an unknowing male

subject have sex with them. Note: Programmers cannot be chosen for this game.

Kick the can: This game is a variation of tag and hide and seek. One subject or a team of subjects aredesignated as “it” and a can is placed in the middle of the playing area. The other subjects run andhide while the “it” covers their eyes and counts to a specified number. “It” then tries to find everyone.If a subject is tagged by “it”, they go into a holding pen for captured subjects. If one of the un-captured subjects manages to kick the can, the captured subjects are released. The game is over onceall the non-”it” subjects are in the holding pen.

Handkerchief game: Teams line up on opposite sides and a handkerchief is placed in the middle. Theprogrammer will call out a number for the subjects to respond to. The subjects that have beenassigned that number both run to the middle and try to be the first one to retrieve the handkerchief. Thesubject who wins the handkerchief first gets a point for their team.

It is suggested the team with the most points receives more food, sleep time, etc that will benefit them.This encourages more fighting, and the weak individual on the team being singled out.

Octopus: The octopus calls out “ Come _____ in my ocean.” (The blank is filled in by what thesubjects must do as they are crossing the ocean. Hop, twirl, swim, run, run backwards, etc.) Then thesubjects must follow the command and try and make it to the other side of the ocean without beingtagged by the octopus. Any subject that is tagged has to stand in the spot where they were tagged. Inthe next round both the octopus and the tagged subjects try and tag the other subjects as they go by.

This game can be adjusted so subjects that are tagged can move. Fighting is encouraged. This gamecan be played on land or in water. During the water game, subjects are encouraged to attempt todrown those whom they catch. Programmers must decide if the first caught subject can be terminated.

Shadow Scout: Choose a subject and give them a 2 minute head start to find a place to hide. Twosubjects are also chosen to be the shadow scouts and they both run with the chosen subject.
After 2 minutes of following the subject one of the shadow scouts returns to the waiting subjects. Thesecond shadow scout continues to follow the subject who is to hide and places clues on where theyhave been by leaving pebbles, rocks, chalk directions or anything else they can think of that wouldlead the team to where the subject is hiding. As soon as the first shadow scout returns the subjects

follow them and try and pick up the clues left by the second shadow scout. If the subject who is hidingis not found within 5 minutes of the start of the game (or any amount of time set before the game starts)they win. Scouts cannot yell or point out in any way where the subject is hiding once all the subjectsare in the area they are hiding.

Strategy: The subject who is hiding should lose both of the shadow scouts so they don’t know wherethey are hiding. The shadow scouts need to be creative on what signs they leave.

Sticks and Stones: divide the subjects into two teams — the sticks and the stones. Line them up facingone another. Designate an area roughly 30 feet behind each team as that teams’ safe zone. To start thegame, yell out “sticks” or “stones.” The team them call on must begin chasing the opposing team,which begins racing toward its safe zone. Any tagged subjects must switch teams, and the two newteams’ line up to play again. The team to bring all the subjects to its side wins the game.

Save the Egg: Teams must work together to find a way to “save” the egg (Humpty Dumpty for youngsubjects) — in this case an egg dropped from a specific height. That could involve finding the perfectsoft landing, or creating a device that guides the egg safely to the ground. Let their creativity workhere.

Programmers are encouraged to have team member punish one another if the egg breaks.

Minefield: Another team game. Arrange an obstacle course and divide subjects into teams. Subjectstake turns navigating the “mine field” while blindfolded, with only their teammates to guide them. Onecan also require subjects to only use certain words or clues to make it challenging or content-areaspecific.

A Shrinking Vessel: This game requires strategy in addition to team work. Its rules are: The entiregroup must find a way to occupy a space that shrinks over time, until they are packed into the space.One can form the boundary with an electrical wire, barb-wire, or some other harm causing boundary.

Three Way Tug-of-War: A variation, set up a multi-directional game by tying ropes in such a way thatthree or four teams tug at once. Some teams might choose to work together to eliminate the othergroups before going head-to-head.

45 Trauma Bonding

Abandonment and trauma are at the core of programming. Abandonment causes deep shame and fearthat it will occur again. Abandonment by betrayal is worse than neglect. Betrayal is purposeful andself-serving. If severe enough, it is traumatic. What moves betrayal into the realm of trauma is fearand terror. If the trauma wound is deep enough and the terror immense enough, the system will shutout healthy attempts to engage it. The system elevates into a distress state, never safe, waiting to bedamage again.

What should occur during trauma bonding is a highly addictive attachment to the individuals whohave traumatized the subjects. The subjects should blame themselves, their defects, their failedefforts. This bonding should cause the subjects to distrust their own judgment, to distort their ownrealities so much, the subjects can place themselves at more risk.

The programmer’s relationship with the subject should create trauma bonds. The bonds shouldinitially be created physically. Forced sex should be used with the subject. The programmer shouldask the following questions of the subject during intercourse:

Do you like it?
Can I cum inside of you?What do you like?
How does it feel?

The programmer should not be concerned if the subject does not respond, or responds with a negativeanswer. If the response is silence or in the negative the programmer should respect the subject’srequest.

The subject will eventually respond in the positive. The programmer is encouraged to give the subjectpower positions during forced sex. The programmer is not to kiss the subject on their lips during thistime. Kissing should be limited to, neck, ears, shoulders and chest area.

Once subject responds in the positive to all of the above questions the subject can begin bonding withother subjects. (If Beta programming is occurring subject should be versed in the first 45 sexualpositions after this bond)

All bonding must be on going.

A number of signs exist to note that a bond has been created. Programmers must note the presence ofthese bonds, date they were observed, how they were formed and subject response.

Listed below are some of the signs of successful trauma bonding.

Everyone around the subject is having negative reactions the subject is covering up, defending, orexplaining the relationship. (Test for loyalty to programmer)

The subject obsesses about showing someone they are wrong about the abuse, their relationship, ortheir treatment of the subject. (Loyalty to programmer)

Subject obsess about individuals who have hurt them they are long gone. (Silence programming mustbe engaged)

Others are horrified by something that has happened to the subject and the subject isn’t. (Denialprogramming must be engaged)

The subject feels loyal to the programmer even though the subject harbours secrets that are damagingto the programmer.

Subject continues to seek contact with individuals that will cause further pain. (Call backprogramming)

The subject is attracted to “dangerous” individuals.Subject stay in a relationship longer than they should.

The subject moves closer to an individual who is destructive with the desire of converting them to anon-abuser.

Subject will go “overboard” to help individuals who have been destructive to them.

The subject cannot detach from an individual even though the subject does not trust, like or care forthe individual.

Subject continues to be a team member when obviously things are becoming destructive.

The subject misses a relationship to the point of nostalgia and longing and the relationship wasdetrimental almost destroying the subject.

The subject keeps secret the individual’s destructive behaviour because of all of the good they havedone or the importance of their position or career.

Subject continues attempts to get individuals to like them who are clearly using them.
Subject trust individuals again and again who are proven to be unreliable.
Subject tries to be understood by those who clearly do not care.
Subject chooses to stay in conflict with others when it would cost them nothing to walk away.

Subject is loyal to individuals who have betrayed them.

¶ Subject attracts untrustworthy individuals.

Subject continues contact with an abuser who acknowledges no responsibility.

When there is a constant pattern of non-performance in a relationship, subject continues to expectindividual to follow through anyway.

Subjects feel loyal to programmer even though they harbour secrets that are damaging to others.

Does abuser’s talents, charisma, or contributions cause subject to overlook destructive, exploitive,or degrading acts.

The subject is attracted to “dangerous” individuals.Subject stay in a relationship longer than they should.

46 Inside Parts

¶ Parts, alters, insiders are names used for the created fragments of the programmed individual. Namesandfunctionsofpartsvaryfromsystemtosystem. (Note:thatdependinguponwhattheSystem’soccupation in life is, also determines some of the types of alters created.)

For example if a programmer builds a system using the planets of the solar system there will be Partswith planet names, and space terminology used.

The programming script for a system may use movies. As a result names of characters in thosemovies will be given to parts in the system.

The programmers will set up double-binds. Alters will be created and given negative spiritual roleswith names to match. A part may be named Unforgiveness, or Hatred. For such a part to trustsomeone, makes the alter feel like it is giving up its name, and therefore its identity. By combining thename with an identity that the part doesn’t want to lose, the programming intends to double bind thealter.

The programmers will give a part a history, and insure that shadow alters will provide a full range ofaccessible emotions. Sometimes the distinctions between alters and alter fragments is vague, butexamples from the two ends of the spectrum are easy to tell apart.

Below is a list of parts that are found in systems. This list does not note every part that is found ina programmed subject’s system.

A

Abberator Parts – insures the mirrors within the system reflect the appropriate distorted imageAbuser alter-Abuser alters are often introjects of the original abuser(s). These alters are trying toprotect the subject and not trying to injure them. The abuse results because they feel that they areprotecting the system of alters by preventing actions that, when the individual was a child, might havecaused further harm from the original abuser.

Actulizer Parts- Part whose task is to keep the system on task towards the goals, potential andtraining the system was created for.
Accuser Parts – accuses the system of any possible wrongdoing. These Parts will also accuseoutside individuals of wrong doings.

Agreement Parts–Assists in maintaining and making agreements/deals within the system. Will assistparts with how to make agreements with individuals on the outside.
Alien Parts for contact, bonding w/ aliens and acceptance of mock alien invasion.
Aligner Parts-Will insure the system stays aligned to the programming, cult, or occult teachings andclan.

Amnesic Parts: These can be known as the “front”, the “clueless ones”, “those who don’t knowanything”. These Parts are scattered throughout the system to prevent memory recovery.
Angel (imitation) Parts for divine messages, these may be seen as angels
Angry Parts-Parts of the system that hold anger. These parts often appear to the outside person asangry for no reason. These Parts are often used under the defence structure of the system as they keepindividuals away.

Animal Parts are meant to act like animals. Although a large share of programmed individual’ssystem is dehumanized, there are certain Parts which will be created to actually hold the body and actlike animals. The Parts may even be named “animal.” A male or female slave may have dog Partswhich bark like a dog. The programmers can create any animal, cats, dogs, foxes, pigeons, horses,monkeys and mice are some examples.
Animator Parts – Will bring ‘life’ to ‘stand by’ parts. Often the Animator will be a Dr. or spiritualParts.
Assassination Parts (Deltas)
Aset Parts (Isis) (Maiden) — The mother of the Anti-Christ figure of Horus.
Attitude Parts – makes up attitudes what is liked and disliked
Attractor Parts – causes the system to pull things in

B
Babysitter Parts to look after children Parts keep them from fronting inappropriately

Bastet Parts (Maiden)-The mother goddess of all cats. In the system she will look like a large blackcat. Black cats were sacred to Bastet. Bastet corresponds to Yesod (the Foundation) on the CabalisticTree of Life.
Beam Stopper Parts-Part who interferes in spiritual growth of individual. This part protects thesystem from spiritual support.

Bear – a large angry part that makes everything go quiet. An internal monster of a system.Benefactor Parts-gives the system rewards for obeying the programming
Between Lives Parts-placed in the spiritual systems that follow reincarnation programming.Binder Parts – binds the system together with spiritual teachings, programming laws, threats andother means.

Bird Parts used for diverse internal purposes, including ravens for suicide, doves for peace (dovemay be part of a false trinity.) hawks to fly over the internal mazes, owls for wisdom, etc.
Black Widow Parts, for espionage and blackmail.
Blocker Parts (Gatekeeper) – blocks the system from messing with other important systemcomponents (different from Body Blocker)

Bouncer Parts- (may be same as Misdirector)
Body Blocker Parts – keeps the system from modifying the body state by suggesting another theoryBody Generator Parts- insures that the system follows the programming loop when the systemattempts to deviate from programming.
Body Locator Parts-will move the body to another location if necessary
Body Machine Parts – regulate body processes and report to the Dr. and any issues with the body.Bravo 2 series models are men programmed to run the Beast computers.

C
Caillech Parts-Known as the black mother and was the Spirit of disease.

Caretaker alters (soother alter)-Caretaker alters are true protectors of the system. They act ascaretakers both internally and externally, but are limited to care of others and are depleted easily,lacking awareness needed for self care. They are often introjects of caring adults.
Cellular Parts- Works at the basic structure of the system to help maintain its integrity.Christian Front Parts. The Christian Parts will believe in God, and be active in churches.

Child Parts: these parts want praise from adults, and often come out for rewards, or sweets. Theyassist in balances the system.
Clone Parts- parts that a formed to represent outside programmers, trainers, and individuals ofpower. These parts help keep order in the system.

Clockmaker and Clock holder Parts -Parts that insure the inter clocks continue to function, andreplace internal clocks should they be stopped or damaged.
Communicator Parts- interconnects the system and relays information to lead Parts, Dr.s and otherhigh ranking parts.

Committee Parts (Universal Mind) -high ranking parts that make the decisions for the system.Conflictor Parts- inspires conflict within the system and with outside individuals to protect thesystem.
Conscience Parts-will change the system from Beta state to another state of conscience.
Compeller Parts (Compulsive Parts) – Insures the system will continue on its designed course withdisregard to rules.

Controller Parts-These are the system leaders. They know what is going on at all times in thesystem. This will vary from system to system. In a military system, it might be a General, in a metalssystem, the platinum’s, or in a jewel system, the highest jewels, such as diamond, ruby, or emerald.Cognitive Parts- Will manage process of knowing, including aspects such as awareness, perception,reasoning, and judgment
Computational Parts-operate internal computers and assist in passing on information.
Constrainer Parts – insures the system is following physical system law
Coach Parts- keep the system from either winning or loosing
Corrective Parts – fixes anything that comes undone (or repairer)
Confusion Parts- tries to keep the system confused if there is a truth introduced. These Parts willalso attempt to confuse those who are introducing truth.
Craver Parts- Parts that craving food, drugs, things the programmers want to layer in as adistraction.
Creator Parts-part that believes they are a deity and can create worlds.
Crone Parts- Stays in the shadows and passes on advice and is a teacher. She contacts the Spiritsand is an expert on demonology. Mother Parts and Goddess Parts are Crone parts. The core-theoriginal child, the one who created all of the others inside.
Coven Parts-participate in coven rituals and activities and maintain the secrecy of the Coven.(Witchcraft)
Courier Parts-will bring messages to parts in the system. These parts are often small animal Parts.

Commander parts- keep the switching smooth, and to keep things orderly
Colours Parts:
CLEAR. Secret or shell alters who can take on any colour are coded clear. These are alters whoserve as images or as a stage for other alters. This would include “Guardian of the Vail” alters.GOLD. This colour is for the supreme leadership in the System, which includes the Grand DruidCouncil.
SILVER. This colour is for the Satanic alters who perform high level satanic rituals. The Mothers ofDarkness have silver coding.
PURPLE. These alters see themselves as the abusers, rather than the Illuminati. These alters wereinvolved with the programming. They have been taught to forget the abuse and to reframe it in theirmind as training.
BLACK. These alters were born out of Satanic ritual, and are Moon children. The Delta and Betaalters are black coded. They do the dirty work for the cult, such as blackmail and assassination.RED. These altars see themselves as witches. They were born out of witchcraft ritual, believe theyhave great spiritual power, and tend to deny that they have been abused.
GREEN or EMERALD GREEN. These are cat altars. They still see themselves as belonging to thecult family, and deny that they have been abused to protect their cult family.
DARK EMERALD GREEN. This colour is assigned to the Antichrist-Satan alter(s). Green is theoccult colour for Satan and is the most sacred colour. Few people outside of Satanists know thatGreen is more sacred for them than any other colour.
LIGHT GREEN. The gods and goddess alters which are triads which function in sets of three.
BLUE ALTERS. Clones, armies and the ribbons have blue coding. These alters will go so far as tohurt the body to protect it from leaking information or deprogramming.
WHITE. ‘These are Atlantean alters who have been given Aryan race teachings to think they aresuperior. They believe in genetic engineering, and a master race.
ORANGE. These special protector alters are scouts who warn of danger from internal or externalthreats.
YELLOW. These are the strong Christian alters of which there will only be a few in the System. Theyhelp serve as a balancing point to control the System as well as to hide what the System is all about.PINK. These are core related alters. They maintain the true feelings of the true self apart from the cultprogramming and the cult family’s programming. These alters are viewed as weak because they areemotional and often break down and weep. They are fragile emotionally. They are also vulnerablefront alters, usually inducing depression or some other kind of trauma-based freeze
An alternative colour scheme that is used:
WHITE. The internal programmers who come around in white robes get this colour assigned to them,as if they are doctors or angels of light.
RED. Sexual alters are given the natural colour of sex and arousal red.
BLACK. Connecting alters that are Nexus alters between various system parts.
PINK. Reporting alters.
DARK BLUE. Non hierarchy cult alters.
LIGHT BLUE. Alters in charge of the way the system runs, such as the judges.
YELLOW. Alters which are ritually and sexually twinned with alters of other systems.
ORANGE. Guard alters which are heavily programmed for obedience.
VIOLET-PURPLE. Front alters and small child alters placed into boxes.
CLEAR. Shell alters to deceive the outside world.

GOLD. The traumatized alters upon which the programming is built on.Cult Parts-participate in cult activities, and maintain the secrecy of the cult.

D
Damper Parts- keeps the system condensed to a point and in agreement, holds the system down

Data Parts to hold information this encompasses a wide range of Parts, including Parts who holdinternal system information to Parts who hold information for their handlers.
Deaf and Dumb Parts to prevent the System from hearing the truth or discussing information withinthe system.

Death Parts to take near death traumas, and become unafraid of dying.
Denial Parts: these are intellectual, and are created to deny that anything bad ever happened.
Delta series are models for espionage and assassination.
Devil Parts (Demon) – makes trouble for the system. Believe they are a demon.
Degrader Parts – will demote parts that aren’t following programming. These parts will alsocomplete activities that affect the character of the body.
Delusion Parts – will hold to programming and beliefs when presented with evidence to thecontrary. Task is to maintain the integrity of the system.
Deceiver Parts – deceives the system into believing what a truth is.
Deflector Parts-will fend off questions and other intrusions into the system. (Diffuser)
Decision Maker Parts-part who will make the decision in high stress situations.
Destroyer Parts – arranges accidents to keep the system from finding out it is programmed or gainingfreedom.
Determiner Parts- value, judges potential futures to maximize dynamics
Depressor Parts- (Discourager)
Delta Parts -Parts within the systems which are programmed to be assassins.
Delta-Beta Parts -Parts that are trained in espionage. They will be trained to recognize a person’sphysical identifiers.
Discourager Parts – discourages any effort to do anything about changing the systems/partscircumstance. (Depressor)
Disabled alter-many alters are deaf, blind, missing limbs, sickly, dying, bloody, bruised and so on.Disperser Parts – will disrupt and scatter a section of the system if the parts are gathering forunapproved reasons.
Double agent-Part that will act helpful to an outsider, only to be giving information to systemwatchers to maintain the integrity of the system.
Dramatizer Parts-Parts that are dramatic to throw attention away from what is really occurring inthe system.

E

Egyptian Armies The Egyptian armies are hundreds of fragments which have been programmed tohave uniforms and to function as parts of an army.
Element Parts (Air or Wind, Water, Earth, Fire) for magick and compliance

Emotional Parts- parts that hold the emotions of the body. The Parts may be the name of the emotion.(Cheerful, boredom, antagonism, rage, hostility, fear, grief, apathy)
Encourager Parts – encourages the system to stay here and live life
Enturbulator Parts- will harass parts and people to inflict fear, and agitation.

Equalizer Parts – insures the system stays balanced.
Espionage Parts-parts that gather information to undermine or bring down governments andindividuals.
Executioner Parts – programmed to kill an individual quickly.
Exhilarator Parts-when triggered will return to the body to a state of happiness.

F
Fate Parts (Arranger) – arranges fates for the system

Feeling Parts (Emotional Parts):
File Clerk Parts-part will maintain a dossier on internal parts, and external individuals of interest.Filter Parts -filter out perceptions of individuals.
Formulator Parts – inspires choices of strengths and weaknesses, likes and dislikes
Fire child or Bomb child Parts- to make body feel like its burning as a punishment or warning.Flooding Parts Flooding Parts can be used as singles or as a group of Parts. They over whelm a partwith memories or other feelings to stop the part from doing what they were doing.
Forgetter Parts-will not remember the information, or task they have been given after they have usedthe information or completed the task.
Foreign Language Parts-who speak languages of other countries, cults, or secret societies.
Front Parts -parts placed on the top level. These are the parts that interact with the ‘world’ and areoften unaware of the rest of the system.
Fourier Parts – puts things into the future for the system, goals, wants, so the system will worktowards those things.

G

Game Maker Parts – makes up games for the system. The outcome is the loser of the game isseverely punished. The loser is often punished by the winner of the game.
Gatekeeper Parts (Blocker)-guard portals, gates, and important areas of the system.
The Gatekeeper protects the gates or portals to all System levels. The programmers may also callthem “doorkeepers”, or “toll men” and “toll women”. The subject may refer to them as guards orblockers, although Gatekeepers are more than guards, they are an entrance or portal to something.Gatekeepers may often be the alter that was split to get a particular section. Each gatekeeper may beat a deeper level trance than the one before it. When a Gatekeeper is split it creates a natural link tothe alters that are created from itself. Then the Gatekeepers are given programming not to see whatthey have created.

Gatekeeper parts will appear near the surface of a system, and then again deep in the System aboutlevel 10, and 12. Gatekeeper parts are parts that the programmer must go through to get to deeperlevels. The Gatekeeper parts are very heavily programmed to keep them in place. They will receiveintensive lies. Some of the access triggers which must accompany the verbal are things such as

needles, electro-shocks, or slaps to certain parts of the body to trigger deep parts to take the body.Genie – a delta alter. In the bottle the part is harmless, when triggered out of the bottle to complete itstask, this part becomes deadly.
Generator Parts- projects reality to parts of the system. The reality is interpreted in such a way tokeep the system in its place
Gems Parts-occult parts that are advised they are important to Satan. These parts are used in rituals.Genetic Parts- parts that maintain the double helix throughout the system.
Goal Maker Parts – makes up goals for the system to keep the system motivated and functioning.Guider Parts- guides the system deeper into programming
Group Mind Parts – part that participates in group programming.
Guardian/Guardian Parts- guards the programming, fights against erasure of programs.

H
Hat-Hor Parts (Mother) — She is the womb of Horus, Queen of the Dead, or Queen of the West

Helper Parts-part that will help inside parts by encouraging them, and explaining things to them.Hidden Observer Parts-a hidden part of the subject that knows what things are occurring in the bodywhile other parts don’t. This part is inlayed during hypnotism.
Hider Parts-part that will hide programming from outside interference. 2) Part that will move thebody to a hidden location if the system feels threatened.
Hierarchy Parts-take part in occult hierarchy ceremonies different ceremonies at different timeshave different Parts participating.
Host-Part that has the function of daily living.
Host Parts: there may be a “day host” a “night host” for the cult, or hosts for various systems ortimes in the person’s life.
Holder Parts – holds entities in place by occult/cult practice.
Hunts Parts created for the handler’s sport of being hunted
Hunter Parts—hunts down internal parts that have strayed, or participates in programming hunts.Humanizer Parts-will work with cloned parts, puppets, dead and other mechanical parts to assistthem with human characteristics.

I

Illuminati Doctor Parts Green, Black, White, Red and Blue-will continue with programminginternal parts.
Intellectuals Parts: Parts who can observe, go between systems, learn information quickly anddownload it to handlers/programmers.

Invalidator Parts- part who will attempt to bring out the negative behaviours in others. This partwill work to discredit individuals inside and outside of the system. 2) Part will weaken the effect ofoutside encouragement to get well.
Inner Guard Parts- keep the system from looking at its self and seeing the structure of entities,mirrors, mazes and other system blocks.
Inner Self Helper- the ISH is a dissociated part that is usually unable to communicate with otheralters, yet has the ability to watch and hear everything going on inside a system. The ISH will usuallydisplay little emotion or affect. Because the ISH observed inner events, it has access to the memoriesof the individual as a whole, as well as to the memories of each alter individually. Other names

include: internal self helper, guidance, unconscious mind, observing ego, higher self, hidden observerand inner wisdom.
Instigator Parts-will escalates a situation to protect the system.
Interiorizer Parts – part who insures the inner values of the system continue to function.

Inverter Parts – will turn the system upside down if there is a perceived threat.
Inhibitor Parts- part that will interfere with and suppress specific memories.
Inspirational Parts- inspires belief that every part likes the system and they don’t want to leave thesystem.
Initiator Parts- compel the system self to act on specific programming.
Individualizer Parts – limits the system to a single viewpoint.
Internal councils Parts-Groups of parts that make decisions for the system that falls under theirdomain. There may be a Christian council, occult council, cult council, military council, for eachsection of Parts.
Internal programmer Parts-will re-enforce programming by doctors, Mother’s of Darkness, andother leading parts.
Introjects These alters are sometimes called as “copy alters” and are internal copies of anotherperson, often they are an internal representation of an attachment figure such as a parent, abusiveintrojects alters are very common. An introject may be an internal “mother” or “father” alter whichwarns the child not to act in a way which would cause the child’s real external mother or father topunish them, protecting the child from physical harm. Introjects can be calming and soothing if theyare representations of caring people.
Ishtar Parts- Babylonian goddess of fertility, love, war, and sex. Her symbol is the eight pointedstar.

J
Jailer Parts- parts who will imprison other parts that are rebelling against programming.

Jesus Parts- parts who say they are the Christian son of God, but behave contrary to what the biblestates Jesus behaved.
Justifier Parts-part that will uphold the teachings of cult/occult/programming in the system.
Judge Parts – judges the system’s conduct harshly, all the time

Justice Parts–Parts who dispense punishment for disobedient PartsJuliet series are sexual mind controlled slaves.

K
Kali Parts- She will be deep in a System. She is the Goddess of Time and Change

Keeper Parts – keeps (holds) the system down in the programming
Keeper of the Keys Parts- part that holds the keys to doors, chests, and other locked parts of thesystem.
Keeper of the Spiritual Records Parts- part that records other parts spiritual progress, and deeds tobe used against that part or the system.
Kilo 5 series- military espionage parts.

L

Lilith Parts- Female parts that believe they are monsters and are out at night. They have sex withdemons, and seductresses.
Little alter A little, is a term often used by those with DID. This type of alter acts 7 years old oryounger.

Locator Parts -parts that know where parts are in the system at all times. These parts will report tothe rulers where parts are in the system.
Looking Glass Parts- parts that are created to confuse the system, and outside individuals. Theyappear identical to the original Parts, but backwards. This is what confuses inside parts. The mirrorimages are often hidden in mirror mazes as their reflection in the mirrors appear as the real part.Looking Glass People are similar to the mirror images. The Programmers may create a looking glassalter by having a drugged part(s) of the subject endure the trauma of seeing someone’s face peeled.The subject’s face is also hypnotically peeled. The dead individual’s skin is placed over the subjectbeing programmed. The Looking Glass People are charted on grids and contain numerous programs.They are confusing to the regular alters, because they appear internally like mirror images.

Loyalty Parts- parts that hold are devoted to the handler/cult/occult.
Lucifer Parts-part that offset the trinity in the system. This part is often kind, the opposite of Jesus inthe system.

M

Manager alter A system manager might be seen as a leader to the other alters. They are involvedinside and outside if needed – including acting as a temporary host, but mostly they operate inside.They direct what is going on in the system in many ways. Although the system managers usually knowall parts of the system and have memory back to the beginning, they are not ISH’s (Inner Self Helper).Maat Parts-bring balance to the system through order, justice and the laws.

Maiden (B) Parts- parts that work closely with the Mother parts. She is the Guardian of the Balance(Maat Parts).
Martial Arts Parts- trained in various martial arts practices to protect the body.
Memory trace alters- One that has a more or less complete life, unlike how many alters which havea limited range of memories. System managers and ISH’s often have this ability.

Middle alter-A term often used by those with DID to describe an alter that appears to be between theages of 8 and 12
The Mother (A) Parts-actively works magick and leads specific rituals in the system.
Misdirector Parts-will send parts and outside individuals to the wrong place, and give wrongdirections to protect the system.

Michael 1 series slaves are CIA agents under total mind-control. Operation Green star was theMind-control project to create UFO abductions scenarios.
Mirror images-are task specific fragments whose job is to confuse both subject and outsideindividuals who are attempting to breach the system. Duplicate parts of most parts are created, so thateven the parts themselves don’t know if it is themselves or another alter. These duplicates are calledmirrored images and looking glass people (LGPs). Some of the mirrored images may turn out to bedemonic entities that have been placed using high level demonology

Misowner (Disowner) – says that this system isn’t real and doesn’t exist to prevent sharing of

information.
Monster Parts-parts used to scare the other Parts.
Mouse Parts- parts that wind clocks insure internal computers, and grids are working properly.Mother of Darkness Parts- part that trains the children, and over see Doctors, and programmers.Moralizer Parts – part preaches at parts and makes them feel guilty for choices they have madeMood Parts- shift moods between serene/troubled, calm/nervous, pleasant/irritated can rapid cycle.Moonchild –A part in the spiritual programmed system.

N
Narcotic Parts – keep the higher self feeling drugged, and lethargic when the system may be breached

Nexus Parts-Link parts to one another so they can function and complete a task.Nothing Parts- Parts who believe they don’t exist. They will state they are ‘No one’.

-Each node is assigned a numerical code. If three or more nodes are brought together by

nodes go back to their original place, and each node divides into five. The node that divided cannot

They cannot communicate, they cannot exchange information. They only behave like an alter when

they have been called together.

O
Objects In some systems there are objects with consciousness, so they’re not normal objects. Forexample, talking objects, or a notebook that writes itself.
Observation (Watchers/Silent Observer) Parts-deep parts quietly observe all that goes on in aParts system.
OpposerParts-resistanttosystemgoals,andvalues. Helpstomaintainsystembalance.
Over Seer (Administrator) Parts- manages 128 splintered parts of the system

P

Papa Bear Parts- part who is cloned after an outside programming trainer who worked againstshowing anger.
Part of God (universal Mind) Parts – a part sent to be element of god the individuals contribution tothe universal mind.
Perception Blocker Parts-parts who will distort how the system perceives experiences to strengthenthe system’s beliefs.
Perpetuator Parts-ensures the programming does not fail and will continue.
Persister Parts- parts hold steadfast to their task, often repeating the task over and over.
Pets- In some systems, there are different animals that are just that, animals. They are usually the petof the system, and have to be taken care of just like a real animal
Persephone Parts- Queen of the Dead and underworld part in many systems. This parts task is to

¶ Node Parts
¶ calling out their code names, they form a temporary alter. (The nodes do not have to be adjacent) The
¶ information on the Tinker Toy sticks that lead to each of those nodes, when put together, constitutes
¶ the instructions for that temporary alter. When the task is done, the temporary part dissipates, the

be used again, but any of the five new ones can. The numerical code that calls the nodes together is

¶ made by dividing the sphere into sections using lines like longitude and latitude. When the nodes are
¶ latent, just sitting there doing nothing, no node on the surface layer is connected to any other node.
¶ ensure the poppies fields stay intact.
Planner Parts-plans the systems continued existence
Postulator Parts- part who works with the trinity to plea for other parts in the system.
Presenter Parts – parts that assist with the Parts who participate in social situations.Programmer (Internalists) Parts- parts cloned after the original programmers to reprogram theSystem.
Protector Parts: protect the body if it is threatened. 2) Protect the integrity of programming and thesystem from perceived threats. 3) Protects the system from the system suggesting Alternatives todestructive programming. Part of balancing the system.
Provocateur Parts-Incites other parts or individuals to take part in or complete and illegal act.Punisher Parts: part fashioned after an external trainer, punisher, or enforcer. Their job is to keepthings in line, and will often try to sabotage therapy. Internal punishers will activate inter systempunishment sequences. (Flood programming/ suicide programming, self harm programming)Q
Queen of the Clones Parts- guides the conduct and actions of the clone parts of the systemR
Randomizer Parts- part that encodes messages, and decodes messages.

Recycler Parts- part that can cycle the system into a ‘new’ being
Restimulator Parts-part that will activate a dormant part of the system if the system is threatened orneeds programming.
Resistor Parts resists change in the environment, or changes in the system. Can come across asdefiant.
Reporting Parts- programmed to give the handler reports regularly. Reporting parts are often smallchildren, that are hidden in each section, and may require slaps to the face or jabs with a needle topull them up.
Reflector Parts-social Parts will reflect back to the individual what they perceive they are receivingRelayer Parts- part will pass body perceptions to the system parts and ignore other bodyperceptions.
Representer Parts- part who will give optimum solution for a problem
Reactive Parts- part that will control the body’s reactions to the environment
Recording Parts-will record specific interactions for recall. It may be sight, sound, touch or specificsituation.
Restrictor Parts – limits the system to a located viewpoint
Ribbon Parts- These are parts of the programming matrix that monitor programming functions ofParts and then send messages from computers to System areas
Robot Parts-children who have been put into robot costumes and are trained to attack parts of thesystem which are not in compliance with the programming.
Ruby – sexual alters usually linked to beta programming
Ruling Parts-parts that have titles of royalty in systems.
Run/return to handler return home / Parts-parts that will return to the handler, or flee from the area

they are in.

¶ S

Satanic hierarchy Parts, to insure the occult part of the system is controlled and follows occultteachings
Satan Parts- part feels they are on the victorious side in a spiritual war and are a part of Satan’sarmy. (Different than Lucifer)

Scrambling Parts- to prevent other parts from hearing things that are being said to them that shouldnot be heard.
Seer Parts- parts that gather information and predict the future of the system.
Separator Parts – keeps the system as an individual separate from the system’s higher self.Sexual Parts: created to have sex with individuals. Each Part is programmed in a specific genre ofsex. Sexual Parts are also programmed for cult/occult specific sex for the exchange of entities.Shifter Parts –assts with shifting between 7.83 Hz, 10.80 Hz, 6.6 Hz for programming.

Shell Parts-Hide Parts from being discovered by outside individuals who are not allowed to beaware of that part of the system.
Shell Focus Parts – surrounds the system and focuses things in on the system for programmingShadow Parts- have shadow Parts created from themselves to take their pain.

Sin Parts – will purposely commit acts that are against the Christian Parts.
Sleep Centre Parts – parts that dream and have the system rebuild things while the system sleepsSleeping alter-Time passes for a sleeping alter without knowing.
Slider alter-An alter whose age varies
Social Parts- parts that present in social situations
Somatic Parts (Sickness Parts) – physical pains/sensations are triggered through programming inresponse to not following directions, rules, job or other instructions laid in by the programmerSolidifier Parts-will unite the system against a common threat or enemy.
Spirit Guide Parts-part that believes they can spiritually guide other parts seeking spiritual awaking.(Universal mind)
Splitter Parts – continually makes parts split (divide)
Spinner kittens will be accessed via their mama cat, who acts like a Madam in a “cat house”.Telephone tones are frequently used to be able to access or trigger parts of the computer programmatrix.
Spiritual Parts: have a variety of beliefs that cover different spiritual paths internally.
Subconscious Parts- hides things and convinces the system to stay limited and obedient
Sublimating Parts- insure the sadistic parts behave in a publically acceptable manner.
Suppressor Parts – hides the programming from outside individuals if programming is detected.Super being Parts– will take over a part by overwhelming them and control them.
Suicide Parts- programmed to stop the body from living. Each Part responds to a specific trigger.Swindlers and fabricator parts- notoriously skilful timewaster parts. These parts are used to protectthe system during therapy, and if caught interrogation.
System Parts – ensure life within the system is continued in a balanced fashion.
Symbolize Parts-maintains the internal symbols placed during programming

Sympathizer Parts- parts that will express compassion for a part that has just been traumatized.System Holder Parts-parts who feel like they have received a section of the system to oversee andown.
System Coordinator Parts – co-ordinates the interrelationship of system

Synchronizer Parts – will insure that a task, trigger, event occurs across the system at the same time.

T
Teen alter-Teen alters appear to be between the ages of 13 and 18

Tempter Parts – tempts the system to do the opposite of what would lead to freedom, or a positiveresult for the system.
Terror/Fear Parts – makes the system afraid, especially of anything to do with the mind or spiritsThinker Parts-closely related to the silent observer. This part will think of alternative actions thatcan be taken when something arises.

Tranced Parts- bring the body into semiconscious state, as between sleeping and waking and adetachment from one’s physical surroundings to assist with pulling up parts for programming.
Travel Parts, sleep during travel or be oblivious to where they are going
Trickster Parts – is a god, goddess, spirit, man, woman, or anthropomorphic animal part who playstricks or otherwise disobeys normal rules and conventional behaviour. Tricks the system in toinsuring the other parts maintain their jobs to correct the error.

Twin alters-Twins appear the same in many ways, and may even have the same name. One twin cangood while the other is bad.

U

Unifier/Joiner/Grouper Parts – pulls everything together to insure the system continues to worksmoothly.
Universal Mind Parts (The Committee) created by the programming to manage the system these arenot self aware Parts, but is a composite composed of a piece of everybody and programmed to run

V

Vacuum Parts -insures the system isn’t affected by outside influences attempt to keep the systemisolated.
Visual Parts- composes pictures of reality that the system will see. These pictures are often distortedto assist the programming.

W

Watcher Parts- watches the system and its functioning. Typically doesn’t speak to individuals on theoutside.
Workers Parts: do the jobs of daily life, and usually are part of the presenting systems. These parts

take care of the house, get married, and may hold a highly dependable job.Wraith Parts -believes they are a ghost.

XYZ

47 Internal Programs

Below is a list of internal programs for use. The programmers are advised to inlay all base programs,and then link the programs to their backups before continuing with individual programs.

Below is a partial list of programs.

4 Elements defensive programming –fire, wind, water, and air. When the programming is touchedby any outside individual in an attempt to breach programming the elements of the earth come alive.WATER–subject will freeze like ice, will suffocate like inhaling water, will boil like being placedin boiling water, will feel a drip drip drip on the head, and will flood with memories.FIRE—Subject will burn inside and outside. The subject will remember fire torture, and their facemelting.

EARTH–the subject will remember being dropped down a well, being buried alive in either hotsand, or a casket. Earth means “life or death”. The earth “swallows subject’s up.” The subject mayfeel dehydrated from memories of being buried in hot sand (hot earth).
AIR or WIND–Vortexes suck the subject down and away, a strong wind takes the alter(s) out of theirdesignated area and spins and separates them.

A
Abreaction programming- Gives the subject topics to talk about in therapy or with other outsideindividuals who may be attempting to assist the subject.
Access denied programming- Prevents unauthorized access both externally and internally, will oftenbe reinforced by either or both suicidal/homicidal programming.
Access Programs- Allows access into the subject’s internal system. These programs allow thehandlers and programmers to access the subject’s system through a specific part. Access is achievedthrough triggers, hand signals, electronic tones, spoken phrases, and touch. Once accessed, countlessother programs may be triggered and/or reinforced by the handler or programmer.
Alex Programming- A recall and retry program.
Alice in Wonderland Programming- The programmer/handler uses the book written by Lewis Carollto map the subject’s System. The created parts are given names and rolls after characters in the book.

Alice in Wonderland

looking glass person carries out the command–but in a way that reality is thought to be a dream
The codes used in Wonderland programming are too vast to list them all. The programmer will chosequotes from the book Alice in Wonderland to use.
Alien Programming- Blue beams of light are used as a hypnotic induction for subjects who are giventhe cover story of being abducted by aliens. The subject during this experience seeks a god who is a

¶ The White Rabbit is a programming figure for
¶ programmer/handler.
¶ programming who has access to
¶ deeper parts of the system. The White Rabbit is an important figure to the subject as he represents the
¶ The Queen of Hearts is also an important figure for commands in the Looking Glass World which.
¶ When a deep subject alter is needed to perform they are sent into the looking glass world where a
¶ great being to control them. This is used to program in the evil and good aliens, or evil or good gods.The gods or the aliens during a programming session will not be so strange that the subject as a motecan’t understand their purposes and activities.
The subject may perceive these aliens on the trip experimenting with us. This is a common easy-to-create psychotropic programming script.Alpha Programming- Is total alignment with the Programmers’ agenda. It is a prerequisite for otherforms of programming and a base program. Regarded as general programming within the base controlpersonality; characterized by extremely pronounced memory retention, along with substantiallyincreased physical strength and visual acuity. Alpha programming is accomplished throughdeliberately subdividing the subject’s personality which, in essence, causes a left brain-right braindivision, allowing for a programmed union of L and R through neuron pathway stimulation.Alpha Programming aims to install a mechanical paradigm, where all parts are instruments, vesselsor puppets that can be made to do anything by those who hold the insights into the subjects mind.Young children have long periods of alpha activity and must be trained to enter other brain wavestates for long periods. Access codes and sexual alters will often be placed in alpha, which may alsobe coded red in some systems.

Amnesia programming- The alters will be programmed with amnesia as a backup. Backup amnesiameans the part doesn’t remember that they lost time, or won’t remember that they forgot what hasoccurred. They also won’t remember that they don’t remember. This is an example of hypnosis usedinternally by the programmer and the programmed parts to control other inside parts. This is used inAliceinWonderlandprogrammingasAlicefallingdownatree. InOzprogrammingitisusedinthePoppy field, or as the Glenda the Good witch with her wand. Two-way amnesia can be used, whereneither part knows about the others existence.

Anger Management Programming- Teaches the subject to redirect their anger away from thehandler and programmer. The subject will be provoked by one of these figures until they are angry.The question is asked, “Are you angry?” When the subject replies, in the positive an electroshock isapplied. The subject will be brought to a high level of anger allowed to ‘cool off’ for 30 minutes.
The subject’s and parts are taught to redirect their anger toward themselves. “When you (subject) areangry it is due to your inferiority. You must___ (cut, hit, burn) when you are angry. Do youunderstand?” This message will be repeated with the question “Do you understand?” The subject istraumatized until they are compliant. Suicide programming will be layered in at a specifiedbrainwave state the programming begins with repetitious self-destruct messages. These messagesdebase the value of the subject to reinforce the suicidal destruct messages. This training will lead thesubject will attach subconsciously a fear of pain to the concept of anger toward their programmers,handlers and authority figures.
Armageddon programming- Is activated in those who have Bible programming. The four horsemenon their different horses ride out and bring their different mental tortures to the subject’s mind.Assassination Programs- When an individual in the subject’s environment is deemed to havebecome too much of a liability, the subject may be triggered to attempt to kill the individual. Theprogramming will be placed against a supportive individual, situation, or environment in the subject’slife. As is the case in self-injury programs, means (e.g., guns, knives, poison, etc.) of the assassinationprogram are often “given” to the subject by the programmer.
The primary intent program may not be the actual death of the individual but to scare them away, andto set the subject up as an aggressive individual so other outside attempts to assist in recovery willnot occur.

B
Backup Programming- One of the backup programs is designed to deal with an individual who has a

good understanding of a system, and tries to take a system out via spiritual warfare. Other backupprograms provide the deprogrammer with mirror images and sham alters to talk with. Thedeprogrammer never talks to the real human elements.
Baby Talk programming- when the parent and child or two adults, baby talk to each other so itappears there is an intimate relationship and nurturing when it is not.

Bells of Destruction programming-The sound of bells tolling internally signalling to destroy a levelof the programming, structures of programming, or a death knell. The program will have the bell tolla specified number of times for each object to be destroyed.
Behavioural sciences programming- Parts programmed to investigate human and animal behaviourthrough controlled and naturalistic observation, and disciplined scientific experimentation. Theseparts then learn to predict the behaviours of outside individuals to protect the system fromcompromise.

Beta programming- is sexual programming spanning from rigid gender stereotypes on one end of thespectrum (Princess Programming) to hyper-sexualized conduct at the opposite end (Porn/Sex SubjectProgramming). Beta Programming requires absolute submission from women/men in order for them toperform their tasks. An early sexual torture will be used to anchor this programming. These sexualsubjects will develop sexual abilities that are for the pleasure of others and not the subject.

It is important for Beta subjects to be programmed to have charm, seductive skills, charisma, andcreativity. This programming eliminates all learned moral convictions and stimulates the primitivesexual instinct, devoid of inhibitions. Kitten parts are created with this programming.
Betrayal programming-Parts are programmed not to trust one another so they cannot form alliances.This is done by having parts ‘report’ on one another’s activities, and not assist each other outside oftheir tasks.

Black box programming- is self-destruct and shatter programming sealed off into a black box toprotect system. Black boxes are not to be opened.
Brain Starvation Programming- is done by severely limiting sugar and proteins. Water deprivationis taught to caregivers to raise the brain’s temperature, which happens when the brain swells fromlack of water. The subject gets woozy, overheated and hallucinates so they can’t remember clearly.Water deprivation combined with electroshock makes it difficult for the subject to rememberanything. Heavy exercise along with long periods of little sleep 2 to 3 hours a day causes anoverproduction of endorphins and victims begin to robotically respond to commands.

Brain wave programming-is a very complex form of programming which creates automatic amnesiaand communication barriers between the different brain wave states. This will also be reinforced byshock and punishment to prevent its “degradation”, or undoing. Internal system controllers andprogrammers will also work to reinforce the programming at night when the subject is asleep.(Physically).

Brain wave programming involves having a young subject placed in a deep trance, where they learnto dissociate into a specified brain wave state. Three programmers will work on one subject duringthe initial stages.
One will “prep” the subject, using a hypnotic drug to induce a trance state. They will have also

placed the electrodes on the head, using an abbreviated version of the method used in traditionalhospital setting. If delta state is being induced, only the electrodes needed to pick up delta waves willbe placed.
The number two programmer will advise the subject exactly what they expect: they will achieve aspecial state, called ____ the programmer tells the subject, while they are in trance state, they (theprogrammers) will know when they reach it, by the readings from the electrodes.
The third Programmer is the verbal or teaching programmer. They will immediately reward thesubject, saying, “Good, you are in ___ state now.” The programmer will touch the subject; tell themwhat a good job they are doing. If the subject jumps out of ____ state, the verbal programmer willimmediately become harsh, and will shock the subject as punishment. The subject is told that it leftthe desired state (which is “good”) and needs to go back in.
The average subject is about eight years old when this is begun, since the cerebral cortex andneurological development are not advanced enough in younger ages. The programmer will tell thepart, who has been called up to be a “template”, or building block for the new system, that ___state is“good”. They will emphasize this over and over. The subject will be shocked to increase itsreceptivity to learning. This also arouses the subject from its drugged state and they will be morealert. The programmer will tell the subject that they are to execute mental exercises. The programmerwill then give the subject backwards counting exercises, used to help the subject achieve deepertrance states. Other verbal cues to trance down will be given. When the prepping or technicalprogrammer sees ____ waveforms, they will signal the verbal programmer with a hand signal. Theinduction, counting, will be repeated until ___ state is seen again. The subject is consistentlyrewarded for entering, then staying in this state for longer and longer periods of time. When thetemplate part can stay in the specified brainwave pattern consistently, the part will be rewarded. Thiswill occur over several months.
The programmers now have a template that stays in the desired state. They can begin splitting andusing the part as a basis of forming a new system. The new system will record the desired brainwaves on an EEG if done correctly. The new system will be taught what the brain wave state means.The programmers will flash a cue or symbol correlating with the state overhead, and brand the stateinto the system. The programmers will wear clothing with the symbols. The parts will be taught whatto do, how they act, and how to view the world. They will reward them when they comply, and shockor otherwise traumatize them if they do not act as the brainwave state.
Body programs- will be put in for all parts. The same code will work for all alters when the internalprogramming parts want to trigger a body program. Many body programs are activated via triggercodes are memories of severe torture. The internal defences consist in part of body programs that aretriggered if the subject attempts to break programming.
Some body programs are: Auditory problems, Blood flow/circulation, Coma, Digestive failure,Headaches-split brain, Heart failure, histamine production, Optic problems such as blindness,Respiratory failure, Sleep deprivation, Sleeping program, Temperature change, control the pulse rateand heart beat, control the body’s temperature, Control the temperature of individual body parts orsides of the body, such as the right side of the body might get hot, and the left side of the body will becold.
Some of the body programs are carried out by an alter fragment which feels as if they are burning orone that was created by ice torture. This part or this feeling of being hot or cold is then attached tosomething in the mind. If the subject moves toward the freedom, a cold alter or a cold feeling of amemory is hypnotically programmed to come up behind the alter holding the body.

Many feelings, body sensations, and drugged states are attached to body programs.
The heart is controlled by the mind and works with the emotions of a subject. Programmers have beentaking advantage of the mind’s ability to control the heart’s beating. The three most frequent eventsthat change heart beat are emotions, sicknesses, and muscle activity. Parts are programmed to tranceout if anyone tries to prove to them that they have a heart.
Other body programs appear to be connected to the memories of alters. For instance, if theProgrammer wants the body to burn–he has the System pull up an alter which was tortured with firewho comes up behind the alter holding the body, and the body then abreacts and feels like it isburning.
Burning Programs-Burning programs are linked to Silence programs, and self punishment programs.Common modes of burning include: cigarettes, lighters, hot metal implements (i.e., knives, rods,wands), and/or a variety of scalding (or flammable) liquids and caustic chemicals.
Boxes Programming-Subjects will be placed in a room and a cedar chest would be placed in frontof a table. Two young subjects will be assigned to guard the chest, which is called the “Doctor’sbox”. The box will have three seals on it that cannot be broken. The subjects will be weapons withwhich to guard the box. Expendable children will be sent in to try to break the seals and open the box.The subjects will be given directives to kill anyone who attempts to break the seals and open the box.If the subjects fail in their guard duty, they are tortured or depending on the failure terminated.Internally, the subjects have template alters who know nothing but their hypnotic commands to guardthe doctor’s boxes. Locked in the boxes would be self-mutilation, body programs, spin programs etc.

C
Carousal Programming- is a sequence designed to confuse alters and fragments inside. This program

is linked to spin and confusion programming internally. This may also be used to punish internal partsby spinning them on the carousel if they disclose information or tell.
Chi Programming- or “return to cult” is programming installed in order to get subjects to reassemblea packaged ideology or religious belief. It is the equivalent of “calling in” or “coming in” in thelanguage of secretive intelligence agencies, and it will make a sleeper subject return from any levelof ideological digression or apathy to core beliefs they may not even be aware rules them.

On the cultural level it is an instrument of social engineering to make sure that one Programmersagenda, such as multi-culturalism, does not exceed certain boundaries.
Whenever Programmers deem it necessary, the Chi Programming is invoked and unfolded, draggingsubject’s in the opposite direction, for instance towards nationalism and racist positions.Alternatively, the multi-cultural vision can be furthered, when it suits the Programmers agenda,overriding patriotism and ethnic-cultural loyalties.

Colour programming-a way to organize systems that allows the programmer to call alters up easily.With hundreds of fragments colours are a way of organizing them into an easily accessible group.Colour coding is one of the first methods that are inlayed over systems. An entire system may becolour coded with numerous colours, with each system controller being given a different colour overits part of the system

A box of coloured scarves and electroshock are used to program colour coding into subject’s mind.Besides alters, other things in the system are colour coded.
Castle programming-Castles can be set throughout the landscape of the system. The script must

coincide with the placement of a castle so the subject’s mind will accept it. Programmers should notplace a castle if it does not fit the script. This will cause a system glitch. Castles are used for re-programming, placing parts in the dungeon, and for hierarchy parts to live. Names of the castle shouldreflect the programming script.

Cutting Programs-As children, subjects will be taught by programmers when and how to cut. Theseprograms are a means of punishment, as well as to reinforce earlier obedience or shutdowncommands. The cutting implements themselves may be gifts from the programmer used during theoriginal programming session. The subject will keep these implements hidden and use only when theprogram to cut is triggered. Many cutting programs have been coded to progress to suicide programs.Cocoon programming-Used with monarch butterfly images. The subject is wrapped in white clothand reborn as a butterfly. The subject is under psychotropic medication to enhance the programmingand images. The subject’s legs are spread and folded like a butterflies wings. The programmer thenhas sex with the subject as the programming script for the butterfly is read.

Cover Programs – Similar to screen memories; these are programmed memories laid in by thecult/occult to distract from, or distort, the true ritual abuse memory. A secondary purpose of theseprograms is to discredit the subject’s memories with unbelievable content. As a result portions of thememory will be true, other aspects will be false.

Cinderella Program-Occult program used for rituals. At midnight a young part will be called up toperformataskduringtheritual. Otherpurposesofthisprogramconsistoffallingasleepatmidnight,completing a specific task at midnight, and amnesia programming triggered at midnight.
Cross Programming- Subjects will be programmed as teams. Each team will be given code wordsfor each alter who is part of a 2-System team. Teams will be trauma and sexually bonded, as well ashaving mirror images with each other’s names.

D
Daytime Abandonment programming- starts at birth for all subjects. The environment itself is

programming. No matter how the infant behaves it is ignored and abused physically and emotionallyin the daytime. Nurturing and caretaking by caregivers occur only at night.
Death programming- is completed by removing the fear of death from parts and advising the alterthey must protect the secrets, family, clan, and system. The fear of death is removed by torture andadvising the part they don’t exist, they are passing through, and this life is a door way to anotherrealm.

Torture programming for death parts consists of near death torture bringing the part near death bydrowning, suffocation (by smothering or choking), electric shocks, drug induced death experiences,placed in pits to simulate being buried alive, and placed in coffins or witnessing horrific deaths ofothers.

Horrific deaths include made to feel helpless to help an individual who is dying. A subject of thesame age is tortured to death by skinning, drowning, burning, hanging, burial, electrocution, gangrape, and other methods.
The final act in deaths programming is to participate in the death of an individual. The individualwill be the approximate age of the part. The programmer and handler will decide the means of death.The individual’s death must allow for the subject’s part to directly witness the last breath.Dehumanizing Programming- creates alters that are things or objects. Like, earth element, gemstoneor rock to insure the part continues to believe they are not human.

Delta programming- This is known as “killer” programming, originally developed for trainingspecial agents or elite soldiers (i.e. Delta Force, First Earth Battalion, Mossad, etc.) in covertoperations. Optimal adrenal output and controlled aggression is evident. Subjects are devoid of fear;very systematic in carrying out their assignment. Delta is employed to create a standing army offearless subject’s, who can be further groomed by army, police and the intelligence communitythrough the legitimate process of recruitment and training, or by secretive handlers who can triggerDelta impulses and learned capabilities. The use of subjects crosses many organizational boundarieswithin the overall Network. If a subject is to be used as a Delta model (assassination), they may beselected for strength and dexterity.

Physical fitness sequences are often applied, with favourites being exercises that can be done incomplete solitude, such as running on a track, raising the body from a bar and vertical sit-ups with thelegs fixed.
Delta this is one of the more cognitive brain wave states, and will often be highly dissociated. Asubject can be in waking delta if they are in an advanced state of programming. Delta alters areemotionless, flat with photographic memories. They may hold most of the cognitive memories for theother systems, especially if extensive amnesia programming has been completed.
Delta state may have up to three levels of training: Delta Tier 3, General solider training. Delta Tier2, Sniper, special operations training. Delta Tier 1 T.S. NTK, Black ops training, clandestineoperations, no acknowledgement of existence.
Another example is U.S. Navy SEAL Team Six (officially the Naval Special Warfare DevelopmentGroup) are JSOC’s (Joint Special Operations Command) elite tier-one forces. They conduct thenation’s black operations, and work in absolute secrecy. When an operator from one of these units iskilled in action, the Department of Defence generally releases their name with a cover story for thedeath. (A training accident, for example.)
Denial programming-begins with the first experiences the subject goes through in life. The subjecthas been traumatized, the next morning the programmers are acting normally, as if nothing hasoccurred. This is reinforced later by the subject being asked what happened. If the subject begins tostate what has happened the previous night/day they are punished. Denial will be reinforced by theprogrammers by advising the subject they will never be believed if they disclose. There will besituations set up by the programmers where another subject will ask what has occurred. If the subjectbegins to disclose torture is implemented.
The subject will learn to deny any memories due to fear of punishment, no one will believe them, andthey will lose anyone they are close to.
Alters will be created as the subject grows, whose purpose will be to deny the trauma. If anydisclosure were to occur the alter will state it was a nightmare, a book the subject read, a movie theysaw, etc.
Demonology programming- (spiritual programming) The subject’s alters are to participate in ritualswhere demons are invoked. The demons are to act as ‘Guardians’ protecting the system. The altersare advised if the demon is ‘cast out’ they will return seven fold. Alters are also advised they aredemons to prevent Christians from breaching the system.
Disney Programming-uses Disney movies and scripts for subject. The subject’s parts will be givenDisney character names. Mickey Mouse will be the lead programmer.
Dual Programming-Programming two or more subject’s together with the identical scripts, colours,and mapping. The codes will differ, and the images will differ due to the differences in the subject’sperspective. The programming is used with twinning.

Duel programming-Programming in systems that prevents alters from agreeing on a task, or goal.This programming prevents alters from fighting other programming because they cannot agree onoutcome.
Don’t talk; don’t tell programming- Triggers flooding, body memories, spinning programs if thesubject attempts to talk about programming. This programming is also used for Delta programming ifsubject were to be apprehended. Programming should be linked to any program the programmerdeems necessary.

Distortion programming- The subject will see an individual’s face as melting wax, with numerousoverlays, double faces and other distorted images. This programming can also hold echoing, which iswhen an individual speaks their voice echoes. This leads to the subject believing they are losing theirmind, outside diagnosis will lead to schizophrenia.

Doll programming- The subject is given a doll that is made to look like them. The subject is taught toproject their feelings onto the doll. Due to the doll looking like the subject they are projecting on tothemselves. The programmer will place the doll in positions and have the subject ‘abuse’ the doll.The subject is trained to assume the same positions so they can be abused.

E

Early milieu programming- The subject is abandoned by caregivers during this programming to inlayabandonment issues for trauma bonding. During this time programming is completed during the day inwhich the programmers are consistently apathetic towards the subject. The subject is to feelunlovable and must seek to please others during the day. During the night the subject is cared for andnurtured by family member, programmers and other subject’s.

Epsilon programming-is the programming of animal alters into the subject. Epsilon programming isused to create animal alters, which is thought to be the key to paranormal or superhuman abilitiesEpsilon Programming elements are often added to other forms of programming to increase the effectin a specific direction. The Greek or Cyrillic symbol 3 will be found on the subliminal level.
Epsilon programming is specific to the animal and its purpose and attributes. Epsilon programming istypically paired with another form of programming. Epsilon programming paired with betaprogramming for example. Some examples of Epsilon/Beta programming are: sex kittens. Epsilonprogramming is used widely in the sex industry for ‘pony girls’, ‘puppy play’ and other animal fetishes.The intent of programming a subject is to give them attributes their handler will want/need.

A fox would be the animal form the alter would assume. The subject for sexual purposes would betold they are a vixen. This would be done if they are male or female. The sexual programming wouldbe layered in.
If the programmer wanted the fox alter to remain as a ‘system protector’. The subject would be giventhe attributes of a ‘hunted fox’. This means this part would flee if the system were threatened. Foxesare shy animals as a result this part would rarely be seen. They are also isolative animals andnocturnal. The fox alter would cover its tracks using tactics to throw individuals off.

If the subject were to be have a fox programmed as an ‘active alter’ the programming would be for ‘slyfox’. This subject’s task would be to ‘out wit’ therapists, clergy, friends, anyone who attempted todiscover deeper parts of the system.
AnyanimalcanbeusedinEpsilonprogramming. Justabouteveryanimalhasbeentried.

For Epsilon programming to effectively work the subject must be kept in a cage. When the subject is

in the cage they are treated like the animal the handler desires.
As another example the programmer wants a subject to be a dog. The programmer will treat thesubject consistently as they would a dog. If the subject misbehaved; they would be told ‘bad dog’ andan electric shock will be administered through the cage.
The programmer would ask the subject if they wanted to be a dog. When the subject responds with‘no’ another shock would be administered. The subject would be given choices; you can come out ofyour cage if you are a good dog. A good dog would give me oral sex; a bad dog would stay in itscage.
These things would continue, breaking down the subject’s will. The programmer would tell thesubject, you can eat if you bark. If the subject refuses, they don’t eat. The subject is told to eat foodout of a bowl. If they refuse they don’t eat. If they try and use their hands they are shocked.
Dog programming is for sexualized aggression. The subject is aggressively raped from behind. Theperpetrator of the rape will say things such as: ‘good bitch’, ‘fucking dog’, ‘you’re in heat’, and willoften growl or bark themselves.
As the programming progresses the subject will be trained to attack other kids, and programmers.They train the subject how to attack, how to have forced sex. They do this by if the subject restrictstheir arms correctly, and subdues them correctly. If the subject does not do these things correctly theyare easily over powered and viciously raped.
The programmer will eventually take the subject and pit it against other young subjects who aretraining to be dogs. The two programmed subjects will fight, biting, at one another until they arebroken up, or one is severely injured.
The part (alter) that has been trained does not think they are human. The programmers have insuredtelling this part, “You are human.” won’t work. During training, the part would be asked if they werehuman, if they answered, “Yes.” they were tortured. If they answered, “No.” they were rewarded.This would continue until they would say they were a dog.

The phrase: “Dogs of War”? from Shakespeare’s Julius Caesar.
The phrase ‘Dog days of summer’ refers to the rising of the star Sirius. The Egyptians referred to thisstar as the ‘Star of Isis.’ Sirius is a member of the constellation Canis Major (‘The Big Dog’) thisstar is brighter and more powerful than the sun. Sirius is also called the ‘Rainbow Star.’
The phrase: “Dog and pony show.” In programming ‘ponies’ are also sex alters. To have a ‘dog andpony show’ means something completely different to a programmed individual.
Here are other uses for dog programming:
Black dog programming, Depression
Bitch programming, subject, sex subject
Brown Dog programming, used for experiments, medical programming
Cerberus programming, guards important doors/gates
Gabriel’s Hounds, demonic layering, German
Pavlov’s Dog, trained of one specific task

Key phrases of Dog programming:

NO or STOP – stop doing whatever they are doing right now.SIT – sit at their current position.
DOWN – lie down at their current position.
STAND – stand up when it is in the Sit or down position.

OFF – get off the item they are currently on.STAY – stay at their current position.
GO – start walking or running.
FOCUS – focus on you, and not be distracted.SPEAK – bark.

QUIET – stop any whining or barking.
HEEL – walk next to you, on either side, at your pace.
BITE – bite into a given object.
OUT or DROP IT – free any item it has in their mouth.
HOLD – hold in their mouth whatever it is biting on.
Off Leash commands
COME – to come towards you.
GO OUT – leave the crate, kennel, room.
GO IN – enter the crate, kennel, room.
End time Programming- When activated the subject’s alters will align with their designated sides.They will take a stance of who should be irradiated and who should survive. This will cause chaoswithin the subject.

F
Ferris wheel Programming- creates compartments shaped like pieces of pie. Each piece is a small

part of the pie or a larger structure used to house alters, and fragments. The wheel can be turned toaccess alters, and to move them in the system.
Flood programming- A coded sequence put in place to punish a system if its internal programming isallowed to degrade or access to an unauthorized individuals, either internally or externally. Floodprogramming will involve the fragments who hold highly traumatic memories, both emotional andphysical, being pushed to the front where the subject is “flooded” with wave after wave of memories.Suicide programming and shattered programming is often layered in with Flood programming.

These programmes are triggered to interfere with therapeutic process by overwhelming the subject.This is achieved by triggering the subject to have a flood of painful and frightening cognitive and/orsomatic memories enter consciousness simultaneously, thereby significantly increasing post-traumaticstress disorder (PTSD) symptomotology and suppressing the functionality of the subject.

Flowers Programming-Flowers are placed throughout the system as triggers. The flowers can beutilized from the script. The flowers can also be coded by type within the system to designated timesfor rituals and seasons.
Formation Programming- Parts are programmed to gather together when a specified code is given.The formations can be protective, ritual, soldiers, animals, spies, or what the programmer desires.The formations can be coded by colour pairing, number pairing, or direct outside trigger.

G

Gamma programming- hold cult loyal alters, and holds more emotion than the other states, exceptfor alpha. Suicide programming will often be layered in, as these alters would rather die than leavetheir “family”. Scholarship programming may be paired with Gamma programming, since they easily

memorize by repetition. Several languages may be spoken by different alters under this programming,both modern and ancient languages can being spoken
The system protection and deception aspect of this programming will provide misinformation toindividuals, and attempt to redirect any outside intervention. Gamma parts are employed to sow doubtand confusion about the very existence of Programmers.

Gate Keeper Programming- Alters programmed to guard portals and gates throughout the system.The alters impose their reality on other parts within the system by using oppression, judgment, forceand deception.
Gender role confusion- Female subjects are programmed with male attributes, and male subjects areprogrammed with female attributes. For males: (opposite for females) He wants to be a girl.

He desires to grow up to be a woman.
He has a marked interest in female activities, including playing with dolls or playing the roles of girlsor women.
He has an intense interest in cosmetics, jewellery, or girls’ clothes and enjoys dressing up in girls’apparel.
His favourite friends are girls.
On occasions, he may cross-dress and actually consider himself to be a girl.
Gethsemane Suicide Programming-If subject is captured, silence programming runs, the subjectdoes not attempt to ‘save themselves’ but allows their death.
Governmental programming- the subject is trained to take leadership positions or administrativepositions in the government. The subject is trained to network with others in governments, local,national, and international. The Programmers’ stated goal is to infiltrate, and eventually cause thedownfall of, all major governments in the world. Government operatives are taught to do this by:infiltrating local political parties running for leadership both locally and nationally working for topleaders, as administrators, financial advisors funding governmental races and backing the individualsympathetic to the programmers’ agenda.
The subject’s selected for governmental programming are usually highly intelligent with native charm,or charisma. They are also skilled in manipulation. These abilities may be enhanced throughprogramming, encouraging the subject to project a personality that will draw subject’s to them.
They are also taught finances extensively. This programming is done by: hypnotizing the subject,whether subject, youth, or programmer (it is usually administered in late childhood in suitablecandidates), and inducing deep trance with drugs. The subject is shocked, and given the script theyare to follow.
They will learn any languages necessary for the position.
Go insane program-Defence programming. Subject my feel as if they are hearing voices, depression,echoing, high pitched frequencies, spiders and crawling sensation on skin, distorted vision, and othersensory distortion.
God Satan Programming- form of dual programming to insure system balance. The personalities ofthe deities are switched. Satan/Lucifer has the attributes of the Christian God. God/Jesus has theattributes of Lucifer/Satan.
Gumby Programming- is to make the subject think their body is like Gumby and is flexible to moveinto any position. The programming is used for sexual techniques paired with Beta programming.Programmers will have male instructors who teach female subjects about the power of seduction. Themale and female sexual subjects usually are highly skilled technicians who don’t have emotions

attached to what they do.

¶ H

Halt Programming-When activated via code this program stops all activities within the system. TheHalt programming can be used if there is a major system breach, the subject’s job is cancelled and allalters need to stop immediately.
Hearts of Stone programming- The programmers make the alters believe they have surgicallyremoved their hearts and replaced them with a stone(s) 3. The Programmers will remove the heart fora number of reasons: Black mail, remove fear of death, remove love, remove feelings etc. Byremoving the subject’s hearts, it removes any chance the dark alters will have the capacity forcompassion in their heart for anyone. They will be told that they are incapable of having friends or ofloving others.

Programmers will promise to return the heart, if the subject obeys, returns home when called, and ifthey should die and need to be revived.
Programmers can give a part of the heart to a hierarchy alter for proof of safe keeping. The part maybe hidden somewhere Temple of Molech, Valley of Death, or torture section of programming.Honour/dishonour programming is common in military systems. In this, the military parts are toldthat an “honourable and courageous” soldier will take their life, rather than reveal secrets or leavetheir unit.

Hourglass programming-two triangles are placed in the system, one with its point upward the otherwith its point down. The triangles are put on a line so their points will meet forming an hourglass.When the points of the triangle meet the sand will begin to run through the top glass. The programmercan decide what will occur when the hour is up.

Hypno-sleep-suicide program placed in the system during the deepest level of hypnosis.

I

Iceman Programming-Programming that insures the balance of the system is maintained. An internalpart must be selected for this programming. This part must have access to system codes and keys.They are programmed with a cold personality hidden deep within the system and placed under guard.Their task is to ‘thaw’ the system if the system tips too far out of balance in regards to depression,fear, and suicidal thoughts and attempts that aren’t triggered.

Intelligence Spectrum Programming-Programming for parts that maintains age specific intelligence.This is to insure a younger part does not become higher functioning that an elder part.
Isolation Programs-Isolation programs are layered in for internal and external purposes. Within thesystem, alters may be walled-off (via amnesic barriers) from cooperative alters by cult-loyal alters.Beyond the system, subjects may be conditioned to withdraw socially, isolating themselves fromhelpful resources, etc.

¶ J

Jacobs’ ladder programming-A spiritual program that leads to the subject’s higher understanding ofspiritual beings.
Janus programming-Dual programming. This programming can work as a ‘reset program’ takingalters back to a previous point in programming. This programming can also be used to insure thesubject does not trust others. The subject is programmed to believe in the dual nature of God,individuals and themselves. Individuals are good and bad, sane and insane, trustworthy anduntrustworthy etc.

Janus programming can be used with hourglasses for the passage of time, future events and pastevents can be connected with Janus programming.
Janus 2 (two) programming is used in subjects for facial memory and recognition. This programassists with smoother transitions if there is a switch. The alter who is control may not know theindividual they are speaking with but with Janus 2 they will have a sense of recognition.

Jewels programming- Children of programmers will go through either metals or jewelsprogramming. Jewels are considered higher than metals. Which program is put in and when, isdependent on the subject’s status, their parent’s status, the location of birth, the group subject is borninto, and the programmers that work with them. Jewel programming is used to reinforce cult or abuse- group commands such as recall
Rubies, emeralds and diamonds are considered powerful alters inside and are in leadership roles,both internally and externally. The subject’s sense of identity, and status may be held in these alters.

The jewels are used as reward based programming.

Training for this program often begins between ages two and three. Each step of obedience is linkedto receiving a jewel. To earn the designated jewel the subject must:
a.) show sexual adeptness
b.) Pass programming tests

c.) Be rewarded for special achievement (fighting, survival)d.) be adept at games
e.) show heightened intelligence
f.) attributes of trauma bonding

g.) Show betrayal skills

Amethyst is usually the first jewel earned, and is linked to keeping secrets, never telling, and passingthe first step of obedience.
Ruby sexual alters inside. As the subject is sexually traumatized and survives, or creates sexual altersto please adults, they are rewarded by being allowed to become a ruby.

Moon Stone given to subjects who achieve rank in ritual setting.
Emerald will often come later (ages 12 to 15). This is considered very precious, and is linked tofamily loyalty, witchcraft, and spiritual achievement.
Morganite Given to child alters who are skilled at their assigned job and hold the body well throughtraining.
Sapphire- Given to subject when they have mastered not wanting anything, remain quiet when theirneeds are not met and when they are left alone for extended periods of time.

Paraiba Tourmaline-subject has mastered photographic response and memory.
Blood Stone Given when the subject has terminated another subject, participated in a ritual sacrificewithout fear, remorse, or other negative emotion.
Melanite- given to subject when they have survived a hunt, and found the hunted.Hackmanite-Subject shows ability to re-enact programming scenarios with minor subjects.
Cats Eye Aquamarine- Subject completes assigned task and responds to call back.
Diamond is the highest gemstone, and not all children will earn it. It is considered a high achievementmay not be earned until adulthood, after passing rigorous tasks. It will be the controlling alters in agemstone system. A diamond has passed all twelve steps of discipline, plus passed unusual tests andwill have highest family loyalty.
Judas Programming.-protective programs. A subject who betrays the programmers is programmed tohang themselves.
Jolly Green Giant programming-(Green Giant)-occult programming to protect detection fromoutside individuals. The Green Giant protects occult inside territory by inflicting trauma on internaltrespassers. The programming will trigger internal occult protectors to threaten and intimidate outsideindividuals.

K

Kaleidoscope programming-a distortion program that causes the subject to see many faces of oneindividual. The program will often spin.
Kerberos programming- Linked to Epsilon programming. This programming is a protectionprogram. The dog parts will protect the area and become aggressive if it is tampered with.Kosem programming-suicide program by hanging.

L

Lascivious programming-Sexually aggressive programming.
Lilith programming which is given alters who function within the Cabbalistic Tree of Life which is

built in during Mengele’s programming for the deeper sections (levels) of alters which are trained inProgrammers black magic

M

The Man without a Country Programming-The subject is read the story. They are advised they willbe rejected by everyone, enemy and friend, if they reveal any secrets of the programming. The subjectis isolated for periods of time so they understand the severity of breaking secrets
Mask Programming-Subjects are given a mask as a replacement for their face. The mask could bemade of porcelain, paint, or another material. If the subject removes the mask, or the mask is removedthey are told they will die. Without the mask they don’t exist and no one can see them.

Mensa Programming-Photographic memory programming. Reserved for subjects with exceptionalI.Q.
Melting Pot Program-A program that melts the subject into their programmer. The subject will doanything for the programmer with this program. The melting is blissful feeling that anchors the subjectto the programmer.

Metals programming- Metals programming is a type of programming that many Programmers’children are given. Metals can be from bronze (lowest) to platinum (highest). Metals a form ofreward based programming.
Rhoduim-Highest level

Platinum –
Gold – second highest in the metals programming rank.Ruthenium
Iridium
Osmium
Palladium
Rhenium
Silver
Gallium

Indium
Tellurium-Lowest Level
Military programming-Started by three years of age with simple exercises. The subjects are taught tomarch in time, stand in a straight line. They are punished by being kicked, shocked with a cattle prod,or beaten with a baton if they move out of place.
The programmers will have ranks, badges and insignia to indicating the subject’s level ofachievement in the cult hierarchy and military. Badges and medals are given out to indicate thesubject’s level of training and tests passed
Being killed is considered weakness; being a killer is considered strength.
Prisoner of war camps will be simulated. The “guards” are older subjects who have done well. The“prisoners” are younger subjects or those being punished for not performing well. There is intensepressure to become a guard as this is a power position.
Hunting and tracking games where the prisoners are given a half hour lead are frequent. These mayalso involve the use of trained dogs taught to knock the hunted down but not kill them. Older childrenare taught to handle the dogs, and use them. Youth are taught to help the programmers train the dogs.Microwaves for Programming- a chip is placed in the auditory cortex of the brain. The chip allowssomeone to speak into a microphone, the microphone then has its sounds coded into microwave,which are sent to the receiver in the brain and the receiver device will transform the microwavesback so that the subject’s mind hears the spoken message.
Mirror Programming- There exists a mirror world which is a reversal of the one internal world thesubject lives in. The programming creates duplicate reflected images of parts, and internal structures.This causes confusion and parts to become lost if they attempt to leave their area. Mirrors can also beplaced in the system as doors and traps. If the mirror is shattered a program can be triggered toprotect the system.
Mote Programming-The subject is a mere mote, a small flash in infinite time. When an alter of asubject thinks or goes internally where it shouldn’t, this programming is attached to the mind so thatthe subject loses sight of who they are and feels very insignificant and only a dot. It can also be usedas a mass protective program where the mind spreads out like molecules and loses the ability to think

N
Naiad Programming-water programming. Areas of the system can be flooded with water if there is abreach. It can also be used to re-enforce outside water torture for internal parts.
Near Death Programming- Completed by drugging the subject at age 2 or 3. The subject is torturedby, beating, shocking and almost suffocating to create a near death state. While under this duress thesubject is brought to consciousness and asked to choose, death or to invite a powerful demon inside.The demon enters; the subject becomes unconscious, and awakens later in clean clothing and a softbed. The subject is weak and shaky, and is told by their handler in a very compassionate manner, thatthey died, but the demon brought them back to life. The subject told that if they ask the demonic entityto leave, that they will revert to the near death state they were in.
Another near death programming is the subjects arms, legs, waist and neck tied down. The subject iswrapped in a cocoon with soft gauze; they are fed intravenously, and undergo sensory deprivation.White light and loud noise are used to help disorient the subject then they are electric shocked anddrugged. This occurs for approximately two days. The subject is advised they are dying. There

handler advises the subject they will not let them die, but their life is owed to them (handler).Recorded messages of being “reborn” into the “family group” are also played on a loop as the subjectis brought out of unconsciousness.
A third version is placing the subject in a large recently killed animal large animal. The subject hasbeen drugged and traumatised to heighten their fear. The subject will be told they have been placed in“the belly of the beast” and will die. The programmer or handler will ‘rescue’ the subject form thisdeath.
Nightmare-Night Terror Programs- Similar to flooding programs, subjects are conditioned tobecome overwhelmed with terrifying images/memories while asleep. They serve to keep the subjectrun-down and fatigued. Often, nightmare programs are triggered or tripped automatically whenprocessing forbidden material in therapy.
No-talk programming-subject is programmed to not talk about past events. The programming willtrigger pain in the tongue, teeth and jaw.
Nursery Rhyme programming- Nursery rhymes are constructed to activate designated alters that areusually sleepers. A Tisket A Tasket, Baa, Baa, Black Sheep is used for money laundering scripts, anddrug money or drug carrying scripts. Bye, Baby Bunting is used with where the subject child is placedwithin a skin, cocoon programming with a butterfly coming forth or near death experiences. Diddle,Diddle Dumpling, Ding, Dong Bell, Hickory Dickery Dock are used for internal clocks.

O

Omega programming- is designed to make subjects prone to self-destruction, which is both ageneral social engineering principle and an emergency brake in programming. The correspondingbehaviours include suicidal tendencies and/or self-mutilation. The Omega programs preventintegrating the subject, they hold the body programs, and run the computers. If major tampering isdone with the System, which threatens to totally wipe out the Omega programs, then one of the backupprograms will be triggered.

Octopus suicide programming, an octopus suicide program chokes the subject if they aredisobedient.

P

Phi/Theta programming -this represents negative spiritual programming. These are the “dark” ritualalters, who participate in blood rituals, sacrifices, and ceremonies. Internal witches, warlocks, seers,psychics, readers, and occult practitioners will undergo this programming, which has highlydeveloped right brain and deep trance abilities. They will often be colour coded black.

Porcelain Face Programming- Fire torture and melted wax is used to make the subject believe theirface has been burned. The programmer gives the traumatized parts a porcelain mask. The part gettingthe Porcelain face may be given a “gem” hypnotically like Jade and that becomes their secret name.Another use of porcelain masks is to place masks on Pawn alters which were used to guard places byscaring other alters with their fearful porcelain countenances. The alters are placed in mirror mazesso their reflections are scary to others entering the mazes.

Pain Programs-Subjects are conditioned to re-experience the physical pain portion of their abusememories. Used as punishment, pain programs may also be enacted to “motivate” the subject to carryout other programmed functions.
Potter’s Wheel program-This is the equivalent to a computer utility program. The Programmer pullsthe alter they want to work on up on the potter’s. When alters are placed on the potter’s wheel, theycan be asked to stand in order. Then the alters will come to the front of the mind on top of each otherin their prearranged sequence.

Princess Programming- The princess program which is a back up program functions, if the regularprogramming breaks down or if the handler loses control over the system. The programming iscontained within a box, which is opened. The princess who is kept sleeping by spiders which biteher in a coffin, wakes up and looks for the prince to come. Darkness sets in on all the top sections ofalters, and thick walls and pain come, then a webbing much like a body-suit-cocoon will envelope allalters but those loyal to the programmer. It becomes hard to breathe and the alters who had soughtfreedom from the programming, now find themselves being tranced out. Alters who are cold and inlots of pain are called up by code to torment the body. The Outer Darkness of a System (sometimescalled the Rubicon) gets thicker

The system will re-establish its compass.
Prolog Programming- Logic programming for the subject. The programmer will set up scenarios that

to an outside individual cannot be true. Due to the subject experiencing the scenario it is true. Whenan outside individual attempts to logically state what has occurred cannot be true, the programmingwill state it is true reinforcing the belief.
Puppet programming- In the body feels totally disjointed and controlled by strings. The subject’sbody is paralyzed by drugs and then electronic shocks are administered to limbs. The programmerwill tie ropes to the limbs, and the limb or body part is shocked the programmer will pull the ropes.This gives the programmer complete control over the subjects body. The subject when not beingshocked will learn to respond to the ropes without fighting. Puppeteers can be placed internally tocontrol these parts.

Paper doll programming Another is for the subject to think they have been turned into a fragile paperdoll. The programming is put in by making the skin very sensitive to any touch, and then attaching thatmemory to the hypnotic suggestion of being a paper doll. The paper dolls may be burned by theprogrammer to re-enforce how fragile they are.

Q

Quiet Wind-The audio hallucination of a quiet wind is used to convince the subject that the HolySpirit is visiting them.

R

Rapid Switching Programs- This program is a system defence, once enacted; a subject may not beable to finish a sentence without switching three to four times between alters. This creates for thesubject an inability to function. Dizziness, fainting, aggression, and in extreme cases death may occur.Subject must be ‘reset’ or heavy sedation administered.

Re-birthing program-The re-birthing program is triggered to remind the subject they have been bornfor a purpose. The program can also be triggered so the subject can be ‘born again’ if there is afailed attempt at a task. The program will erase the memory of the failed attempt so the subject willnot have self doubt.

Recycle Programs -These are programs which act to quickly re-dissociate memories which atherapist has worked to abreact and re-associate.
Reminder-Reinforcement Programs- Used as a reminder to the subject of vows to the larger groupthey have made. These programs often triggered by phone or touch (e.g., three series of three taps onshoulder or knee, a rapid series of six electronic tones, spoken phrases, etc.). Program triggersfrequently include gifts from the cult given during childhood (e.g., stuffed animals, music boxes, etc.).Visually, specified colours also serve the same purpose. Cult-related colours (particularly red,purple and black) are commonly presented to the subject in the form(s) of a cult-contact’s apparel, aletter or envelope, etc.

Re-programming- alters that are degrading in programming can be sent internally to programmingsites. Parts can also be designed who perceive themselves as existing in the original sites of theirtorture within the internal landscape .Defiance of the programmer or wishes by any alters to defy theprogrammer or handler, can be sent to the internal programming site to experience themselves asbeing tortured once again.

Reporting Programs Subjects are programmed to routinely contact and report back to their handler.These programs may be time-triggered (every month, full moon, etc.), date-triggered (i.e.,corresponding to cult “holidays”, etc.), or situational triggered (i.e., host personality enters therapy,reveals cult “secrets,” etc.). Such programs keep the handler updated on the subject’s daily life.Return Programs (Call Backs) Such programs are designed to manipulate subjects to return to thecult for rituals and/or further programming.

Religious Relevance and Convictions: The programmer implants posthypnotic suggestions that areclearly referenced in the Bible. The subject may be punished by anything that is referenced in theBible to substantiate the validity of the Gospels. This process is to provide the subject with anincreased sense of fear and intimidation resulting from God’s presence and force.

Ribbon Programming Colour Programming-During E.C.T., coloured scarf’s coming out of a box areshown to the subject. The alters are then advised they are a specific coloured ribbon using the sametechnique as colour programming. The ribbons have the ability to travel between the different levelsand to transmit messages throughout the system. Ribbon programming consists of several things–where they reside, who they are and what they are to protect.

When a System is accessed by a programmer, one practice is to obtain a ribbon alter and then informthe ribbon what their task is.
Ribbons must protect the computers in order to protect their own life. The Ribbons will beprogrammed to believe that reversing the computer will reverse the Ribbons’ life. The ribbonsthemselves operate with mechanical hearts (not human hearts).

It’s a simple way to organize a subject’s groups within. It also strengthens identification with otherprogramming. It can also help with re-accessing the subject’s system. They are taught if the trainerwears a specific colour those alters come forward.
River Runs Deep programming- Tells the subject that there is no escape, because the programmingruns deep through every fibre of the subject.

S

Scramble programming- These are programs intended to confuse, disorganize and block thesubject’s alter system, emerging memories, thought processes, and/or incoming information. Often,there are specific alters designated by the cult programmer to perform this function. Thisprogramming reduces the subject’s ability to switch, speak, write, draw, read, or remember previoussessions and work.
These programs target therapeutic language, and spiritual language. For example, the incoming wordsor visual images of the speaker may be scrambled or garbled. The effect will be the subjectexperiences the individual as looking and sounding threatening, abandoning, or incompetent.Scholarship programming- Subject’s with superior memories and natural intelligence undergospecific training and trauma with praise for accomplishment and punishment or being shocked for notdoing well. Major areas of scholarship include the history of the Illuminati, especially the subject’sparticular branch and memorizing genealogies. Learning and becoming fluent in multiple languagesmodern and ancient, including but not limited to: English, French, German, Russian, Spanish, Arabic,Latin, Greek, Hebrew, Egyptian hieroglyphics; ancient Babylonian, ancient Chaldea and cuneiform

¶ Sacred Heart
¶ Programming-
¶ suicide program for spiritual parts.

writings. They are skilled and knowledgeable debaters, and quite verbal about it.
Scorpion Programming- Is given to Monarch sex subjects both male and female. The Scorpionprogram frequency promotes hostility, aggression, suicide, pain, hurt and assassination. Thisprogramming is located at the root chakra and moves up into the reptilian brain. Sex is used as amethod of survival with a great deal of trickery, treachery and deception. This vibration is frequentlyused in satanic rituals. Subjects are consistently belittled and unfavourably compared to others. Theyoung subjects are available to be used sexually around the world as party favours and forblackmailing predators.
Self-Injury Programming

Self programming-The subject carries out their own programming outside the surroundings of thehandlers and programmers.
Shell programming- A form of programming used to create a shell on the outside, that other altersinside speak through. This is a designed to hide the subject’s multiplicity from the outside world, andworks extremely well with highly fragmented systems. It also takes a subject with the ability todissociate to a great degree.

Others inside will then be directed to come next to the shell alters, and use their voice to cover theirown. This allows greater fragmentation of the subject, while being able to hide from outside view,since the internal alters will learn to present through the shell. Shell alters always see themselves as“clear”, and will have no colour if colour coding is present in the system.

Silence-Shutdown Programs-When enacted, such programs will cause the subject to “stop talking”and to cease revealing information. Though such programs may be triggered through a wide variety ofmodalities, enactment via self-touch triggers are particularly common. Some shutdown programs willbe directed toward specific alters, while others are meant for the system in general.

Silence Programming- no talk programming.
Soul Transfer programming-The soul, energy and power are passed during the moment between lifeand death to the subject. This is done with young subjects during Epsilon programming. The subject istied down, and an animal is bled to death on top of them so the departing soul and energy will “enter”the subject.
Spiritual Dilemma programming-creates Satanic and Christian alters. Having Satanic and Christianalters insures that if they discover each other they would reject wanting to learn about the other. Thepersonality would move into denial and dissociation.
They are told the Christian god rejected them because he didn’t rescue the 2-year-old victim thataccepted the love of God. Rejection, retaliation and bondage are the tools used for the non-Christianalters. They are advised only the demon cared enough and was strong enough to rescue or resurrectthe young subject part.
Spider web programming-is a linked program having a spider or internal programmer thatcontinuously reweaves and reinforces internal programming and punishments. The web alsocommunicates with other systems and can represent demonic linkages internally.

¶ Cutting Programs As children, subjects have been taught by the
¶ programmer when and how to cut. These programs tend to be triggered as a means of punishment, as
¶ well as to reinforce earlier compliance or shutdown. The cutting tools may be gifts from the
¶ programmer. Many cutting programs progress to suicide programs as needed.

Spin programming

¶ -Designed to spread effects such as pain, painful emotions, and other feelings or
¶ urges globally throughout a subject’s personality system for purposes of either designing and building
¶ a young subject’s personality system, or harassing older subjects and disrupting psychotherapy. Spin
¶ programming appears to be based on a combination of physical spinning, cognitive and imagery
¶ training, and repetition and practice aimed at creating an internal multi-alter spinning the pain or
¶ affective components of numerous traumatic memories simultaneously to large groups of targeted
¶ alters.
¶ Signs and symptoms of Spin Programs are global effects, symptoms occurring like a “storm,”
¶ pressure, dizziness, a sense of spinning inside, physical movements related to the internal experience
¶ of spinning, and spinning-related imagery and vocabulary. When a subject is affected by a
¶ specifically targeted program, she or he typically experiences one or a small number of alters having
¶ emotions or urges or manifesting behaviours, while most or all other alters remain unaffected.

Global effects, The flurries of pain, affect, or impulse tend to grow in intensity, build to a crescendo,maintain that peak for a time, and then gradually diminish before finally subsiding. Nearly every alterin the system is lashed by the “wind and rain” of the storm, often without understanding why theseeffects are occurring, and doing their best to minimize damages until the storm passes.

Pressure, When spin programs are active, the affected alters subjectively experience high levels offorce or pressure, as if they aresitting at the outside edge of a rapidly rotating disc. They feeloverwhelmed by this pressure, finding it impossible to resist, and they often complain of symptomsthat would be caused by mounting internal pressure, such as headaches that feel like they are going tocause the head to explode from the inside, disruption of speech, vision problems, and similarphenomena.

Dizziness. As the internal spinning associated with spin programming increases in speed and force,subjects frequently complain of dizziness. At these times, they may be literally feeling the sensationscaused by the original spinning, because they are experiencing a planned revivification or flashbackof that event.

Sense of Spinning Internally. Along with the dizziness, subjects experiencing active spin programsoften notice a sense of spinning internally.
Physical Movements. When the internal spinning is at its most intense, subjects often move in waysthat a person might move while being physically spun. These movements tend to be rhythmic andrepetitive, they may involve any part of the body, and they are subtle and may escape notice. Themovements tend to be slower, smoother, more fluid, more subtle, and more regular and rhythmic thantypical “nervous” movements.

Spinning-Related Imagery and Vocabulary. When describing their sensations during an active spinprogram, subjects often utilize imagery or words that are related to the experience of spinning.Typical words used include: vortex, whirlpool, whirlwind, tornado, cyclone, abyss, falling,drowning, sinking, being pulled or sucked down, being blown or shot or exploded out, tumbling,hurling, whirling, swirling, and twirling. Some alters have programmer-assigned names related tospinning (e.g., Spinner,).

Stringer programming- When the alter hits a stringer, they will go through a series of memories,false memories, hypnotic commands, and body sensations that have been attached together in links.Subliminal Programming- Hidden suggestions that only the subject’s subconscious perceives. Theycan be audio, hidden behind music, or visual, airbrushed into a picture, flashed on a screen so fastthat they aren’t consciously seen, or incorporated into a picture or design.
Suicidal programming- All suicidal programming is put in place to either ensure continuedobedience to the programmers agenda; to ensure regular re-contact; or prevent the individual or anoutside entity from accessing the subject’s system without authorization .
Survival of the fittest programming- Used in Delta programming, and for system protect alters. Theprogram is training for strength, lack of fear, and endurance, and to outlast your opponent.

System access programming-‘Short cut’ codes to the system are placed. (not recommended)Systems layered programming-Numerous levels in a system are set to send out and respond to a

code at the same time. This could be suicide programming, spin programming, fight/flightprogramming.
Serpent Programming-Used in conjunction with the Ouroboros. This programming has alters that arenamed after snakes. The snake parts will programmed to awaken the pineal gland, which again resultsin the opening of the third eye
Shatter Programming-Uses the images of mirrors, and glass shattering to assist in splitting the mind.The subject is advised to grab pieces of the shattered glass and put it back together. The subject willcut their hands, knees, and other parts of their bodies in an attempt to rebuild the glass. They will beadvised this will happen to them if they attempt to rebuild themselves.

T

Theta Programming- “psychic” programming correlates with the development and use ofextrasensory powers and extra physical abilities, including long-distance mind connection with otherremote viewing where subject’s could see what a person was doing in another location. It alsoimplies the use of thought energy to kill someone at a distance. Since subjects cannot be consistentlygiven Theta programming, a surgical implant of a sodium/lithium powered high frequencyreceiver/transducers coupled with a multi-range discharge capacitor is placed in the brains subjects.This gives the handlers the ability to send signals by remote to the subject’s brain. When the receiverpicks up the signals they electronically stimulate certain areas of the brain which in turn triggers pre-set programming.
Time programming-Used in conjunction with internal trees, clocks, flowers, hourglasses, and othersymbols that show the passages of time. This programming insures the system is coordinated withholidays, call backs, and other designs the programmer desires.
Tinkerbelle programming-Programming makes alters think they are like Tinkerbelle in that they willnever grow up or age.
Traps Programming- A trap is a place in a system for handling unexpected or unallowableconditions. These traps can catch parts if they wander too far, or be placed for internal programmersto activate. Traps can look like quick sand, fog, spider webs, or other items.
Twinning programming-The Programmers’ will create twin bonds in child subjects. The subjects areallowed to play with, and become close to one another while being trained. The two are placedtogether at the beginning of training when they are young. They become twins, and are programmed todie if the other one dies. They are taught to be one in body, mind, and soul. They are bonded in manyways, including torturing each other, and sexual bonding. The trauma bonding that they undergo willconsistof: a.beingputinlifeordeathsituationstogether,b.givenprogrammingscriptswhichintertwine and fill in to complete each other to make a whole, c. are placed in jobs that require totalcompliance with the programming in order to survive, d. are bonded together to other subject’s.
Time Travel Programming-for subjects involved in Project Pegasus.

¶ Tin Man Programming
¶ The Tin Man programming is all purpose versatile program for whatever the
¶ Programmer wants completed. , it means that the subject is a well oiled machine.
¶ Tin Man programming (2)-The subject is advised they are made of tin, have no heart and feelings.

They are programmed to not cry or they will rust.
Tumbleweed Program-where the subject feels like they have become tumbleweed and can’t groundand get their bearings. They feel as if they are blown by the wind.
Thor Programming-Headache programme.
Therapy Interference Programs- programs designed to interfere with the therapeutic process whichtrigger the subject to: (1) not see, (2) not think for self, (3) stay distracted, and (4) become resistant,mistrustful, and/or obnoxious toward the therapist.
Tweedle Dee and Tweedle Dum programming-This can be used in twin programming so the twinsdon’t contradict one another. The programming can also be layered into quadrants of the system tohelp maintain balance.
Tornado Program This is a free floating program that moves around areas that the programmers wantprotected. When it hits an alter(s) it causes confusion, spinning, and switching, as well as a feeling oflosing control. It’s part of the elemental back up programs.

U

Umbrella programming- protective shield for delta programming.
Upside down programming-The subject is hanging or being suspended upside down for one or twohours. That plays tricks on the mind along with dissociating pain and pleasure sensations getreversed. This is training for Beta programming to get the subject to think that sadistic rapeispleasurable. With reversals you get ‘pain is love’ and the sadomasochistic kitten alters will beg formore abuse.
Utility Programs-low level programs that help maintain the systems function. For example if asubject has not slept in 5 days, the program will run to ensure the subject is able to receive rest.

V

Vagabond Programming- applied to teach the alter it doesn’t belong to the inside world, nor to theoutside world. It belongs nowhere.
Verbal Response Programs- These are programs designed to provide suitable answers to cult-related, system-related or alter-related inquiries which may be asked by outside individuals. Suchresponses will have been repeatedly rehearsed by the subject and reinforced by the programmer.Vessel Programming-a subject is sexually opened at the base chakra, drugged and sanctified toreceive the essence of a lower astral entity. Then those at the ritual have sex with “the vessel” to getthe infused energy of the lower astral entity. Then “the vessel” or subject is sacrificed so ritualparticipants can drink the blood and hormones of the lower astral entity that entered the vessel. It isbelieved the energy will assist in specified programming.

Virtual reality programming- (VR) the subject is placed in VR headsets and suit while a disk isused to run the program. It can be used to create 3D and holographic images, and especially is usefulin scripted programming, and subject practice sequences for assassin training. Virtually any scenariocan be recreated. Images to be “burned in” will be shown on the VR disk, and reinforced repetitivelyduring the programming sequence. Some programmers feel it removes the element of “human error” in

training, and use it quite extensively.
Volcano programming-used to restructure a system.

W

War in the Heavens suicide programming-spiritual suicide program.
Water programming-simulated drowning is completed with the subject and linked to silenceprogramming and flooding.
Windsor Programming- A program that intercepts attempts to de-program the subject. The programand parts often live in a castle called Windsor.
Wolf, Bear, Crow, Lion programming-Developed after the meanings of the “Medicine Cards” thatare used like tarot cards to discover subject’s power through the ways of animals. The programs arebased on hunting modules and animal characteristics and symbols. The subject is shown many trainingfilms.During programming the subjects are broken into groups of their animals. The groups are alltaught first what it feels like to be prey and then how to attack their prey or each other using mentaland physical force so your prey doesn’t get free or doesn’t inform on the subject. Programming teachessubjects to compartmentalize learning and force the subjects to do. Programming relies heavily ondrugs, electric shock and trauma. The same things are used to trigger the different stages of theprograms and programming.
WOLF, basic training is to build future programs on. First the subject is the prey and learns to beaware of the environment and the target. They become the hunter and learn to hold down the prey oreach other to take what they want from the prey. The subjects learn to hunt as a group.
BEAR, Subjects go through strength training. Learn to hunt and survive alone.
CROW, The subject goes through intelligence training and problem solving skills.
MOUNTAIN LIONS, encircle, terrorize, use intricate verbal calls to intimidate and scare making easyand clean kills. They will be attacked and terrorized to the point of death by other Mountain Lionlevel subjects to make sure they understand the fear and weakness of the prey. Subjects are taught theylead those below them by using fear, surprise, attack and terror. The subject must climb greatdistances, observe their prey and report back to their programmer. As “prince of the lions” the subjectcan demand and take whatever they choose from anyone who is in their group.

XY

Z

Zeta Programming typically presents a realistic or cynical view of the world in which unnaturaldeath and human suffering is simply necessary for the system to survive. Zeta programming is used todull or block empathy, producing “empathic blocks” against the suffering of other subject’s, which isnecessary. Suicide pacts can be made with Zeta programming.
This programming is intended to make subjects willingly embrace their own death in a ritual.

Glossary

A
Abreaction- is a psychoanalytical term for reliving an experience in order to purge it of its emotionalexcesses; a type of catharsis.
Access Codes- Specialized codes, often coded into short messages, or numerical codes, that allowsaccess into the subject’s system. These codes may also depend and be set up on sight recognition andvoice recognition of the Programmer giving the codes. The system will respond to the codes only ifan individual who appears to be an authorized person, such as the subject’s handler/Programmer,gives them. This is to prevent unauthorized access or using of the subject by others outside of thesubject’s defined group.
Ad hoc groups- Adults, who may or may not have had abusive childhoods, come together and form anew group with its own ideology and rituals.
Adjudication- The exercise in judging whether a person can have access to compartmentalizedinformation.
Agent Provocateurs- Individuals who join groups with the purpose of leading the group to do thingsthat will cause it harm.
Agent of influence- – These agents can be unwitting, under mind-control, or ideologically motivatedto use their positions of influence to sway the minds of others.
Age Regression- The act of bringing back past memories in a subject though the use of hypnosis. Thememories can be very vivid and real in the mind of the subject.
Alter- A dissociated part of the mind which has a separate identity and is given cue codes byProgrammers to trigger that dissociated part of the mind to come to the front of the mind. The part’sidentity may be a gem, rock, a tape recorder, a poodle, a white kitten, a dove, a horse, or even thinkof itself as a person or a demon. It all depends on the programming.
Alter fragment- a dissociated part of the mind which serves only a single purpose.
Alpha – base-level programming reinforced by scripts. All MKs get alpha programming so that otherkinds can be installed later.
Amethyst – part of jewel programming, its goal meant to create an alter that reinforces silenceprogramming by keeping secrets or destroying evidence. See also chi or silence programmingAnaesthesia- is a temporary state that causes unconsciousness, loss of memory, lack

of pain and muscle relaxation.
Anchor – a stimulus that influences someone’s state of mind.
Anchoring – influencing how a particular stimulus will influence someone’s state of mind.Apotheosis – a central Masonic belief stating that one can become a God.
Assessment- the analysis and synthesis of information, usually about a person or persons, for thepurpose of appraisal. The assessment of individuals is based upon the compilation and use ofpsychological as well as biographic detail.

Attitudinal inoculation- The process of making people immune to attempts to change their attitudesby initially exposing them to small doses of the arguments (opposition) against their position. Thisprocess gives explanations to behaviour, arguments, and beliefs of opponents. The explanations maybe highly biased and inaccurate but depending on the source of the misinformation may significantlyadd to credibility of a belief system.

Aversive Conditioning is the use of something unpleasant, or a punishment, to stop an unwantedbehaviour.
Axe – see woodcutter

B

B- Is often found doubled or reflected, forming the Monarch Butterfly, which is the signature and maintrigger applied in Monarch Mind Control.
Backstopping- an intelligence term for setting up proof to support the cover stories the intelligenceagencies give their agents and assets

The Bird- was a name for Fort Holabird, MD where intelligence operatives were trained as well assubjected to mind-control.
Beta–This is the second Greek letter, and it represents the sexual models and sexual alters that theProgrammers are creating

Big – an MK mode, generally affecting the confidence level
Bigot- A list of names of those who have clearance to a particular set of information.
Black Angels- Psy-ops assassination team is composed of very intelligent African-American women.Black – anarchy, destruction, chaos
Blackballing – the process of exclusion, deriving itself from a voting system which took place in thelodges whereby a member of the organization dislikes an applicant. One blackball vote is usuallysufficient to exclude.
Black Envelope- A black-coloured envelope used by intelligence to hold the real name of an agentbeing used. In the case of programmed subjects, a chief of a station might have a blank envelope withthe actual name of a programmed subject being used in their field of operations.
Bleep Boxes- Used to tap telephones and in other instances to make free-of-cost telephone callsBlending- Arranging inside parts using mirroring so an individual cannot tell when a switch hasoccurred.
Boat – a car.
Bona Fides- Codes to allow two people to meet. Evidence or reliable information about identity,personal (including intelligence) history, and intentions or good faith.
Box – the slave-state of the MK
Bubble gum – an MK, “chewed up and spit out”. See pop.
Butterfly – the #1 symbol of MK/Monarch programming. Signifies an altered state

C

C- Can stand for Controller or Control, which means the individual(s) handling a programmedsubject.

Cabman- a device to remotely activate a telephone with a radio beam.
Cage- Mental enslavement
Car – spook-speak for MK
Carotid artery technique- The technique of using pressure on the carotid for access to the mind.The pressure cuts off the flow of blood to the brain causing a rapid coma-like condition — during thiscondition, hypnotic control can sometimes be obtained.

Cat – a pejorative term used to describe a female MK, usually associated with beta programming inthe common usage, but possibly can contain any other level of programming as well.
Catfight – usually used to describe a fight between two women. Betas are usually female, and thefight between them is usually a breakdown between two high-ranking socialite types.

Che Guevara – Chi trigger, famous MK
Checkerboard – a tiled design of opposing colours, used on the floor or on cloth prints. See duality.Chi – “return to cult” programming, usually activated when an MK has some type of breakdown orgoes rogue. Internal mechanisms built to prevent “runaways”.
Chop – a reference to the woodcutter, usually describing a wish to terminate a member
Cipher – symbols are used to represent letters
Clear Eyes-is a sleeper assassin who is capable of being triggered, i.e. activated. “Clear Eyes”, i.e.,a fully programmed sleeper assassin, who can commit crimes as serious as murder, and afterwardshave no shame, guilt, or remorse.
Clean agents – Subjects that have never been used in intelligence work, so they have no record ofuse.
Co-bedding- can be when two or more traumatized children huddle together for support,andprotection ,
Co-conscious- When two alters are aware of what each other is thinking.
Code name- A word or phrase used to refer secretly to a specific person, group, project, or plan ofaction. A code word is any word or phrase that has been chosen to signify a specific message whilekeeping that message hidden from a third party. Functional codes may contain thousands of codewords, some of which may also be code names; however, a code name need not be part of a largercode. It may, in effect, be a code unto itself, comprised of only one word.
Control- the capacity to generate, alter, or halt human behaviour by implying, citing, or using physicalor psychological means to ensure compliance with direction. The compliance may be voluntary orinvoluntary. Control of a subject can rarely be established without control of their environment.
Core splits- intentional traumatic splits created from the core personality. Core splits can be createdfrom severe and psychologically threatening very early childhood trauma. This is done intentionallyto create larger and more dissociated systems
Command Codes-these are irreversible commands, put in at the limbic level of programming. Thefirst code always put in is the “halt “command, which stops the person in their tracks, and is the firstcode any new Programmer learns. This will stop the subject from assassinating their Programmer, ifthey have Delta or other assassin training in place.
Control Signs-which allow them to indicate via a code that they are in trouble
Councils (llluminati)–The Illuminati have frequent meetings. Some of these meetings are organized toappear “acephalous” and “accidental” in their meetings, when in reality they are structured andplanned. The Councils have gone by the following names: MJ-12, the Group, the Special StudyGroup, the Wise Men, the Operations Coordinating Board (OCB), 5412 Committee, 303 Committee,

40 Committee, PI-40 Committee, and Policy Planning Group (PCG). The Council of 3, Council of 5,Council of 7, Council of 9, The Grand Druid Council, The Committee of 300, and the Committee of500 (known as Fortune 500). Many of the meetings are conclaves without formal names.
Colours – used symbolically to train MK babies in the pre-verbal stages of development. Seeindividual colours for details.

Creative personal situation interpretation- The process of subtly acquiring enough information todeliver a believable explanation of an individual’s personal situation such that it is consistent with abelief system, thus adding to credibility of an individual and swaying others towards their beliefsystem. The motive may be money rather than recruiting a cult member.

Co-presence- two alters can come on top of each other at the front of the mind and hold the bodytogether. This produces some strange behaviour in the subject as different alters synthesize theirthoughts.
Creative history interpretation- The act of interpreting history in such a way that it is consistentwith the belief system, thus adding to the credibility of a belief system.

Cross Programming – (for instance, a mother and a daughter team)Cryptonyms- which are two-letter digraphs such as the “MK” of MK-ULTRA.

D

Daddy-master
Datum- a reference point or surface against which position measurements are made. Vertical datumsare used to measure elevations or depths.
Dangle-The used word for luring a subject into a provocation. A dangle operation would be anoperation to provoke a group or individual into a particular action.
Day – the everyday “front alters out” existence. The public face.
Debriefing-obtaining information by questioning a controlled and witting source who is normally awilling one.
Deep Cover Agent–A programmed subject who has been a long term sleeper agent.
Delta-This is a Greek letter shaped like a triangle which symbolizes change in calculus. Delta teamsare 4 person assassination teams which usually are secret teams. Delta Forces is an elite unit thatoperates under the Joint Chiefs of Staff that is made up of highly trained total programmed subjects.Delta models are subjects whose sole purpose is assassination.

Deliverance ministry- Refers to the activity of cleansing a person of demons and evil spirits inorder to address problems manifesting in their life as a result of the presence of said entities and theroot causes of their authority to oppress the person.
Delta – used most obviously in the US delta force, this has to do with soldier like skills, such asestablishing a communications centre, avoiding detection, escape artist skills, martial arts, armedcombat, et cetera.
Disinformation Agent–This is a highly placed agent who passes disinformation to othergovernments.
Dissociative Identity Disorder- or DID different dissociative parts of a single brain view

themselves as separate persons.
Dog – a pejorative term used to describe a male MK, having some ties to the Order, but notnecessarilyonesthatwouldgivehimbenefits. Adogwouldreceiveanycombinationofprogramming from alpha to zeta.
Dogfight – Two parts with Epsilon programming are made to fight for dominance.Dollhouse – A symbol used to represent the compartmentalization of the Monarch subject

E

Eight – symbol of mind control. Turned on its side, the eight becomes an infinity symbol andrepresents the “thought loop” of a programmed subject that prevents resistance to the handlers.Eliciting- obtaining information, without revealing intent or exceptional interest, through a verbal orwritten exchange with a person who may be willing or unwilling to provide what is sought and whomay or may not be controlled.

Emerald – as in the Wizard of Oz, linked to family loyalty, sorcery, and spiritual achievementEpsilon – a base-level obedience programme the individual is programmed to their primalcomponents of food, shelter, and water. Its characteristics often change when paired with other typesof programming.

Extra-familiar:- Adults who abuse non-related children. Children can be accessed at day care,schools, church, or through social groups

F
Family or Transgenerational- Adults, who were abused as children, in turn abuse and indoctrinatetheir own children.
Fear inoculation- The process of making people immune to attempts to change their attitudes byinitially exposing them to the consequences (often fraudulently created consequences) of rejecting theinitial belief system in favour of another.
Field subject, field operative, field agent- A subject who works in the field as opposed to onewho works at the office or headquarters. A field subject can work alone or in a group but usually hasa programmer who is in charge.
Fine Tuned- The child can function excellently at visualization, relaxation, concentration, projection,while in the alpha state and can work with their subconscious mind.
Fire Letters-represent fixed electromagnetic codes (patterns of sequentially arrangedelectromagnetic impulses) that can be arranged in many ways to form “words”, or electromagneticcode patterns, that can potentially carry a wide variety of meaning when put together in specific ways.Five – usually referring to the pentagram, assumed to be inverted (not upright), and referring toLucifer

Flat State- a flat, non-thinking state. The brain quits thinking and withdraws into a state that it quitsthinking except for what the programmers want it to think
Four – base-level animalistic call sign.
Four Faces- refers to pretexts used by agents to get interview.

Friend — a user of subject/part approved by master
Function Codes- Programmers will place within the subject’s systems codes as way to organize the

fragments that are related to the job they were trained to do. Often, several will be coded to linktogether to perform a task. These are usually a letter, such as a Greek alphabet letter, combined with anumeric sequence that corresponds to their place on the internal grid or landscape.
Funny Name- intelligence slang for a pseudonym

G

Gamma – used for disinformation purposes to disguise and mislead others as to the actual nature ofthe things at hand. Most front alters are gamma-type programming, and are therefore difficult toremove.
Gang stalking – a set of tactics used in counterintelligence operations involving the covertsurveillance and harassment of a targeted individual.

Geomancies- used with Fire letters are the building blocks the God Mind uses as the processor ofcreation.
Ghost rider – a remote viewer
Goat – sacrificial MKs/disposables

Granny- a CIA asset used in the US which is not under their direct funding
Green – see Omega
Group think error- The tendency to accept or continue to accept a belief system due to the overallcredibility of the members in a group. This is based on an erroneous faith that an entire groupincluding those who you may trust implicitly cannot be deceived or wrong. This is the strongestinfluence on credibility of a belief system.

H
Half-life – MKs are supposed to be dead by their 30s or 40s.

Haptic technology- is a tactile feedback technology which takes advantage of the sense of touch byapplying forces, vibrations, or motions to the subject.
Hot box – a small, hot room which, due to lack of ventilation, essentially functions as an ovenHypnoamnesia- Temporary loss of memory due to a posthypnotic suggestion.

Hypnosis – Inducing a high state of suggestibility, often thinly disguised as relaxation or meditation.

I

Illuminati–The Illuminati are 13 elite bloodlines which have manoeuvred themselves into controlover all countries. They lead double lives, one for society and a hidden one which is based on aGnostic Luciferian philosophy which consists of blood rituals. Originally funded by the Rothschildsand run by Weishaupt, this was an attempt to infiltrate and disrupt the power structure through all themajor social institutions during the 18th century. Today, the newer, revised definition now refers tothe global elite and their agenda to build a transhumanist, eugenicist, and white supremacist societywith a lowered and strictly controlled population.

J

¶ K
K-lines-a habitual way of doing thingsKids – see goatL
LCFLUTTER- Polygraph, sometimes supplemented by truth drugs: Sodium
Amytal (amobarbital), Sodium Pentothal (thiopental),and Seconal (secobarbital) to induce regressionin the subject.
Legend -The Intelligence term for the elaborate cover histories they give to programmed subjects tooperate as an agent.M
Malingering-the purposeful production of falsely or grossly exaggerated complaints with the goal of

receiving a reward. One example is the case of Ganser syndrome, which is when a person tailorstheir answers to fake psychosis. This syndrome is also known as approximation, or nonsensesyndrome.
May Day Book- exists for Illuminati and Intelligence subjects which allows them to call if they areabout to be arrested. A telephone number is left open for just this purpose.

Mensa- The top surface of an altar. A southern constellation between Hydrus and Volans. Aninternational society, membership of which is restricted to individuals whose intelligence test scoresexceed those expected of 98 per cent of the population
Micronemes – Such things as a particular aroma, or a particular intonation for which it has no word,but for which it has a series of sensory clues.
Mind Control- The use of subliminal techniques to control a person’s actions, mind state or thoughts.Subliminal techniques may include the use of words or language in a variety of fashions, visualstimuli, a combination of different stimuli, the intentional use or misuse or deprivation of information,electronic stimuli techniques, such as brain wave machines and e-weapons, the deprivation of basichuman needs, such as sleep and food, the use of emotions to manipulate thoughts (such as guilt orfear), hypnotic techniques or suggestions, rituals or role plays meant to induce suggestible states, theuse of certain drugs, other techniques to induce a meditative mind state (like meditation) or specificmovements or motions (like spinning). A combination of these techniques may be used.
Mind machine -A device that uses pulsing rhythmic sound and/or flashing light to alter the frequencyof the user’s brainwaves.
Monarch Programming–A project carried out by secret elements of the U.S. government andintelligence groups a type of trauma-based mind-control.
Multiplexing- A technique where one signal or code will carry several messages simultaneously.

N
NETS- A group of subjects (agents) working under one handler
Neuralgias- A condition that causes brief episodes of stabbing pain between the eyes and ears.Neuro-linguistic programming (NLP)- Encompasses the three most influential components involved

in producing human experience: neurology, language and programming. The neurological systemregulates how our bodies function, language determines how we interface and communicate withother people and our programming determines the kinds of models of the world we create. Neuro-Linguistic Programming describes the fundamental dynamics between mind (neuro) and language(linguistic) and how their interplay affects our body and behaviour (programming).

The Network- It includes the anarchy level of the Illuminati, the various criminal syndicates, thevarious fraternities, new age institutions and people in power all over the globe. It is held together byfear, blackmail, and common bonds of lust and greed. The network includes atheists, self-madeSatanists, opportunists, and many programmed subjects.
New World Order– The global design for a One-World-Government One-World-Dictator and itsconstituents. Insiders call themselves the “network” and “the neighbourhood”.
Night – the occult world, in contrast to the everyday world, where rituals, programming, and missionstake place. Night alters are back, hidden alters.
Notional Agent –A fictitious non-existent “agent” which is created with a real-looking identity tomislead for the sake of an intelligence operation.

O
O – Slang for office, used by gang stalkers
Octo- – see eight
ODO- On-Duty Officer, or officer-on-duty
ODYOKE- Federal government of the United States
Old – the answer given by a mason when asked his or her age
Omicron programming—relates to programming of subjects for the Combination (betweenIntelligence- the Mafia and Government.)
Omega – self-destruct programming, including suicide, usually t resulting in drug abuse or generalrecklessness.
One-way amnesia- where A alter knows B alter, but B doesn’t know A. This can be accomplishedby setting in one-way mirrors.
Ouraboros- a snake swallowing its tail. A ring with Ouraboros signifies rank in the illuminate.Our boy – a gang stalking target
Our friend – a gang stalking target
Orange – protects the system by keeping all of the elements in check; a form of paralysisOverwrite -is a new identity or personality

P
Polyfragmentation -The term comes from the root poly, meaning many, and fragments. In complexpolyfragmenatation, the subject will have not only and alter system, but hundreds or even thousands offragments, isolated parts of their mind created to do a job, and do it well and unthinkingly. The furtheraway from core beliefs, the greater usually the dissociation and fragmentation that must occur.
Pop – Metaphor of bubble gum. The bubble gets larger and larger until it finally bursts, representingthe sacrifice.
Posthypnotic Command- Same as Posthypnotic Suggestion. This term “Command” is more

commonly used when the hypnosis is forcibly given to the subject and when the subject’s will hasbeen broken down though the use of REM Sleep Deprivation and Suggestibility Index
increasing drugs like CNS and Cardiovascular Stimulants. The exposure to extreme REM deprivationand select chemical stimulants cause the subject to have no ability to resist the “Suggestion” anylonger thereby making it a “Command”.

Posthypnotic Suggestion- A subconscious suggestion or command resident and potentially active inthe subject following a hypnotic trance or period of direct access to the subconscious mind.Posthypnotic Suggestibility Index- An index or rating of a subject’s susceptibility and sensitivity tohypnosis.

Provocation Agent–An agent sent in to provoke and destabilize the target group to do foolish thingsPrism – a device for splitting white light into its component colours.
Puppet Master -name of master for Marionette or Puppet program

Q

R
R – Gang stalker code for residence

Rainbow – the division between the everyday world and the occult world. Under the rainbow isnormal life, over it is occult. The actual effect, which is white light split through refraction into theband of its component colours, represents the MPD state of an MK.
Rapport-is the mental and physiological state that a human enters when they let their social guarddown, and it is generally achieved when a person comes to the conclusion that the person they’retalking to is like them.

Recognition signal-allows two people to make contact
Recovered memory-memories of traumatic events that are now remembered but had previously been‘forgotten’ or unknown, sometimes referred to a traumatic amnesia.
REM DEP-Abbreviation for REM sleep Deprivation or REM Deprivation. A subject deprived fromREM Sleep has multiple symptoms i.e. reduced protein synthesis, black circles around eyes, loss ofshort term memory, confusion, impulsiveness, anger, frustration, diminished self-esteem, increasedsuggestibility, reduced productivity, apathy, and depression. Long term REM deprivation results indeath.
Repetitive Music-Played with a beat close to the human heart 45 to 72 beats per minute. Used duringprogramming sessions as the music helps in relaxation and anchoring.
Ritual Abuse-methodical abuse, often using indoctrination, aimed at breaking the will of anotherhuman being. This involves repeated abuse over an extended period of time. The physical abuse issevere, sometimes including torture and killing. The sexual abuse is usually painful, humiliating,intended as a means of gaining dominance over the subject.
Room “Feel” – The way a room feels is essential to hypnotizing unknowing subjects. The room willhave special lighting, florescent lights are best because they aren’t too dim, but aren’t too harsh. Also,Room Temp usually cooler than normal room temperature.

S
Satanic Ritual Abuse (SRA)–This is used to represent all categories of spiritual ritual abuse which

would be inspired by the desire to rob, kill, or destroy something worthwhile in a person, especiallytheir freedom of thought. Many groups carrying out SRA do not mention Satan by that name. They maymake Pacts to Baphomet, and call upon Rex Mundi, or Belair, or Lucifer, or the Father of Light, God,or Kali or even “Jesus” or “Jesus Christ”.

Script – The program placed into a subject to build internal worlds.
Script (2) – A carefully constructed series of words arranged in the form of a posthypnoticsuggestion.
Self Programming- different personalities carry out system programming outside the environment ofthe Cult.
Selective vision- The tendency to acknowledge only those things that are consistent with one’s beliefsystem. Anything that contradicts or conflicts with the belief system are irrationally interpreted suchthat they are consistent with the belief system or entirely disregarded.
Service Facsimiles- computations that you use to make oneself right and others wrong.
Silver arrow – psychic attacks, usually directed at the circulatory system. Seldom lethal, but oftendebilitating.
Silver surfer – a thought-killer.
Six – black alter call sign, denotes destructive activity
Sleepers-Subjects who are placed in organizations unaware for a convert purpose.Somnambulatory State- An abnormal condition of sleep in which motor acts (like walking, running)are performed. This state is typically achieved and a prerequisite to traditional hypnosis.
Spider – Placed inside the subject during spin programming.
Spinning – A type of trauma where the subject is spun at a high rate of speed to cause confusion,nausea, and blackouts. Spinning also causes a rapid switching of alters which can causeunconsciousness if done fast and long enough.
Spoon Feeder Agent–Someone who leaks out legitimate information, this is often done to build up aperson’s credentials (bona fides). The legitimate information is dusted with a measure ofdisinformation to mislead. Generally spoon-feeders increase their percentage of disinformation oncethey gain respectability
Starlight Consciousness- Starlight consciousness is the other way of knowing that which belongs tothe right hemisphere and it allows the subject to make contact with the “DIVINE WITHIN”. TheDivine within the subject is actually the generational spirits, which are placed in during the MoonChild ceremonies
Starlight level-The programmers are using the subject’s abilities with the 5 acute senses to developthe 6th sense which is the ability to work in the Starlight consciousness. This includes mental activitysuch as psychic and astral level. It takes specialized training for Programmers to access this level.Subliminal Implant- A posthypnotic suggestion successfully delivered to the subject’s subconsciousmind.
Switching–This is when one part (fragment) of the mind takes over from another, or when one alterpersonality (or alter fragment) takes the body from the alter which is holding the body. Switching canoccur via the Programmers’ codes for calling up alters, or by external or internal stimuli that triggeran alter to come out. Switching will usually cause at least a flicker of the eyes, and for outsideobservers, who know the different personalities, they will observe another personality take the body.System– Used to refer to a subject of total mind control because the subject consists of alters,programming, implant(s), internal computers, and numerous dissociative states which function

together as a system.
System demons- exist as Mind Consciousness System Designs within Humans. It is these Systemsthat are programmed within subjects and directs their actions, thoughts and experiences. SomeDesigns programmed into from DNA. Other Designs we programmed into oneself from childhood,through participating in the system designs until they become fully manifested within the physical.Eventually as the systems take over – the subject will find themselves becoming possessed into theSystem, as it takes over and directs you.

T
Templates -Young internal subject alters who may be splits from core splits, as the basis for theprogramming.
Theta – psychic warrior programming, intended for anything paranormal. Usually includes remoteviewing, telepathy, psycohtronic attacks, and empathy. Some subjects also indicate other abilitieslike precognition or remote influencing.
Theta Psychic warfare- Theta programming is a psychic warfare branch of Monarch programmingcommonly called ESPionage; Military terminology is ‘psychotronics’. Theta programming is thesynthesis of occult practices/state of the art science.
Three – trinity, usually the “good side” of the masons. Refers sometimes to front alters of an MKTrance logic- Are those ploys and strategies to maintain a dissociative or hypnotic hallucination.Transceivers (NSA)- Nearly microscopic electronic surveillance devices that collect and transmitencrypted audio, colour video, and location coordinates from a subject and sent to NSA Satellites thatin turn forward it to NSA central intelligence operations. The devices also receive encrypted audioscripts from NSA central intelligence operations through the satellites and deliver it to a subject inthe form of a subliminal posthypnotic suggestion. These devices are approximately the size of thehead of a straight pin and can be concealed in houses, offices, automobiles, planes, and other places.Trauma Bonding- One person intermittently harasses, beats, threatens, abuses, intimidates uses fear,excitement, sexual feelings, and sexual physiology to create strong emotional ties to develop.Traumatology-This refers to the study, development and application of psychological impact ofextreme events.
Trusted Contact-A person, who is neither a controller, nor a slave, nor asset, but who consciouslyadvances the desires of the controller.
Tree – an MK
Twinning -Person, doll or puppet or that will be fixed to look exactly alike.
Two – duality, an often referred to indication of Masonic involvement. Refers to back alters of anMK

U

V
Vesper – Lucifer, the morning star

Vibrato – is the tremulous effect imparted in some vocal or instrumental music, and the cycle-per-second range causes people to go into an altered state of consciousness.

Virtual reality -a computer-simulated environment that can simulate physical presence in places inthe real world or imagined worlds.
Voice Roll Technique- A “voice roll” is a patterned, paced style used by hypnotists when inducing atrance. A voice roll can sound as if the speaker were talking to the beat of a metronome or it maysound as though they were emphasizing every word in a monotonous, patterned style. The words willusually be delivered at the rate of 45 to 60 beats per minute, maximizing the hypnotic effect.

W
Walrus – masonry
White – high level, presidential
White Rabbit – master
Woodcutter – a reference to the Grimm’s Fairy Tales, the woodcutter leaves his children in the forestin an attempt to dispose of them at the request of his despicable wife

X
Y
Z
ZETA- (snuff films) Zeta is the sixth letter, and its ancient meaning was a sacrifice.

Sidebar